WO2017043474A1 - Method for producing heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material, and application thereof - Google Patents

Method for producing heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material, and application thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017043474A1
WO2017043474A1 PCT/JP2016/076131 JP2016076131W WO2017043474A1 WO 2017043474 A1 WO2017043474 A1 WO 2017043474A1 JP 2016076131 W JP2016076131 W JP 2016076131W WO 2017043474 A1 WO2017043474 A1 WO 2017043474A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
containing polymer
polymer precursor
group
heterocyclic
mass
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/076131
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
健志 川端
一郎 小山
悠 岩井
渋谷 明規
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2017539166A priority Critical patent/JP6531178B2/en
Publication of WO2017043474A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017043474A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/04Oxygen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/13Phenols; Phenolates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material.
  • the present invention also relates to a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material, and a composition and a photosensitive resin composition containing the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer. Furthermore, it is related with the cured film using the said photosensitive resin composition, the manufacturing method of a cured film, and a semiconductor device.
  • Thermosetting resins that are cured by cyclization are used for insulating layers of semiconductor devices because they are excellent in heat resistance and insulation. Moreover, since polyimide resin has low solubility in a solvent, it is used in the state of a precursor (polyimide precursor) before the cyclization reaction, applied to a substrate, etc., and then heated to cyclize the polyimide precursor. A cured film is formed.
  • Patent Document 1 was obtained by reacting an energy ray-curable alkaline aqueous solution-soluble resin (b) with a polyimide resin (a) obtained by a reaction between a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine compound.
  • a photosensitive alkaline aqueous solution-soluble polyimide resin (A) is disclosed.
  • Patent Document 3 includes (A) a soluble polyimide containing a polymerizable functional group and containing a carboxyl group and / or a hydroxyl group, (B) a (meth) acrylic compound, and (C) a polymerization inhibitor, A photosensitive resin composition containing at least one additive selected from the group consisting of a stabilizer and an antioxidant as an essential component is disclosed.
  • Patent Document 4 discloses the following steps: (A) coating of a substrate with a photopolymerizable composition comprising a polymer (a) and a photoinitiator (b), (B) an i-line region (about 360). Used, consisting of imagewise exposure of the coated substrate to UV radiation within -370 nm), (C) removal of unexposed portions with solvent, and (D) conditioning of exposed and developed material
  • Polymer (a) has the formula I: [In the formula, an arrow indicates a structural isomer, X represents a tetravalent group of an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid, Y represents a divalent aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, or a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic group.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or the following formula (2) or (3): (Wherein R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and m is an integer of 2 to 10) -R 6 (3) (Wherein R 6 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a hetero atom, or an aromatic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms.) A monovalent organic group represented by the above formula (2) and a monovalent organic group represented by the above formula (3) for all of R 1 and R 2.
  • the object of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material having excellent storage stability over time. Furthermore, it aims at providing the manufacturing method of a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material, a composition, a photosensitive resin composition, a cured film, a cured film, and a semiconductor device.
  • the above-mentioned problems can be solved by blending a polymerization inhibitor with a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer under predetermined conditions.
  • the above problem has been solved by the following means ⁇ 1>, preferably ⁇ 2> to ⁇ 23>.
  • a polymerization inhibitor is blended into a composition containing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and a first solvent, or a first solvent and a polymerization inhibitor are blended into a composition containing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor.
  • Blending, and Blending a second solvent with the composition containing the polymerization inhibitor, and precipitating the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and the polymerization inhibitor in the second solvent The method for producing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material, wherein the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor is selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group.
  • ⁇ 2> The method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to ⁇ 1>, wherein the amount of the polymerization inhibitor to be blended is 0.001 to 10% by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor.
  • ⁇ 3> The method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor is dissolved in an amount of 5% by mass or more at 25 ° C. with respect to the first solvent.
  • ⁇ 4> The method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein the polymerization inhibitor is dissolved in an amount of 5% by mass or more at 25 ° C. in the first solvent.
  • ⁇ 5> The method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein the first solvent is tetrahydrofuran.
  • the above production method comprises blending a first solvent and a polymerization inhibitor into a composition containing the above heterocycle-containing polymer precursor, and the complex according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>
  • a method for producing a ring-containing polymer precursor material includes blending a polymerization inhibitor into a composition containing the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and the first solvent, and the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and the first solvent.
  • the method for producing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the composition containing is a synthetic reaction liquid for a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor.
  • ⁇ 8> The method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, wherein the second solvent is water or alcohol.
  • the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor includes a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2) or a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3):
  • a process for producing a heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material of Formula (2) Formula (3)
  • a 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH
  • R 111 represents a divalent organic group
  • R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group
  • R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • R 113 and R At least one of 114 is a polymerizable group
  • R 121 represents a divalent organic group
  • R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group
  • R 123 and R 124 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • R 123 and R 124 are a polymerizable group.
  • ⁇ 12> a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group, The rate of change between the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material obtained by dividing the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material into four parts, and the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the entire heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material, respectively, Heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material that is ⁇ 10% or less.
  • ⁇ 13> The heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material according to ⁇ 12>, wherein the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material contains a polymerization inhibitor in a proportion of 0.001 to 10% by mass.
  • ⁇ 14> A composition comprising the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to ⁇ 12> or ⁇ 13>.
  • a photosensitive resin composition comprising the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material according to ⁇ 12> or ⁇ 13> and a photopolymerization initiator.
  • ⁇ 16> A cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition according to ⁇ 15>.
  • ⁇ 17> The cured film according to ⁇ 16>, which is an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
  • a method for producing a cured film comprising a step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to ⁇ 15> to a substrate, and a step of curing the photosensitive resin composition applied to the substrate.
  • ⁇ 19> A semiconductor device having the cured film according to ⁇ 16> or ⁇ 17>.
  • ⁇ 20> A heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material obtained by the method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11>.
  • a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group, and any 4 of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor materials Heterocycle-containing polymer in which the rate of change between the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in a sample collected from each place 1 g and the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the whole heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material is ⁇ 10% or less, respectively.
  • Precursor material selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group
  • ⁇ 22> In a sample obtained by collecting 1 g of each of four heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor materials obtained by the method for producing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11> A heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material in which the rate of change between the mass of the polymerization inhibitor and the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the entire heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material is ⁇ 10% or less, respectively.
  • heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material having excellent storage stability.
  • a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material a composition, a photosensitive resin composition, a cured film, a method for producing a cured film, and a semiconductor device.
  • the description of the components in the present invention described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
  • the description which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes what does not have a substituent and what has a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • active light means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams, and the like.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure means not only exposure using far ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light typified by mercury lamps and excimer lasers, but also particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Include drawing in the exposure.
  • a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • (meth) acrylate represents both and / or “acrylate” and “methacrylate”
  • (meth) allyl means both “allyl” and “methallyl”
  • (Meth) acryl” represents either “acryl” and “methacryl” or any one
  • “(meth) acryloyl” represents both “acryloyl” and “methacryloyl”, or Represents either.
  • the term “process” not only means an independent process, but also if the intended action of the process is achieved even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, include.
  • solid content concentration is the mass percentage of the mass of the other component except a solvent with respect to the total mass of a composition.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene converted values by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement unless otherwise specified.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are, for example, HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel. It can be determined by using Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation). Unless otherwise stated, the eluent was measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran). Unless otherwise specified, detection is performed using a UV ray (ultraviolet) wavelength 254 nm detector.
  • a polymerization inhibitor is blended with a composition containing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and a first solvent, or a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor is added. Blending a first solvent and a polymerization inhibitor into the composition comprising, and Blending a second solvent with the composition containing the polymerization inhibitor, and precipitating the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and the polymerization inhibitor in the second solvent,
  • the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor is selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group.
  • Polymerization may proceed during storage of a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer having a polymerizable group.
  • a polymerization inhibitor in order to suppress the progress of the polymerization, it is conceivable to add a polymerization inhibitor.
  • the storage stability of the obtained heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor is obtained. Was inferior.
  • an unexpected reaction proceeds when a polymerization inhibitor is blended.
  • the polymerization inhibitor was not uniformly present in the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor.
  • the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor is precipitated in a substantially uniform manner by precipitating the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor.
  • the present inventors have found that a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material excellent in storage stability can be obtained, and thus completed the present invention. That is, in the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material obtained by the production method of the present invention, the polymerization inhibitor is present almost uniformly in the polymer.
  • the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material obtained by the method for producing a heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention does not impair sensitivity even though it contains a polymerization inhibitor. Therefore, the photosensitive resin composition using the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention also has an advantage of high sensitivity.
  • the present invention will be described in detail.
  • the method for producing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention includes blending a polymerization inhibitor into a composition containing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and a first solvent, or includes a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor. Including a first solvent and a polymerization inhibitor in the composition.
  • the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor that has already undergone the synthesis reaction, the first solvent, and the polymerization inhibitor, these components are mixed well, and the polymerization inhibitor is A heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material that is uniformly incorporated into the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor and has excellent storage stability is obtained. Therefore, in this invention, it is preferable to stir well in the state of the composition in which the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor, the first solvent, and the polymerization inhibitor are present.
  • the stirring speed can be appropriately determined according to the production scale and the stirring form, and can be, for example, about 10 rpm to 6,000 rpm.
  • the stirring time can be about 5 minutes to 1 hour.
  • the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor in this case include a solid heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and a precipitate obtained by depositing the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor from a synthesis reaction liquid of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor.
  • blending a polymerization inhibitor with the composition containing a heterocyclic containing polymer precursor and a 1st solvent is mentioned.
  • examples of the composition containing the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and the first solvent include a synthesis reaction liquid of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor.
  • blending process mix
  • the first solvent contained in the composition and the first solvent to be blended may be the same solvent or different solvents.
  • a polymerization inhibitor (corresponding to a composition containing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and a first solvent) in a synthesis reaction solution of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor (corresponding to the first solvent and the polymerization inhibitor).
  • the polymerization inhibitor blending step is usually performed at 15 to 40 ° C.
  • the first solvent used in the present invention normally serves as a good solvent for the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor in the method for producing a heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention.
  • the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor is dissolved in an amount of 5% by mass or more at 25 ° C. in the first solvent.
  • the upper limit of solubility is not particularly defined, and may be 100% by mass. By setting it as such a structure, a polymerization inhibitor becomes easy to take in into a heterocyclic containing polymer precursor more uniformly. In the present invention, it is preferable that the polymerization inhibitor dissolves in an amount of 5% by mass or more at 25 ° C. in the first solvent. By setting it as such a structure, a polymerization inhibitor becomes easy to take in into a heterocyclic containing polymer precursor more uniformly.
  • the upper limit of solubility is not particularly defined, and may be 100% by mass.
  • Examples of the first solvent include esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -caprolactone, ⁇ -valerolactone, alkyl oxyacetate alkyl (eg, methyl oxyacetate, alkyl oxyacetate, butyl oxyalkyl acetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, ethoxy) Methyl acetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.), alkyl esters of 3-alkyloxypropionic acid (eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate,
  • ethers and ketones are preferable, tetrahydrofuran and N-methyl-pyrrolidone are more preferable, and tetrahydrofuran is more preferable.
  • the amount of the first solvent used is, by mass ratio, preferably 1 to 100 times that of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor, and more preferably 4 to 20 times. Only 1 type may be used for a 1st solvent and it may use 2 or more types. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • the second solvent is blended in the composition blended with the polymerization inhibitor, and the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor is mixed in the second solvent. And precipitation of the polymerization inhibitor.
  • the heterocyclic containing polymer precursor material of the state by which the polymerization inhibitor was uniformly taken in in the heterocyclic containing polymer precursor is obtained.
  • the precipitation means that at least a part of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor and at least a part of the polymerization inhibitor present in the first solvent are separated from the first solvent as a solid, Usually, it precipitates in the second solvent.
  • the total of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor and the polymerization inhibitor present in the first solvent is separated from the first solvent and precipitated in the second solvent. .
  • the precipitation it is not essential to deposit all of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and the polymerization inhibitor present in the first solvent in the second solvent. Needless to say, precipitation of a part of the polymerization inhibitor is also included in the scope of the present invention.
  • the total of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor and the polymerization inhibitor contained in the composition is preferably 60 to 100% by mass, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, in the second solvent. Precipitation is preferred.
  • the precipitation step is usually performed at 15 to 40 ° C.
  • the second solvent used in the present invention usually serves as a poor solvent for the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor in the method for producing a heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention. That is, in the present invention, the second solvent preferably has a lower solubility at 25 ° C. in the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor than the first solvent, and the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor is lower than the first solvent. It is more preferable that the solubility at 25 ° C. is lower by 10% by mass or more. By setting it as such a structure, precipitation of a heterocyclic containing polymer precursor can be advanced more effectively, and the heterocyclic containing polymer precursor material in which the polymerization inhibitor was taken in more uniformly is obtained.
  • the solubility of the second solvent in the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor at 25 ° C. is preferably 5% by mass or less or not dissolved at all.
  • the second solvent examples include water and alcohol (preferably an alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms). Water and methanol are preferable, and water is more preferable.
  • the amount of the second solvent used is preferably 1 to 1,000 times that of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer, and more preferably 10 to 500 times. Further, the amount of the second solvent used is preferably 1 to 1,000 times, more preferably 4 to 100 times the amount of the first solvent used. Only 1 type may be used for a 2nd solvent and it may use 2 or more types. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor used in the present invention is selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group is a group that can undergo a crosslinking reaction by the action of actinic rays, radiation, radicals, acids, or bases.
  • Preferred examples include a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an alkoxymethyl group, Examples thereof include a hydroxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a blocked isocyanate group, a methylol group, and an amino group.
  • the polymerizable group possessed by the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor is preferably a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a group represented by the following formula (III), and the like.
  • R 200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a methyl group is more preferable.
  • R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — or a polyoxyalkylene group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • R 201 examples include ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, 1,2-butanediyl, 1,3-butanediyl, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, octamethylene, dodecamethylene, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2- , and ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, and —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — are preferred.
  • R 200 is methyl and R 201 is ethylene.
  • a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group will be described in detail.
  • the polyimide precursor used in the present invention does not particularly define the structure or the like as long as it contains a polymerizable group and can be made into a polyimide, and is intended to include a polyamideimide precursor. It is preferable that the polyimide precursor used by this invention contains the repeating unit represented by following formula (2).
  • a 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH
  • R 111 represents a divalent organic group
  • R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group
  • R 113 And R 114 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 113 and R 114 is a polymerizable group.
  • a 1 and A 2 in Formula (2) each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, and preferably an oxygen atom.
  • R 111 represents a divalent organic group.
  • the divalent organic group include a linear or branched aliphatic group, a group containing a cyclic aliphatic group and an aryl group, and a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a group consisting of a cyclic aliphatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof is preferable, and a group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the following are mentioned as an example of an aryl group.
  • R 111 is more specifically a diamine residue remaining after removal of the amino group of the diamine.
  • the diamine include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamine. Specific examples include diamine residues remaining after removal of the amino groups of the following diamines.
  • 1,2-diaminoethane 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2- or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1, 2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, bis (4-aminocyclohexyl) methane, bis (3-amino Cyclohexyl) methane, 4,4′-diamino-3,3′-dimethylcyclohexylmethane and isophoronediamine; m- and p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4′- and 3,3′-diaminobiphenyl, 4, 4'- and 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4
  • R 111 also include diamine residues remaining after removal of the amino groups of diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) shown below.
  • R 111 is a diamine residue remaining after removal of the amino group of a diamine having at least two alkylene glycol units in the main chain.
  • Preferred is a diamine residue containing two or more ethylene glycol chains or propylene glycol chains in one molecule, and more preferred is a diamine residue containing no aromatic ring.
  • Examples include Jeffamine (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D-4000 ( Trade names, manufactured by HUNTSMAN Co., Ltd., 1- (1- (1- (2-aminopropoxy) propan-2-yl) oxy) propan-2-amine, 1- (2- (2- (2 -Aminopropoxy) ethoxy) propoxy) propan-2-amine and the like.
  • the structures of Jeffamine (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, and EDR-176 are shown below.
  • x, y, and z are average values.
  • R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • a tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring is preferable, and a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6) is more preferable.
  • the divalent group includes a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, —CO—, —S—, —SO 2 —, and —NHCO—, and these A group selected from a combination is preferred.
  • R 112 is a single bond or a divalent group selected from an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, —CO—, —S— and —SO 2 —. More preferably a single bond or —CH 2 —, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, —C (CH 3 ) 2 —, —O—, —CO—, —S— and —SO. 2 - is a bivalent radical selected from the more preferred.
  • R 115 include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removal of the acid anhydride group from tetracarboxylic dianhydride.
  • Specific examples include tetracarboxylic acid residues remaining after the removal of the acid anhydride group from the following tetracarboxylic dianhydrides.
  • R 115 also include tetracarboxylic acid residues remaining after removal of the acid anhydride groups from tetracarboxylic dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) shown below.
  • R 111 and R 115 has an OH group. More specifically, as R 111 , 2,2-bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2- Bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone, bis (4-amino) -3-Hydroxyphenyl) sulfone and the above (DA-1) to (DA-18) are mentioned as preferred examples, and as R 115 , the above (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) are mentioned as preferred examples. It is done.
  • R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 113 and R 114 is a polymerizable group.
  • a polymeric group it is synonymous with the polymeric group mentioned above, and its preferable range is also the same.
  • at least one of R 113 and R 114 is a polymerizable group, it is preferred that both R 113 and R 114 is a polymerizable group.
  • the monovalent organic group represented by R 113 and R 114 a substituent that improves the solubility in a developer is preferably used.
  • the monovalent organic group as R 113 or R 114 is one, two, or three, preferably one acidic group bonded to the carbon atom of the aryl group.
  • An aryl group and an aralkyl group having Specific examples include an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms having an acidic group and an aralkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms having an acidic group. More specifically, a phenyl group having an acidic group and a benzyl group having an acidic group can be mentioned.
  • the acidic group is preferably an OH group.
  • R 113 or R 114 is preferably a hydrogen atom, 2-hydroxybenzyl, 3-hydroxybenzyl or 4-hydroxybenzyl from the viewpoint of solubility in an aqueous developer.
  • R 113 or R 114 is preferably a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group preferably includes a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, or an aryl group, and more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • linear or branched alkyl group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, a tetradecyl group, Examples include octadecyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, 1-ethylpentyl, and 2-ethylhexyl.
  • the cyclic alkyl group may be a monocyclic cyclic alkyl group or a polycyclic cyclic alkyl group.
  • Examples of the monocyclic alkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • Examples of the polycyclic alkyl group include an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, a bornyl group, a camphenyl group, a decahydronaphthyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a camphoroyl group, a dicyclohexyl group, and a pinenyl group.
  • a cyclohexyl group is most preferable from the viewpoint of achieving high sensitivity.
  • the linear alkyl group substituted by the aryl group mentioned later is preferable.
  • aryl group examples include a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, heptalene ring, indacene ring, perylene ring, pentacene ring, acenaphthylene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring.
  • the polyimide precursor when R 113 is a hydrogen atom, or when R 114 is a hydrogen atom, the polyimide precursor forms a counter salt with a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Also good. Examples of such tertiary amine compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include N, N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.
  • the polyimide precursor preferably has a fluorine atom in the structural unit from the viewpoint of improving resolution.
  • the fluorine atom imparts water repellency to the surface of the film during alkali development, and soaking in from the surface can be suppressed.
  • the fluorine atom content in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10% by mass or more, and preferably 20% by mass or less from the viewpoint of solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution.
  • an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure may be copolymerized for the purpose of improving the adhesion to the substrate.
  • the diamine component include bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane and bis (p-aminophenyl) octamethylpentasiloxane.
  • the polyimide precursor may be sealed with a terminal blocking agent such as a monoamine, an acid anhydride, a monocarboxylic acid, a monoacid chloride compound, or a monoactive ester compound.
  • a terminal blocking agent such as a monoamine, an acid anhydride, a monocarboxylic acid, a monoacid chloride compound, or a monoactive ester compound.
  • Monoamines include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1- Hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-amino Naphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-amino Benzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, -Aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-
  • the repeating unit represented by the formula (2) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1). That is, it is preferable that at least one of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursors used in the present invention is a precursor having a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1). By adopting such a structure, it becomes possible to further widen the width of the exposure latitude.
  • a 1 and A 2 each represent an oxygen atom
  • R 111 and R 112 each independently represent a divalent organic group
  • R 113 and R 114 each independently represent It represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • at least one of R 113 and R 114 is a polymerizable group.
  • a 1, A 2, R 111 , R 113 and R 114 are each independently the same meaning as A 1, A 2, R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in formula (2), and preferred ranges are also the same .
  • R 112 has the same meaning as R 112 in formula (5), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the polyimide precursor may be one type of repeating structural unit represented by the formula (2), but may be two or more types. Moreover, the structural isomer of the repeating unit represented by Formula (2) may be included. Needless to say, the polyimide precursor may contain other types of repeating structural units in addition to the repeating unit of the above formula (2).
  • a polyimide precursor in which 50 mol% or more, further 70 mol% or more, particularly 90 mol% or more of all repeating units is a repeating unit represented by the formula (2).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 18,000 to 30,000, more preferably 20,000 to 30,000, and further preferably 22,000 to 28,000.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 5,000 to 14,000, and more preferably 6,000 to 10,000.
  • the degree of dispersion of the polyimide precursor is preferably 1.0 to 10.0, more preferably 1.1 to 5.0, and still more preferably 1.2 to 4.0.
  • the polybenzoxazole precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it has a polymerizable group and can be converted into polybenzoxazole, but is not particularly limited, but is a compound represented by the following formula (3). Preferably there is.
  • R 121 represents a divalent organic group
  • R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group
  • R 123 and R 124 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • at least one of R 123 and R 124 is a polymerizable group.
  • R 121 represents a divalent organic group.
  • the divalent organic group include an aliphatic group and an aryl group. The following are mentioned as an example of a bivalent aryl group.
  • A represents —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —NHCO—, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, and —C (CH 3 ) 2 —.
  • a linear aliphatic group is preferable from the viewpoint of promoting cyclization at a low temperature.
  • the linear aliphatic group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 25 carbon atoms, still more preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 4 to 15 carbon atoms. 5 to 10 is even more preferable.
  • the linear aliphatic group is preferably an alkylene group.
  • dicarboxylic acids containing a linear aliphatic group examples include malonic acid, dimethylmalonic acid, ethylmalonic acid, isopropylmalonic acid, di-n-butylmalonic acid, succinic acid, tetrafluorosuccinic acid, methylsuccinic acid, 2,2-dimethylsuccinic acid, 2,3-dimethylsuccinic acid, glutaric acid, hexafluoroglutaric acid, 2-methylglutaric acid, 3-methylglutaric acid, 2,2-dimethylglutaric acid, 3,3- Dimethyl glutaric acid, 3-ethyl-3-methyl glutaric acid, adipic acid, octafluoroadipic acid, 3-methyl adipic acid, pimelic acid, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpimelic acid, suberic acid, dodecafluoro Suberic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, hexadecafluorosebacic acid,
  • Z is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and n is an integer of 1 to 6).
  • R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • the tetravalent organic group has the same meaning as R 115 in the formula (2), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • R 122 is preferably a residue of a bisaminophenol derivative represented by the following formula (A).
  • Ar NH 2 ) 2 (OH) 2 (A)
  • Ar is an aryl group.
  • Examples of the bisaminophenol derivative of the above formula (A) include 3,3′-diamino-4,4′-dihydroxybiphenyl, 4,4′-diamino-3,3′-dihydroxybiphenyl, and 3,3′- Diamino-4,4′-dihydroxydiphenylsulfone, 4,4′-diamino-3,3′-dihydroxydiphenylsulfone, bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) methane, 2,2-bis (3-amino- 4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis (4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, bis (4-amino) -3-hydroxyphenyl) methane, 2,2-bis (4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 4,4 -Diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybenzophen
  • bisaminophenol derivatives represented by the formula (A) bisaminophenol derivatives having the following aryl groups are preferred.
  • X 1 represents —O—, —S—, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, —CH 2 —, —SO 2 —, or —NHCO—.
  • —OH and —NH 2 contained in the structure of the formula (A) are bonded to each other at the ortho position (adjacent position).
  • the bisaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (A) is a bisphenol represented by the following formula (As) because a polybenzoxazole precursor that is highly transparent to i-line and can be cured at a low temperature can be obtained. Preferably there is.
  • R 1 is a single bond or selected from the group consisting of alkylene, substituted alkylene, —O—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —NHCO—, and the following formula (A-sc). It is an organic group.
  • R 2 is any one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and a cyclic alkyl group, and may be the same or different.
  • R 3 is any one of a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and a cyclic alkyl group, and may be the same or different.
  • R 2 is an alkyl group and R 3 is an alkyl group, which means that it has high transparency to i-line and a high cyclization rate when cured at low temperature.
  • R 3 is an alkyl group, which means that it has high transparency to i-line and a high cyclization rate when cured at low temperature.
  • a polybenzoxazole precursor having sufficient solubility and excellent balance can be obtained when an alkaline aqueous solution is used as a developer while maintaining the effect.
  • R 1 is preferably alkylene or substituted alkylene.
  • alkylene and substituted alkylene according to R 1 include —CH 2 —, —CH (CH 3 ) —, —C (CH 3 ) 2 —, —CH (CH 2 CH 3 ) —, —C (CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 3 )-, -C (CH 2 CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 3 )-, -CH (CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 )-, -C (CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) —, —CH (CH (CH 3 ) 2 ) —, —C (CH 3 ) (CH (CH 3 ) 2 ) —, —CH (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) —, —C (CH 3 ) (CH (CH 3 ) 2 ) —, —CH (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) —, —C (CH 3 ) (CH (CH 3 ) (CH (
  • R 123 and R 124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 123 and R 124 is a polymerizable group.
  • a polymeric group it is synonymous with the polymeric group mentioned above, and its preferable range is also the same.
  • at least one of R 123 and R 124 is a polymerizable group, it is preferred that both R 123 and R 124 is a polymerizable group.
  • R 123 or R 124 represents a monovalent organic group, it has the same meaning as R 113 and R 114 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the polybenzoxazole precursor may contain other types of repeating structural units in addition to the repeating unit of the above formula (3). It is preferable that the diamine residue represented by the following formula (SL) is included as another type of repeating structural unit in that the occurrence of warpage accompanying ring closure can be suppressed.
  • SL diamine residue represented by the following formula
  • Z has an a structure and a b structure
  • R 1s is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 2s is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • at least one of R 3s , R 4s , R 5s and R 6s is an aryl group, and the remainder is a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, which may be the same or different.
  • the polymerization of the a structure and the b structure may be block polymerization or random polymerization.
  • the mol% of the Z moiety is 5 to 95 mol% for the a structure, 95 to 5 mol% for the b structure, and a + b is 100 mol%.
  • preferred Z includes those in which R 5s and R 6s in the b structure are phenyl groups.
  • the molecular weight of the structure represented by the formula (SL) is preferably 400 to 4,000, and more preferably 500 to 3,000.
  • the molecular weight can be determined by commonly used gel permeation chromatography. By setting the molecular weight within the above range, it is possible to reduce both the elastic modulus after dehydration and ring closure of the polybenzoxazole precursor and to suppress the warp and to improve the solubility.
  • the diamine residue represented by the formula (SL) is included as another type of repeating structural unit, the remaining tetra after the dianhydride group is removed from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride in terms of improving alkali solubility. It is preferable to include a carboxylic acid residue as a repeating structural unit. Examples of such tetracarboxylic acid residue, and examples of R 115 in formula (2).
  • an acid anhydride containing an aliphatic group or a cyclic group having at least one alkenyl group or alkynyl group as the terminal amino group of the polybenzoxazole precursor is used.
  • the amide is preferably capped.
  • the end-capping group As such a group derived from an acid anhydride containing a cyclic aliphatic group or cyclic group having at least one alkenyl group or alkynyl group after reacting with an amino group, that is, the end-capping group is:
  • the group shown below can be mentioned. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the groups shown below are preferable because they can improve storage stability.
  • the polybenzoxazole precursor includes, for example, a bisaminophenol derivative represented by the formula (A), a dicarboxylic acid containing R121 , and a compound selected from dicarboxylic acid dichloride and dicarboxylic acid derivative of the above dicarboxylic acid Can be obtained by reacting.
  • a bisaminophenol derivative represented by the formula (A) a dicarboxylic acid containing R121
  • dicarboxylic acid an active ester type dicarboxylic acid derivative obtained by reacting 1-hydroxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole or the like in advance may be used in order to increase the reaction yield or the like.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole precursor is, for example, preferably 18,000 to 50,000, more preferably 25,000 to 45,000 when used in the composition described below. It is preferably 30,000 to 40,000.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 7,200 to 14,000, more preferably 8,000 to 12,000, and further preferably 9,000 to 11,000.
  • the degree of dispersion of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 1.0 to 10.0, more preferably 1.1 to 5.0, and still more preferably 1.2 to 4.0.
  • heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention only one heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor may be used, or two or more heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor materials may be used.
  • a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor the aspect using only 1 type, or 2 or more types of polyimide precursors, and 1 type, or 2 or more types of polybenzoxazole precursors only An embodiment using is more preferable.
  • the type of polymerization inhibitor to be blended is not particularly limited, and a known one can be used.
  • the polymerization inhibitor those having a phenolic hydroxyl group are preferred.
  • examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis ( (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), and N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt are preferred.
  • the amount of the polymerization inhibitor to be blended is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor.
  • the lower limit of the amount of the polymerization inhibitor to be blended is more preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and can also be 0.2% by mass or more. 9 mass% or less is more preferable, the upper limit of the quantity of the polymerization inhibitor to mix
  • blend may be 7 mass% or less, and can also be 5 mass% or less.
  • the polymerization inhibitor is uniformly applied to the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material even when the content is 1.0% by mass or less, further 0.7% by mass or less, and particularly 0.4% by mass or less. It is preferable in that it can be incorporated. Only one polymerization inhibitor may be included, or two or more polymerization inhibitors may be included. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the amount of the polymerization inhibitor is 10% by mass or less of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor, the sensitivity tends to be further improved, and when the amount is 0.001% by mass or more, the resulting heterocyclic ring is obtained.
  • the storage stability of the containing polymer precursor tends to be further improved.
  • a polymerization inhibitor containing 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol is added to the composition containing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and tetrahydrofuran, and 0.1 to 0.5% of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor.
  • the present invention also discloses a heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material obtained by a method for producing the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material.
  • a first embodiment of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention is a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group.
  • the rate of change between the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material obtained by dividing the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material into four parts and the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the entire heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material is Are heterocycle-containing polymer precursor materials that are each ⁇ 10% or less.
  • a second embodiment of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention is a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group.
  • the rate of change between the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the sample collected from 1 g each of the four heterocycle-containing polymer precursor materials and the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the entire heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material. Are heterocycle-containing polymer precursor materials that are each ⁇ 10% or less.
  • the third embodiment of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention is obtained by adding 1 g from any four positions of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material obtained by the method for producing the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention.
  • the rate of change between the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in each sample collected and the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the entire heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material is ⁇ 10% or less, respectively. .
  • the rate of change from the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the entire heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material is preferably 8% or less, more preferably ⁇ 6% or less, and ⁇ 4 % Or less is more preferable.
  • the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material further contains a polymerization inhibitor in a proportion of 0.001 to 10% by mass of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material.
  • the lower limit of the amount of the polymerization inhibitor in the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material is more preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and can also be 0.2% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the amount of the polymerization inhibitor in the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material is more preferably 9% by mass or less, may be 7% by mass or less, may be 5% by mass or less, The amount may be 1.0% by mass or less, particularly 0.7% by mass or less, and more particularly 0.4% by mass or less.
  • the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention may be in a dry solid state or may contain a solvent such as a second solvent. As a preferred embodiment, 95% by mass or more of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material is exemplified by a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor.
  • composition containing the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention contains the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material, the other components are not particularly defined. Ingredients can be blended.
  • the composition containing the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention is preferably a photosensitive resin composition.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material and a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably used as a negative photosensitive resin composition.
  • a polymerizable compound may be included.
  • the polymerizable compound preferably includes a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the photosensitive resin composition in the present invention may be a positive photosensitive resin composition.
  • the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material contains a polybenzoxazole precursor.
  • the photosensitive resin composition used in the present invention may further contain a ring-closed structure polyimide, polybenzoxazole, or the like without departing from the spirit of the present invention.
  • the content of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, and preferably 50 to 99% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. More preferred is 70 to 98% by mass, and particularly preferred is 80 to 95% by mass.
  • the component which the photosensitive resin composition of this invention may contain is demonstrated. It goes without saying that the present invention may contain components other than these, and these components are not essential.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photosensitive resin composition contains a photo radical polymerization initiator
  • the photosensitive resin composition is applied to a semiconductor wafer or the like to form a photosensitive resin composition layer, and then irradiated with light to generate radicals. Curing takes place and the solubility in the light irradiation part can be reduced. For this reason, for example, by exposing the photosensitive resin composition layer through a photomask having a pattern in which only the electrode portion is masked, it is possible to easily produce regions having different solubility according to the electrode pattern. There is.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate a polymerization reaction (crosslinking reaction) of the polymerizable compound, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, those having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region are preferable. Further, it may be an activator that generates some active radicals by generating some action with the photoexcited sensitizer.
  • the photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar extinction coefficient of at least about 50 within a range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar extinction coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g / L.
  • an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer Cary-5 spectrophotometer
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives for example, those having a triazine skeleton, those having an oxadiazole skeleton, those having a trihalomethyl group
  • Acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, oxime compounds such as hexaarylbiimidazole and oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenones, azo series
  • examples thereof include compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organoboron compounds, iron arene complexes, and the like.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives having a triazine skeleton examples include those described in Wakabayashi et al., Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan, 42, 2924 (1969), a compound described in GB 1388492, a compound described in JP-A-53-133428, a compound described in DE 3337024, F . C. J. Schaefer et al. Org. Chem. 29, 1527 (1964), compounds described in JP-A-62-258241, compounds described in JP-A-5-281728, compounds described in JP-A-5-34920, Examples include the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 4221976.
  • Examples of the compounds described in US Pat. No. 4,221,976 include compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton (for example, 2-trichloromethyl-5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloro Methyl-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5- (1-naphthyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5 (2-naphthyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-tribromomethyl-5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-tribromomethyl-5- (2-naphthyl)- 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-styryl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5- (4-chlorostyryl) 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-
  • ketone compound examples include compounds described in paragraph No. 0087 of JP-A-2015-087611, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Kayacure DETX manufactured by Nippon Kayaku is also suitably used as a commercial product.
  • hydroxyacetophenone compounds As the photopolymerization initiator, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds can also be suitably used. More specifically, for example, aminoacetophenone initiators described in JP-A-10-291969 and acylphosphine oxide initiators described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.
  • hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator IRGACURE-184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE-127 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • aminoacetophenone-based initiator commercially available products IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • aminoacetophenone-based initiator compounds described in JP-A-2009-191179 whose absorption wavelength is matched with a light source of 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used.
  • acylphosphine initiator commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • More preferred examples of the photopolymerization initiator include oxime compounds.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound include compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A No. 2000-80068, and compounds described in JP-A No. 2006-342166.
  • Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutan-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxy And imino-1-phenylpropan-1-one.
  • Examples of the oxime compounds include JCSPerkin II (1979) p.1653-1660, JCSPerkin II (1979) pp.156-162, Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), JP 2000 -66385, JP-A 2000-80068, JP-T 2004-534797, JP-A 2006-342166, and the like.
  • IRGACURE-OXE01 manufactured by BASF
  • IRGACURE-OXE02 manufactured by BASF
  • N-1919 manufactured by ADEKA
  • TR-PBG-304 manufactured by Changzhou Powerful Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.
  • Adeka Arkles NCI-831 and Adeka Arkles NCI-930 made by ADEKA
  • a compound described in JP-A-2009-519904 in which an oxime is linked to the N-position of the carbazole ring, a compound described in US Pat.
  • a compound described in US Pat. No. 7,556,910, a compound described in JP-A-2009-221114, which has an absorption maximum at 405 nm, and good sensitivity to a g-ray light source may be used.
  • the cyclic oxime compounds described in JP-A-2007-231000 and JP-A-2007-322744 can also be suitably used.
  • the cyclic oxime compounds fused to carbazole dyes described in JP2010-32985A and JP2010-185072A have high light absorption and high sensitivity. It is preferable from the viewpoint.
  • a compound described in JP-A-2009-242469, which is a compound having an unsaturated bond at a specific site of the oxime compound can also be suitably used.
  • oxime compounds include compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, compounds 24 and 36 to 40 described in paragraph No. 0345 of JP-T-2014-500852, JP Examples thereof include compound (C-3) described in paragraph No. 0101 of 2013-164471. Specific examples include the following compounds.
  • oxime compounds having a specific substituent as disclosed in JP-A-2007-267979 there are oxime compounds having a thioaryl group as disclosed in JP-A-2009-191061, and the like.
  • Photopolymerization initiators are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethylketal compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryls from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity. Selected from the group consisting of imidazole dimers, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes and salts thereof, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds. Compounds are preferred.
  • trihalomethyltriazine compounds More preferred are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium compounds, benzophenone compounds, and acetophenone compounds, and more preferred are trihalomethyltriazine compounds.
  • ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers and benzophenone compounds, and oxime compounds are most preferred.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. -20% by mass, more preferably 0.1-10% by mass. Only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more photopolymerization initiators, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
  • a polymerizable compound By containing a polymerizable compound, a cured film having more excellent heat resistance can be formed.
  • the polymerizable compound is a compound having a polymerizable group, and a known compound that can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid, a base, or the like can be used. Examples of the polymerizable group include the polymerizable group described in the above-mentioned heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond used in the present invention is more preferably a compound containing two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups.
  • the polymerizable compound may be in any chemical form such as a monomer, a prepolymer, an oligomer or a mixture thereof, and a multimer thereof.
  • a monomer type polymerizable compound (hereinafter also referred to as a polymerizable monomer) is a compound different from a polymer compound.
  • the polymerizable monomer is typically a low molecular compound, preferably a low molecular compound having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less, more preferably a low molecular compound having a molecular weight of 1,500 or less, and a molecular weight of 900 or less. More preferably, it is a low molecular weight compound.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is usually 100 or more.
  • the oligomer type polymerizable compound is typically a polymer having a relatively low molecular weight, and is preferably a polymer in which 10 to 100 polymerizable monomers are bonded.
  • the molecular weight the polystyrene-reduced weight average molecular weight by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method is preferably 2,000 to 20,000, more preferably 2,000 to 15,000, and more preferably 2,000 to 2,000. Most preferred is 10,000.
  • the number of functional groups of the polymerizable compound means the number of polymerizable groups in one molecule.
  • the polymerizable compound preferably contains at least one bifunctional or higher functional polymerizable compound containing two or more polymerizable groups, and preferably contains at least one trifunctional or higher functional polymerizable compound. More preferred.
  • the polymeric compound in this invention contains at least 1 sort (s) of trifunctional or more polymeric compounds also from the point that a three-dimensional crosslinked structure can be formed and heat resistance can be improved.
  • a mixture of a bifunctional or lower polymerizable compound and a trifunctional or higher functional polymerizable compound may be used.
  • ⁇ Compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond >>> As a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a styryl group, a vinyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group and a (meth) allyl group are preferable, and a (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) and esters, amides thereof, and these Preferred are an ester of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a polyhydric alcohol compound, an amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a polyvalent amine compound, and a multimer thereof.
  • unsaturated carboxylic acids for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.
  • esters, amides thereof are examples of these Preferred are an ester of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a polyhydric alcohol compound, an amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a polyvalent amine compound, and a multimer thereof.
  • an addition reaction product of an ester or amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxy group, an amino group, or a mercapto group, and a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy is also preferably used.
  • a substitution reaction product of an ester or amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid having a leaving substituent such as a group or a tosyloxy group and a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol is also suitable.
  • esters of polyhydric alcohol compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include acrylic acid esters such as ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, and tetramethylene glycol diacrylate.
  • Methacrylic acid esters include tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, trimethylolethane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,3-butanediol dimethacrylate, Hexanediol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol dimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, sorbitol trimethacrylate, sorbitol tetramethacrylate, bis [p- (3-methacryloxy- 2-hydroxyp Epoxy) phenyl] dimethyl methane, there are bis [p- (me
  • Itaconic acid esters include ethylene glycol diitaconate, propylene glycol diitaconate, 1,3-butanediol diitaconate, 1,4-butanediol diitaconate, tetramethylene glycol diitaconate, pentaerythritol diitaconate And sorbitol tetritaconate.
  • crotonic acid esters examples include ethylene glycol dicrotonate, tetramethylene glycol dicrotonate, pentaerythritol dicrotonate, and sorbitol tetradicrotonate.
  • isocrotonic acid esters examples include ethylene glycol diisocrotonate, pentaerythritol diisocrotonate, and sorbitol tetraisocrotonate.
  • maleic acid esters examples include ethylene glycol dimaleate, triethylene glycol dimaleate, pentaerythritol dimaleate, and sorbitol tetramaleate.
  • esters examples include aliphatic alcohol esters described in JP-B-46-27926, JP-B-51-47334, JP-A-57-196231, and JP-A-59-5240.
  • the compounds having an aromatic skeleton described in JP-A No. 59-5241, JP-A-2-226149, compounds containing an amino group described in JP-A 1-165613, and the like are also preferably used. It is done.
  • amide monomers of polyvalent amine compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include methylene bis-acrylamide, methylene bis-methacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bis-acrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bis-methacrylic.
  • examples include amide, diethylenetriamine trisacrylamide, xylylene bisacrylamide, and xylylene bismethacrylamide.
  • Examples of other preferable amide monomers include monomers having a cyclohexylene structure described in JP-B No. 54-21726.
  • urethane-based addition-polymerizable monomers produced using an addition reaction of isocyanate and hydroxyl group are also suitable.
  • Specific examples thereof include, for example, one molecule described in JP-B-48-41708.
  • Examples thereof include a vinylurethane compound containing two or more polymerizable vinyl groups in one molecule obtained by adding a vinyl monomer containing a hydroxyl group represented by the following formula to a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups.
  • CH 2 C (R 4) COOCH 2 CH (R 5) OH (Wherein, R 4 and R 5 represents H or CH 3.)
  • urethane acrylates as described in JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, JP-B-2-16765, JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56- Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP 17654, JP-B 62-39417, and JP-B 62-39418 are also suitable.
  • the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP-A-2009-288705 can also be suitably used in the present invention.
  • the compound which has an ethylenically unsaturated bond the compound which has a boiling point of 100 degreeC or more under a normal pressure is also preferable.
  • monofunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate; polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolethanetri ( (Meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexanediol ( (Meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane
  • the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate obtained by making the compound which has cyclic ether groups, such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and an ethylenically unsaturated group, react with polyfunctional carboxylic acid etc. can be mentioned.
  • other preferable compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond those having a fluorene ring described in JP 2010-160418 A, JP 2010-129825 A, JP 4364216 A, etc.
  • a compound having two or more groups having an unsaturated bond a cardo resin can also be used.
  • JP-B-46-43946 JP-B-1-40337, JP-B-1-40336, and JP-A-2-25493.
  • the vinyl phosphonic acid-type compound of these can also be mentioned.
  • a structure containing a perfluoroalkyl group described in JP-A-61-22048 is preferably used.
  • Journal of Japan Adhesion Association vol. 20, no. 7, pages 300 to 308 (1984), which are introduced as photopolymerizable monomers and oligomers can also be used.
  • n is an integer of 0 to 14, and m is an integer of 1 to 8.
  • a plurality of R and T present in one molecule may be the same or different.
  • Specific examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond represented by the above formulas (MO-1) to (MO-5) are described in paragraph numbers 0248 to 0251 of JP-A No. 2007-267979.
  • the compound can also be suitably used in the present invention.
  • JP-A-10-62986 compounds (meth) acrylates obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol described in the formulas (1) and (2) together with specific examples thereof are also provided. It can be used as a polymerizable compound.
  • Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include dipentaerythritol triacrylate (as a commercially available product, KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercially available product, KAYARAD D-320).
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond may be a polyfunctional monomer having an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, or a phosphoric acid group.
  • the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and an unreacted hydroxy group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride to form an acid group.
  • the ester is a polyfunctional monomer in which the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and / or dipentaerythritol.
  • Examples of commercially available products include M-510 and M-520, which are polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group one kind may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be mixed and used. Moreover, you may use together the polyfunctional monomer which does not have an acid group, and the polyfunctional monomer which has an acid group as needed.
  • a preferable acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. When the acid value of the polyfunctional monomer is in the above range, the production and handling properties are excellent, and further, the developability is excellent. Also, the polymerizability is good.
  • a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used.
  • the compound having a caprolactone structure and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone structure in the molecule.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • m represents 1 or 2
  • “*” represents a bond.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and “*” represents a bond.
  • the compounds having a caprolactone structure and an ethylenically unsaturated bond can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is also preferably at least one selected from the group of compounds represented by the following formula (i) or (ii).
  • each E independently represents — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) —, y
  • each X independently represents a (meth) acryloyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carboxyl group.
  • the total number of (meth) acryloyl groups is 3 or 4
  • each m independently represents an integer of 0 to 10
  • the total of each m is an integer of 0 to 40 .
  • any one of X is a carboxyl group.
  • the total number of (meth) acryloyl groups is 5 or 6, each n independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each n is an integer of 0 to 60 is there. However, when the total of each n is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.
  • m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the total of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8.
  • n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the total of each n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12.
  • — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) — is bonded to X at the end on the oxygen atom side.
  • the form is preferred.
  • a form in which all six Xs are acryloyl groups is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the formula (i) or (ii) is a conventionally known step, which is a step of bonding a ring-opening skeleton by subjecting pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol to a ring-opening addition reaction of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide.
  • the compound can be synthesized from the step of introducing a (meth) acryloyl group by reacting, for example, (meth) acryloyl chloride with the terminal hydroxyl group of the ring-opened skeleton.
  • Each step is a well-known step, and a person skilled in the art can easily synthesize a compound represented by formula (i) or (ii).
  • pentaerythritol derivatives and / or dipentaerythritol derivatives are more preferable.
  • Specific examples include compounds represented by the following formulas (a) to (f) (hereinafter also referred to as “exemplary compounds (a) to (f)”).
  • exemplary compounds (a), (f) b), (e) and (f) are preferred.
  • Examples of commercially available polymerizable compounds represented by formulas (i) and (ii) include SR-494, a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartomer, and pliers manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. DPCA-60, which is a hexafunctional acrylate having six lenoxy chains, and TPA-330, which is a trifunctional acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy chains.
  • Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include those described in JP-B-48-41708, JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, and JP-B-2-16765.
  • Urethane acrylates and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable. It is.
  • polymerizable compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-1-105238 are described as polymerizable compounds. Monomers can also be used.
  • urethane oligomer UAS-10 UAB-140 (manufactured by Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co., Ltd.), NK ester M-40G, NK ester 4G, NK ester M-9300, NK ester A -9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (Manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Bremer PME400 (manufactured by NOF Corporation) and the like.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond preferably has a partial structure represented by the following formula from the viewpoint of heat resistance. However, * in the formula is a connecting hand.
  • Specific examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond having the above partial structure include, for example, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide-modified di (meth) acrylate, and isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide-modified tri (meth).
  • the content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is 1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition from the viewpoint of good polymerizability and heat resistance.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond one kind may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be mixed and used.
  • the mass ratio of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material to the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably 98/2 to 10/90, and 95/5.
  • ⁇ 30/70 is more preferable, and 90/10 to 50/50 is most preferable.
  • mass ratio of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material and the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is in the above range, a cured film having excellent polymerizability and heat resistance can be formed.
  • AM1 (In the formula, t represents an integer of 1 to 20, R 4 represents a t-valent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms, R 5 represents a hydroxyl group, or the following formula (AM2) or the following formula (AM3 ) Represents a group represented by
  • the content of the compound represented by the formula (AM1) with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material is preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 40 parts by mass or less. More preferably, it is 10 to 35 mass parts. Further, in the total polymerizable compound, the compound represented by the following formula (AM4) is contained in an amount of 10% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less, and the compound represented by the following formula (AM5) in the total polymerizable compound is 10% by mass or more. It is also preferable to contain 90 mass% or less.
  • AM4 (Wherein R 4 represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms, and R 5 represents a hydroxyl group or a group represented by the following formula (AM2) or the following formula (AM3)).
  • AM5 (Wherein u represents an integer of 3 to 8, R 4 represents a u-valent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms, and R 5 represents a hydroxyl group, the following formula (AM2) or the following formula ( A group represented by AM3).)
  • the compound represented by the formula (AM4) include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), DML-MBPC, DML-MBOC, DML-OCHP, DML-PCHP, DML.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM5) include TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPA, TMOM-BP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPPHAP (trade name, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), TM-BIP-A (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC MX-280, NIKALAC MX-270, NIKALAC MW-100LM (trade name, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.).
  • Epoxy Compound (Compound Having Epoxy Group)
  • the epoxy compound is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the epoxy compound undergoes a cross-linking reaction at 200 ° C. or lower and does not cause a dehydration reaction in the cross-linking reaction, so that film shrinkage hardly occurs. For this reason, containing an epoxy compound is effective for low-temperature curing and low warpage of the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group.
  • the polyethylene oxide group means that the number of repeating units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and the number of repeating units is preferably 2 to 15.
  • epoxy compound examples include bisphenol A type epoxy resin; bisphenol F type epoxy resin; alkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as propylene glycol diglycidyl ether; polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether; polymethyl (glycidyl Examples include, but are not limited to, epoxy group-containing silicones such as (roxypropyl) siloxane.
  • Epicron (registered trademark) 850-S Epicron (registered trademark) HP-4032, Epicron (registered trademark) HP-7200, Epicron (registered trademark) HP-820, Epicron (registered trademark) HP-4700, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4710, Epicron (registered trademark) HP-4770, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-859CRP, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-1514, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4880, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4850-150, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4850-1000, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4816, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4822 (trade name, manufactured by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.), Rikaresin (registered trademark) BEO-60E , New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.), EP-4003S, EP-4000S (trade name, manufactured by
  • an epoxy resin containing a polyethylene oxide group is preferable in terms of excellent low warpage and heat resistance.
  • Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4880, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4822, and Licaredin (registered trademark) BEO-60E are preferable because they contain a polyethylene oxide group.
  • the content of the epoxy compound is preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 50 parts by mass, and even more preferably 10 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material. If the blending amount is 5 parts by mass or more, warpage of the cured film can be further suppressed, and if it is 50 parts by mass or less, pattern filling associated with reflow during sampling heating (curing) can be further suppressed.
  • Oxetane compound (compound having oxetanyl group) >>>
  • the oxetane compound include compounds having two or more oxetane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane, 1,4-bis ⁇ [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methoxy] methyl ⁇ benzene, Examples include 3-ethyl-3- (2-ethylhexylmethyl) oxetane and 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl] ester.
  • Aron Oxetane series (for example, OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. can be preferably used. More than one species may be mixed.
  • the content of the oxetane compound is preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 50 parts by mass, and even more preferably 10 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material.
  • benzoxazine compound (compound having a benzoxazolyl group)
  • a benzoxazine compound undergoes a crosslinking reaction by a ring-opening addition reaction, no degassing due to curing occurs and shrinkage due to heat is small. For this reason, generation
  • production of curvature can be made well.
  • benzoxazine compound examples include Ba type benzoxazine, Bm type benzoxazine (trade name, manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), benzoxazine adduct of polyhydroxystyrene resin, phenol novolac type dihydrobenzoxazine. Compounds. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the benzoxazine compound is preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 50 parts by mass, and still more preferably 10 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material.
  • Resin containing phenolic OH group ⁇ Resin containing phenolic OH group
  • the inclusion of a resin containing a phenolic OH group adjusts the solubility in an alkaline developer and is good. This is preferable in that sensitivity can be obtained.
  • Preferred examples of the resin containing a phenolic OH group include novolak resins and polyhydroxystyrene resins.
  • the novolak resin can be obtained by polycondensing phenols and aldehydes by a known method. Two or more novolac resins may be combined. Preferred examples of the phenols include phenol, o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, 2,3-xylenol, 2,5-xylenol, 3,4-xylenol, 3,5-xylenol, 2,3 , 5-trimethylphenol, 3,4,5-trimethylphenol and the like.
  • the novolak resin preferably includes an m-cresol residue or a cresol novolak resin containing an m-cresol residue and a p-cresol residue.
  • the molar ratio of m-cresol residue to p-cresol residue (m-cresol residue / p-cresol residue, m / p) in the cresol novolak resin is preferably 1.8 or more. If it is this range, the moderate solubility to an alkali developing solution will be shown, and favorable sensitivity will be obtained. More preferably, it is 4 or more.
  • Preferred examples of the aldehydes include formalin, paraformaldehyde, acetaldehyde, benzaldehyde, hydroxybenzaldehyde, chloroacetaldehyde and the like. Two or more of these aldehydes may be used.
  • a wholly aromatic novolak resin obtained by polycondensation with an acidic catalyst using a compound represented by the following formula (Phe) as phenols and a compound represented by the following formula (Ald) as aldehydes It is preferable at the point which can provide high heat resistance to the cured film of the photosensitive resin composition of this invention.
  • R 1 represents an organic group selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and an alkoxy group
  • p is an integer of 1 to 3, preferably 2 to 3 It is.
  • R 2 represents a group selected from hydrogen, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, and a hydroxy group, and q is an integer of 0 to 3 inclusive.
  • a phenol compound having 1 to 3 and preferably 2 to 3 substituents is used, and the substituent has 1 to 20 carbon atoms. It is an organic group selected from the following alkyl groups and alkoxy groups. Specific examples of the alkyl group and alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a methoxy group, and an ethoxy group. Preferred examples of such a phenol compound include o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, 2,3-dimethylphenol, 2,4-dimethylphenol, 2,5-dimethylphenol, and 3,4-dimethylphenol.
  • 3,5-dimethylphenol, 2-methyl-3-ethylphenol, 2-methyl-3-methoxyphenol, 2,3,4-trimethylphenol, 2,3,5-trimethylphenol, 2,3,6- Trimethylphenol or the like can be used.
  • 2,3-dimethylphenol, 2,4-dimethylphenol, 2,5-dimethylphenol, 3,4-dimethylphenol, 3,5-dimethylphenol, 2,6-dimethylphenol Those selected from among these are preferred.
  • these phenols can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the phenol resin has sufficient heat resistance necessary for the composition by suppressing intramolecular rotation. Can be obtained.
  • an aromatic aldehyde compound which is unsubstituted or has 3 or less substituents is used, and the substituent has 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • aromatic aldehyde compounds include benzaldehyde, 2-methylbenzaldehyde, 3-methylbenzaldehyde, 4-methylbenzaldehuman, 2,3-dimethylbenzaldehyde, 2,4-dimethylbenzaldehyde, 2,5-dimethylbenzaldehyde, 2,6-dimethylbenzaldehyde, 3,4-dimethylbenzaldehyde, 3,5-dimethylbenzaldehyde, 2,3,4-trimethylbenzaldehyde, 2,3,5-trimethylbenzaldehyde, 2,3,6-trimethylbenzaldehyde, 2, 4,5-trimethylbenzaldehyde, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzaldehyde, 3,4,5-trimethylbenzaldehyde, 4-ethylbenzaldehyde, 4-tert-butylbenzaldehyde, 4-i Butylbenzaldehyde, 4-methoxybenzaldehyde, salicylaldehyde, 4-
  • R 2 in the formula (Ald) is hydrogen, a methyl group, or a hydroxy group.
  • Certain aromatic aldehyde compounds are preferred, and those selected from the aromatic aldehyde compounds shown below are more preferred. Furthermore, these aldehydes can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • an acidic catalyst is usually used.
  • the acidic catalyst include hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, formic acid, oxalic acid, acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and the like.
  • the amount of these acidic catalysts used is usually 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 to 5 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 1 mol per 1 mol of phenols.
  • water is usually used as a reaction medium. However, when a heterogeneous system is formed from the beginning of the reaction, a hydrophilic solvent or a lipophilic solvent is used as the reaction medium.
  • hydrophilic solvent examples include alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol and propylene glycol monomethyl ether; and cyclic ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane.
  • lipophilic solvent examples include ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and 2-heptanone. The amount of these reaction media used is usually 20 to 1,000 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material.
  • the reaction temperature of the polycondensation can be appropriately adjusted according to the reactivity of the raw material, but is usually 10 to 200 ° C.
  • phenols, aldehydes, acidic catalysts, etc. are charged all at once and reacted, or phenols, aldehydes, etc. are added as the reaction proceeds in the presence of acidic catalysts, etc. Can be adopted as appropriate.
  • the reaction temperature is generally increased to 130 to 230 ° C., and volatile components are reduced under reduced pressure. Remove and recover novolac resin.
  • the polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the novolak resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 2,000 or more. Moreover, 5,000 or less is preferable. Within this range, good sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the content of the novolak resin is preferably 1 part by mass or more and 70 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 10 parts by mass or more and 70 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material. Within this range, a pattern that is highly sensitive and does not flow after heat treatment at a high temperature can be obtained. Only one type of novolac resin may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • the hydroxystyrene resin is a polymer containing hydroxystyrene and / or a derivative thereof, and is not particularly limited, but may be a copolymer containing hydroxystyrene and / or a derivative thereof and a monomer other than these.
  • the monomer used here include ethylene, propylene, 1-butene, 2-methylpropene, styrene and derivatives thereof.
  • a copolymer composed of hydroxystyrene and / or a derivative thereof and styrene and / or a derivative thereof is preferable.
  • the above derivatives are those in which an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxy group or the like is substituted at the ortho, meta, and para positions of hydroxystyrene and the aromatic ring of styrene.
  • the hydroxystyrene of the hydroxystyrene resin may be any of orthohydroxystyrene, metahydroxystyrene, and parahydroxystyrene.
  • a plurality of the above hydroxystyrenes may be mixed.
  • the constituent ratio of the hydroxystyrene and its derivative in the hydroxystyrene resin is preferably 50% or more, and more preferably 60% or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 90% or less, and more preferably 80% or less. By setting it as the said range, it has the effect excellent in coexistence of reduction of the post-exposure residue of an exposure part, and high sensitivity.
  • a hydroxystyrene resin having a repeating structural unit represented by the following formula (PHS-1) is preferable.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • a represents 1 to 4
  • b represents 1 to 3
  • a + b is in the range of 1 to 5.
  • R 2 represents an atom or one group selected from a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a propyl group.
  • Examples of the structural unit represented by the above formula (PHS-1) include p-hydroxystyrene, m-hydroxystyrene, o-hydroxystyrene, p-isopropenylphenol, m-isopropenylphenol, o-isopropenylphenol and the like.
  • aromatic vinyl compounds having a phenolic hydroxyl group and aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene, o-methylstyrene, m-methylstyrene, and p-methylstyrene, one or two or more of them are polymerized by known methods. It is obtained by subjecting a part of the obtained polymer or copolymer to an addition reaction of an alkoxy group by a known method.
  • the aromatic vinyl compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group p-hydroxystyrene and / or m-hydroxystyrene is preferably used, and styrene is preferably used as the aromatic vinyl compound.
  • the following formula (PHS-2) is used from the viewpoint of convenience in which sensitivity can be further improved and solubility in an alkali developer can be adjusted.
  • a copolymer containing a structural unit represented by the formula (PHS-3) and the formula (PHS-4) is preferable.
  • the structural unit of the formula (PHS-4) is preferably 50 mol% or less.
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • c represents 1 to 4
  • d represents 1 to 3
  • c + d is in the range of 2 to 5.
  • R 3 represents an atom or one group selected from a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a propyl group.
  • R 5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and e represents 1 to 5.
  • R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the hydroxystyrene resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 2,000 or more, particularly preferably 2,500 or more, and preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 8, 000 or less, and particularly preferably 7,000 or less. By setting it as the said range, it has the effect which is excellent in coexistence of high-sensitivity and the normal temperature storage stability of a varnish.
  • the content of the hydroxystyrene resin is preferably 1 part by mass or more and 70 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 10 parts by mass or more and 70 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal base generator.
  • the type of the thermal base generator is not particularly defined, but is selected from an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher, and an ammonium salt having an anion having an pKa1 of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. It is preferable to include a thermal base generator containing at least one kind.
  • pKa1 represents a logarithmic representation ( ⁇ Log 10 Ka) of the dissociation constant (Ka) of the first proton of the polyvalent acid.
  • the cyclization reaction of a polyimide precursor can be performed at low temperature, and it can be set as the photosensitive resin composition excellent in stability more. Moreover, since the base is not generated unless heated, the thermal base generator can suppress cyclization of the polyimide precursor during storage even if it coexists with the polyimide precursor, and is excellent in storage stability.
  • the thermal base generator in the present invention is at least one selected from an acidic compound (A1) that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher, and an ammonium salt (A2) having an anion having a pKa1 of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. including. Since the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) generate a base when heated, the base generated from these compounds can accelerate the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor, thereby cyclizing the polyimide precursor. Can be performed at low temperatures.
  • the value obtained by stirring and measuring the obtained solution at 20 ° C. using a pH meter is less than 7.
  • the base generation temperature of the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) is preferably 40 ° C. or higher, more preferably 120 to 200 ° C.
  • the upper limit of the base generation temperature is more preferably 190 ° C. or lower, still more preferably 180 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 165 ° C. or lower.
  • the lower limit of the base generation temperature is more preferably 130 ° C or higher, and still more preferably 135 ° C or higher. If the base generation temperature of the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) is 120 ° C. or higher, a base is unlikely to be generated during storage, so that a polyimide precursor composition having excellent stability can be prepared.
  • the cyclization temperature of the polyimide precursor can be lowered.
  • the base generation temperature is measured, for example, by using differential scanning calorimetry, heating the compound to 250 ° C. at 5 ° C./min in a pressure capsule, reading the peak temperature of the lowest exothermic peak, and measuring the peak temperature as the base generation temperature. can do.
  • the base generated by the thermal base generator is preferably a secondary amine or a tertiary amine, more preferably a tertiary amine. Since tertiary amine has high basicity, the cyclization temperature of a polyimide precursor can be made lower.
  • the base generated by the thermal base generator preferably has a boiling point of 80 ° C. or higher, preferably 100 ° C. or higher, and most preferably 140 ° C. or higher.
  • the molecular weight of the generated base is preferably 80 to 2,000.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 100 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 500 or less.
  • the molecular weight value is a theoretical value obtained from the structural formula.
  • the acidic compound (A1) preferably contains one or more selected from an ammonium salt and a compound represented by the formula (1) described later.
  • the ammonium salt (A2) is preferably an acidic compound.
  • the ammonium salt (A2) may be a compound containing an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher (preferably 120 to 200 ° C.), or 40 ° C. or higher (preferably 120 to 200 ° C.). ) May be a compound other than an acidic compound that generates a base when heated.
  • the ammonium salt means a salt of an ammonium cation represented by the following formula (1) or formula (2) and an anion.
  • the anion may be bonded to any part of the ammonium cation via a covalent bond, and may be outside the molecule of the ammonium cation, but is preferably outside the molecule of the ammonium cation.
  • numerator of an ammonium cation means the case where an ammonium cation and an anion are not couple
  • the anion outside the molecule of the cation moiety is also referred to as a counter anion.
  • R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group
  • R 7 represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • R 1 and R 2 , R 3 and R 4 , R 5 and R 6 , and R 5 and R 7 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ammonium salt preferably has an anion having an pKa1 of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation.
  • the upper limit of the anion pKa1 is more preferably 3.5 or less, and even more preferably 3.2 or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5 or more, and further preferably 1.0 or more. If the pKa1 of the anion is in the above range, the polyimide precursor can be cyclized at a low temperature, and further, the stability of the polyimide precursor composition can be improved. If pKa1 is 4 or less, the stability of the thermal base generator is good, the generation of a base without heating can be suppressed, and the stability of the polyimide precursor composition is good.
  • the kind of anion is preferably one selected from a carboxylate anion, a phenol anion, a phosphate anion, and a sulfate anion, and a carboxylate anion is more preferable because both the stability of the salt and the thermal decomposability can be achieved. That is, the ammonium salt is more preferably a salt of an ammonium cation and a carboxylate anion.
  • the carboxylic acid anion is preferably a divalent or higher carboxylic acid anion having two or more carboxyl groups, and more preferably a divalent carboxylic acid anion.
  • the thermal base generator which can improve more stability, sclerosis
  • the stability, curability and developability of the polyimide precursor composition can be further improved by using an anion of a divalent carboxylic acid.
  • the carboxylic acid anion is preferably a carboxylic acid anion having a pKa1 of 4 or less.
  • pKa1 is more preferably 3.5 or less, and even more preferably 3.2 or less.
  • the stability of the polyimide precursor composition can be further improved.
  • pKa1 represents the logarithm of the reciprocal of the first dissociation constant of the acid.
  • the carboxylate anion is preferably represented by the following formula (X1).
  • EWG represents an electron withdrawing group.
  • the electron-withdrawing group means a group having a positive Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ m.
  • ⁇ m is a review by Yugo Tono, Journal of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, Vol. 23, No. 8 (1965) P.I. 631-642.
  • the electron-withdrawing group of the present invention is not limited to the substituents described in the above documents.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Ac represents an acetyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • EWG is preferably a group represented by the following formulas (EWG-1) to (EWG-6).
  • R x1 to R x3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxy group, or a carboxyl group, and Ar represents an aromatic group.
  • the carboxylate anion is also preferably represented by the following formula (X).
  • L 10 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group selected from an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group, —NR X —, and a combination thereof
  • R X represents a hydrogen atom Represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group.
  • carboxylate anion examples include a maleate anion, a phthalate anion, an N-phenyliminodiacetic acid anion, and an oxalate anion. These can be preferably used.
  • the ammonium cation is preferably represented by any of the following formulas (Y1-1) to (Y1-6).
  • R 101 represents an n-valent organic group
  • R 102 to R 111 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group
  • R 150 and R 151 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group
  • R 104 and R 105 , R 104 and R 150 , R 107 and R 108 , and R 109 and R 110 may be bonded to each other to form a ring
  • Ar 101 and Ar 102 each independently represent an aryl group
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more
  • m represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • the acidic compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1).
  • This compound is acidic at room temperature, but by heating, the carboxyl group is lost by decarboxylation or dehydration cyclization, and the amine site that has been neutralized and inactivated becomes active. It becomes sex.
  • Formula (1) is demonstrated.
  • a 1 represents a p-valent organic group
  • R 1 represents a monovalent organic group
  • L 1 represents an (m + 1) -valent organic group
  • m represents an integer of 1 or more
  • p represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1a).
  • a 1 represents a p-valent organic group
  • L 1 represents an (m + 1) -valent linking group
  • L 2 represents an (n + 1) -valent linking group
  • m represents an integer of 1 or more
  • N represents an integer of 1 or more
  • p represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • a 1 , L 1 , L 2 , m, n, and p in the formula (1a) have the same meaning as the range described in the formula (1).
  • thermal base generator in the present invention is not limited to these. These can be used alone or in admixture of two or more. Me in the following formulas represents a methyl group.
  • thermal base generator used in the present invention those described in Paragraph Nos. 0015 to 0055 of Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-034388 are also preferably used, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the content of the thermal base generator in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and further preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and further preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • 1 type (s) or 2 or more types can be used for a thermal base generator. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount is the said range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a photoacid generator.
  • a photoacid generator By containing the photoacid generator, an acid is generated in the exposed area, and the solubility of the exposed area in the alkaline aqueous solution is increased. Therefore, it can be used as a positive photosensitive resin composition.
  • photoacid generators examples include quinonediazide compounds, sulfonium salts, phosphonium salts, diazonium salts, and iodonium salts.
  • a quinonediazide compound is preferably used from the viewpoint that a positive photosensitive resin composition exhibiting an excellent dissolution inhibiting effect and having high sensitivity and little film loss can be obtained.
  • quinonediazide sulfonic acid is ester-bonded to a polyhydroxy compound
  • quinonediazide sulfonic acid is sulfonamide-bonded to a polyamino compound
  • quinonediazide sulfonic acid is ester-bonded and / or sulfonamide to a polyhydroxypolyamino compound. Examples include those that are combined.
  • a positive photosensitive resin composition sensitive to i-line (wavelength 365 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm), and g-line (wavelength 436 nm) of a mercury lamp which is a general ultraviolet ray is obtained.
  • all the functional groups of these polyhydroxy compounds, polyamino compounds, and polyhydroxypolyamino compounds may not be substituted with quinonediazide, but it is preferable that two or more functional groups per molecule are substituted with quinonediazide.
  • the following compounds are exemplified. In the above compound, 1 to 10% of the whole Q may be a hydrogen atom, and 4 to 6% may be a hydrogen atom.
  • Polyhydroxy compounds include Bis-Z, BisP-EZ, TekP-4HBPA, TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PA, TrisP-SA, TrisOCR-PA, BisOCHP-Z, BisP-MZ, BisP-PZ, BisP-IPZ, BisOCP-IPZ, BisP-CP, BisRS-2P, BisRS-3P, BisP-OCHP, Methylenetris-FR-CR, BisRS-26X, DML-MBPC, DML-MBOC, DML-OCHP, DML-PCHP, DML-PC , DML-PTBP, DML-34X, DML-EP, DML-POP, dimethylol-BisOC-P, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-MTrisPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-BP, TM -HQ, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPA, TMOM-BP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP (
  • polyamino compounds examples include 1,4-phenylenediamine, 1,3-phenylenediamine, 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylsulfone, and 4,4′-diamino.
  • examples thereof include, but are not limited to, diphenyl sulfide.
  • examples of the polyhydroxypolyamino compound include 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 3,3′-dihydroxybenzidine, and the like, but are not limited thereto.
  • both a compound having a 5-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl group and a compound having a 4-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl group are preferably used.
  • a compound having both of these groups in the same molecule may be used, or a compound using different groups may be used in combination.
  • Examples of the method for producing a quinonediazide compound include a method in which 5-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl chloride and a phenol compound are reacted in the presence of triethylamine.
  • Examples of the method for synthesizing a phenol compound include a method in which an ⁇ - (hydroxyphenyl) styrene derivative is reacted with a polyhydric phenol compound under an acidic catalyst.
  • the content of the photoacid generator is preferably 3 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material. By setting the content of the photoacid generator within this range, higher sensitivity can be achieved. Furthermore, you may contain a sensitizer etc. as needed. Only one type of photoacid generator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal acid generator.
  • the thermal acid generator generates an acid by heating, promotes cyclization of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material and further improves the mechanical properties of the cured film, and has a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, or an acyloxymethyl group.
  • the thermal decomposition starting temperature of the thermal acid generator is preferably 50 ° C. to 270 ° C., more preferably 250 ° C. or less.
  • no acid is generated during drying (pre-baking: about 70 to 140 ° C.) after the photosensitive resin composition is applied to the substrate, and final heating (curing: about 100 to 400 after patterning by subsequent exposure and development). It is preferable to select one that generates an acid at the time of (° C.) because it can suppress a decrease in sensitivity during development.
  • the acid generated from the thermal acid generator is preferably a strong acid.
  • arylsulfonic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid
  • alkylsulfonic acids such as methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid and butanesulfonic acid
  • trifluoromethane Haloalkyl sulfonic acids such as sulfonic acid are preferred.
  • Examples of such a thermal acid generator include those described in paragraph No. 0055 of JP2013-072935A.
  • alkyl sulfonic acid having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or haloalkyl sulfonic acid having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are more preferable from the viewpoint that there is little residue in the cured film and physical properties of the cured film are not deteriorated.
  • methanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl) dimethylsulfonium
  • methanesulfonic acid (4-((methoxycarbonyl) oxy) phenyl) dimethylsulfonium
  • benzyl methanesulfonic acid benzyl (4-hydroxyphenyl) methylsulfonium
  • Benzyl (4-((methoxycarbonyl) oxy) phenyl) methylsulfonium methanesulfonate (4-hydroxyphenyl) methyl ((2-methylphenyl) methyl) sulfonium methanesulfonate
  • trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl) Dimethylsulfonium
  • trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-((methoxycarbonyl) oxy) phenyl) dimethylsulfonium
  • benzyl trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl)
  • JP2013-167742A is also preferable as the thermal acid generator.
  • thermal acid generator 0.01 mass part or more is preferable with respect to 100 mass parts of heterocyclic containing polymer precursor materials, and 0.1 mass part or more is more preferable.
  • 0.01 part by mass or more By containing 0.01 part by mass or more, the crosslinking reaction and the cyclization of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material are promoted, so that the mechanical properties and chemical resistance of the cured film can be further improved.
  • 20 mass parts or less are preferable, 15 mass parts or less are more preferable, and 10 mass parts or less are more preferable.
  • One type of thermal acid generator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal polymerization initiator (preferably a thermal radical polymerization initiator).
  • a thermal radical polymerization initiator a known thermal radical polymerization initiator can be used.
  • the thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates radicals by heat energy and initiates or accelerates the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound. By adding the thermal radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound can be advanced when the cyclization reaction of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material is advanced.
  • Thermal radical polymerization initiators include aromatic ketones, onium salt compounds, peroxides, thio compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, ketoxime ester compounds, borate compounds, azinium compounds, metallocene compounds, active ester compounds, carbon halogens. Examples thereof include a compound having a bond and an azo compound.
  • the thermal radical polymerization initiator used in the present invention preferably has a 10-hour half-life temperature of 90 to 130 ° C, more preferably 100 to 120 ° C. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-63554. In a commercial item, perbutyl Z and park mill D (made by NOF Corporation) can be used conveniently.
  • the content of the thermal radical polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition, Is more preferably from 30 to 30% by weight, particularly preferably from 0.1 to 20% by weight. Further, the thermal radical polymerization initiator is preferably contained in an amount of 0.1 to 50 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable compound. According to this aspect, it is easy to form a cured film having more excellent heat resistance. Only one type of thermal radical polymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more thermal radical polymerization initiators, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • Corrosion inhibitor It is preferable to add a corrosion inhibitor to the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
  • the corrosion inhibitor is added for the purpose of preventing the outflow of ions from the metal wiring.
  • Examples of the compound include a rust inhibitor described in paragraph No. 0094 of JP2013-15701A, and JP2009-283711A.
  • the compounds described in Paragraph Nos. 0073 to 0076, the compound described in Paragraph No. 0052 of JP 2011-59656 A, the compounds described in Paragraph Nos. 0114, 0116, and 0118 of JP 2012-194520 A are used. be able to.
  • a compound having a triazole ring or a compound having a tetrazole ring can be preferably used.
  • 1,2,4-triazole, 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole, 1H-tetrazole 5-methyl-1H-tetrazole is more preferred, and 1H-tetrazole is most preferred.
  • the content of the corrosion inhibitor is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material. It is the range of mass parts.
  • the corrosion inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver for improving the adhesion with a metal material used for electrodes and wirings.
  • a metal adhesion improver for improving the adhesion with a metal material used for electrodes and wirings.
  • the metal adhesion improver include sulfide compounds described in paragraph numbers 0046 to 0049 of JP-A-2014-186186 and paragraph numbers 0032 to 0043 of JP-A-2013-072935.
  • the metal adhesion improver also include the following compounds.
  • the content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material.
  • the range is from 5 to 15 parts by mass. By setting it as 0.1 mass part or more, the adhesiveness of the film
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a silane coupling agent from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the substrate.
  • a silane coupling agent examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0062 to 0073 of JP2014-191002, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0063 to 0071 of international publication WO2011 / 080992A1, and JP2014-191252.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts per 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material. It is the range of mass parts. When it is 0.1 part by mass or more, sufficient adhesion to the substrate can be imparted, and when it is 20 parts by mass or less, problems such as an increase in viscosity during storage at room temperature can be further suppressed. Only one type of silane coupling agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • ⁇ Solution Accelerator When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is a positive type using an alkaline developer, it is preferable to add a dissolution accelerator (a compound that promotes solubility) from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity.
  • a dissolution accelerator a compound that promotes solubility
  • the solubility promoter include low molecular weight phenols (for example, Bis-Z, TekP-4HBPA, TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PA, BisRS-2P, BisRS-3P (trade name, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry), BIR- PC, BIR-PTBP, BIR-BIPC-F (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), phenols described in paragraph numbers 0056 to 0062 of JP2013-152381A) and arylsulfonamide derivatives (for example, And compounds described in paragraph No.
  • the content of the dissolution accelerator is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material. Part range. Only one type of dissolution promoter may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • Dissolution inhibitor When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is a positive type using an alkaline developer, it contains a dissolution inhibitor (a compound that inhibits solubility) in order to adjust the solubility in the alkaline developer. Can do.
  • a dissolution inhibitor a compound that inhibits solubility
  • onium salts such as diaryliodonium salts, sulfonium salts such as triarylsulfonium salts, diazonium salts such as phosphonium salts, aryldiazonium salts, and the like.
  • diaryl compound examples include those in which two aryl groups such as diaryl urea, diaryl sulfone, diaryl ketone, diaryl ether, diaryl propane, and diaryl hexafluoropropane are bonded via a linking group. Groups are preferred.
  • aryl groups such as diaryl urea, diaryl sulfone, diaryl ketone, diaryl ether, diaryl propane, and diaryl hexafluoropropane are bonded via a linking group. Groups are preferred.
  • tetraalkylammonium salt examples include tetraalkylammonium halides in which the alkyl group is a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • those showing a good dissolution inhibiting effect include diaryl iodonium salts, diaryl ureas, diaryl sulfones, tetramethyl ammonium halides, etc.
  • diaryl ureas include diphenyl urea, dimethyl diphenyl urea, etc.
  • the tetramethylammonium halide include tetramethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium bromide, and tetramethylammonium iodide.
  • a diaryl iodonium salt represented by the formula (Inh) is preferable.
  • X - represents a counteranion
  • R 7 and R 8 each independently represents a monovalent organic group
  • a and b are each independently an integer of 0 to 5
  • Examples of the counter anion X ⁇ include nitrate ion, boron tetrafluoride ion, perchlorate ion, trifluoromethanesulfonate ion, p-toluenesulfonate ion, thiocyanate ion, chlorine ion, bromine ion, iodine ion and the like. It is done.
  • diaryliodonium salt examples include diphenyliodonium nitrate, bis (p-tert-butylphenyl) iodonium nitrate, diphenyliodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, bis (p-tert-butylphenyl) iodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, and diphenyliodonium.
  • diphenyliodonium chloride, diphenyliodonium iodide, diphenyliodonium-8-anilinonanaphthalene-1-sulfonate and the like can be used.
  • diphenyliodonium nitrate diphenyliodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate
  • diphenyliodonium-8-anilinonanaphthalene-1-sulfonate are preferable because of their high effects.
  • the content of the dissolution inhibitor is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material from the viewpoints of sensitivity and allowable width of development time. 0.1 to 15 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.5 to 10 parts by mass is further preferable. Only one type of dissolution inhibitor may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizing dye.
  • a sensitizing dye absorbs specific actinic radiation and enters an electronically excited state.
  • the sensitizing dye in an electronically excited state comes into contact with an amine generator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator, and the like, and causes actions such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation.
  • the amine generator, the thermal radical polymerization initiator, and the photopolymerization initiator are decomposed by causing a chemical change to generate radicals, acids, or bases.
  • preferable sensitizing dyes include those belonging to the following compounds and having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 300 nm to 450 nm.
  • polynuclear aromatics eg, phenanthrene, anthracene, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene, 9,10-dialkoxyanthracene
  • xanthenes eg, fluorescein, eosin, erythrosine, rhodamine B, rose bengal
  • thioxanthones eg, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone
  • cyanines eg, thiacarbocyanine, oxacarbocyanine
  • merocyanines eg, merocyanine, carbomerocyanine
  • thiazines eg, thionine, methylene blue, toluidine blue
  • acridines For example, acridine orange, chloroflavin, a
  • polynuclear aromatics for example, phenanthrene, anthracene, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene
  • thioxanthones for example, phenanthrene, anthracene, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene
  • thioxanthones for example, thioxanthones
  • distyrylbenzenes for example, thioxanthones
  • distyrylbenzenes for example, phenanthrene, anthracene, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene
  • thioxanthones for example, phenanthrene, anthracene, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene
  • thioxanthones for example, thioxanthones
  • distyrylbenzenes for example, thioxanthones
  • distyrylbenzenes for example, thioxanthones
  • the content of the sensitizing dye is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, and preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. Is more preferable, and 0.5 to 10% by mass is even more preferable.
  • a sensitizing dye may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent.
  • Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in Polymer Dictionary 3rd Edition (edited by the Society of Polymer Science, 2005) pages 683-684.
  • As the chain transfer agent for example, a compound group having SH, PH, SiH, GeH in the molecule is used. These can donate hydrogen to low-activity radical species to generate radicals, or can be oxidized and then deprotonated to generate radicals.
  • thiol compounds for example, 2-mercaptobenzimidazoles, 2-mercaptobenzthiazoles, 2-mercaptobenzoxazoles, 3-mercaptotriazoles, 5-mercaptotetrazoles, etc.
  • 2-mercaptobenzimidazoles, 2-mercaptobenzthiazoles, 2-mercaptobenzoxazoles, 3-mercaptotriazoles, 5-mercaptotetrazoles, etc. can be preferably used.
  • the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. 1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass. Only one type of chain transfer agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more chain transfer agents, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may further contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • Further polymerization inhibitors include, for example, hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, p-tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis (3-methyl-6- tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, phenothiazine, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol etherdiaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-buty
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the further polymerization inhibitor may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more further polymerization inhibitors are used, the total is preferably within the above range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of this invention can also be set as the structure which does not mix
  • the content of the further polymerization inhibitor is less than 0.01% by mass of the solid content contained in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, more preferably less than 0.001% by mass, in particular , Less than 0.0001% by mass.
  • surfactant may be added to the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving coatability.
  • various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
  • a fluorosurfactant liquid properties (particularly fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid are further improved, so that the uniformity of coating thickness and liquid-saving properties can be further improved.
  • the wettability to the coated surface is improved by reducing the interfacial tension between the coated surface and the coating liquid, and the coated surface The coating property of is improved. For this reason, even when a thin film of about several ⁇ m is formed with a small amount of liquid, it is effective in that it is possible to more suitably form a film having a uniform thickness with small thickness unevenness.
  • the fluorine content of the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid-saving properties, and has good solubility.
  • fluorosurfactant examples include Megafac F171, F172, F173, F176, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, F780, F781 (above DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, SC-101, Same SC-103, Same SC-104, Same SC-105, Same SC1068, Same SC-381, Same SC-383, Same S393, Same KH-40 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF636, PF656, PF6320 PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA), and the like.
  • a block polymer can also be used. Specific examples thereof include compounds described in JP-A-2011-89090. The following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorosurfactant used in the present invention.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the above compound is, for example, 14,000.
  • nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, poly Oxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10, L31, L61 from BASF, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 15 R1), Solsperse 20000 (Lubrizol Japan Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • cationic surfactants include phthalocyanine derivatives (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.), organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth) acrylic acid-based surfactants.
  • anionic surfactants include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • silicone surfactant examples include “Toray Silicone DC3PA”, “Toray Silicone SH7PA”, “Tore Silicone DC11PA”, “Tore Silicone SH21PA”, “Tore Silicone SH28PA”, “Toray Silicone” manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass, more preferably based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. 0.005 to 1.0% by mass. Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more surfactants, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide or the like is added to the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and the photosensitive resin composition is dried during the coating process. It may be unevenly distributed on the surface of the object.
  • the content of the higher fatty acid derivative or the like is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. Only one type of higher fatty acid derivative or the like may be used. When there are two or more higher fatty acid derivatives, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • ⁇ solvent When making the photosensitive resin composition of this invention into a layer form by application
  • Any known solvent can be used without limitation as long as the photosensitive resin composition can be formed into a layer.
  • the solvent used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention include esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyric acid.
  • alkyl oxyacetate alkyl eg alkyl oxyacetate, alkyl oxyacetate ethyl, alkyl oxyacetate butyl (eg methyl methoxyacetate, methoxy Ethyl acetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)
  • 3-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc.) -Methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)
  • 2-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate,
  • the solvent is preferably in the form of a mixture of two or more from the viewpoint of improving the coated surface.
  • a mixed solution composed of two or more selected from dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate is preferable.
  • the combined use of dimethyl sulfoxide and ⁇ -butyrolactone is preferable.
  • the content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid concentration of the photosensitive resin composition is 5 to 80% by mass from the viewpoint of applicability. More preferred is ⁇ 70% by mass, and further more preferred is 10 ⁇ 60% by mass.
  • One type of solvent may be sufficient and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it.
  • the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the contents of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide and N, N-dimethylformamide are determined based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin composition from the viewpoint of film strength. Is less than 5% by weight, more preferably less than 1% by weight, even more preferably less than 0.5% by weight, and still more preferably less than 0.1% by weight.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has various additives, for example, inorganic particles, curing agents, curing catalysts, fillers, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, as necessary, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Further, an aggregation inhibitor and the like can be blended. When mix
  • the water content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5% by weight, more preferably less than 1% by weight, and even more preferably less than 0.6% by weight from the viewpoint of the coated surface.
  • the metal content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 ppm by mass, more preferably less than 1 ppm by mass, and even more preferably less than 0.5 ppm by mass.
  • the metal include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel and the like. When a plurality of metals are included, the total of these metals is preferably in the above range.
  • a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the raw material to be filtered may be filtered, or the inside of the apparatus may be lined with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like, and distillation may be performed under a condition in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible.
  • the content of halogen atoms is preferably less than 500 ppm by mass, more preferably less than 300 ppm by mass, and even more preferably less than 200 ppm by mass from the viewpoint of wiring corrosiveness.
  • a halogen ion is less than 5 mass ppm, More preferably, it is less than 1 mass ppm, More preferably, it is less than 0.5 mass ppm.
  • the halogen atom include a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. The total of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms, or chloride ions and bromide ions is preferably in the above range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above components.
  • the mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be performed by a conventionally known method.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter material is preferably a polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon filter. A filter that has been previously washed with an organic solvent may be used. In the filter filtration step, a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel.
  • filters having different pore diameters and / or materials may be used in combination.
  • various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulating filtration step.
  • you may pressurize and filter and the pressure to pressurize is 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less.
  • impurities may be removed using an adsorbent.
  • filtration using a filter and removal of impurities using an adsorbent may be combined.
  • known adsorbents can be used.
  • inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be used.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be cured and used as a cured film.
  • the method for producing a cured film of the present invention can be preferably used in the fields of insulating films for semiconductor devices, interlayer insulating films for rewiring layers, and the like. That is, this invention also discloses the manufacturing method of a semiconductor device containing the manufacturing method of the cured film of this invention. In particular, since the resolution is good, it can be preferably used for manufacturing an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer in a three-dimensional mounting device. That is, this invention also discloses the manufacturing method of the interlayer insulation film for rewiring layers including the manufacturing method of the cured film of this invention.
  • the cured film obtained by the manufacturing method of the cured film of this invention and the semiconductor device obtained by the manufacturing method of the cured film of this invention are disclosed.
  • the cured film produced according to the present invention can also be used for a photoresist for electronics (galvanic resist, galvanic resist, etching resist, solder top resist).
  • the cured film produced according to the present invention can also be used for the production of printing plates such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates, the use for etching molded parts, the production of protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, in particular microelectronics, etc. .
  • a semiconductor device 100 shown in FIG. 1 is a so-called three-dimensional mounting device, and a stacked body 101 in which a plurality of semiconductor elements (semiconductor chips) 101 a to 101 d are stacked is arranged on a wiring board 120.
  • the case where the number of stacked semiconductor elements (semiconductor chips) is four will be mainly described.
  • the number of stacked semiconductor elements (semiconductor chips) is not particularly limited. It may be a layer, 8 layers, 16 layers, 32 layers, or the like. Moreover, one layer may be sufficient.
  • Each of the plurality of semiconductor elements 101a to 101d is made of a semiconductor wafer such as a silicon substrate.
  • the uppermost semiconductor element 101a does not have a through electrode, and an electrode pad (not shown) is formed on one surface thereof.
  • the semiconductor elements 101b to 101d have through electrodes 102b to 102d, and connection pads (not shown) provided integrally with the through electrodes are provided on both surfaces of each semiconductor element.
  • the stacked body 101 has a structure in which a semiconductor element 101a having no through electrode and semiconductor elements 101b to 101d having through electrodes 102b to 102d are flip-chip connected. That is, the electrode pad of the semiconductor element 101a having no through electrode and the connection pad on the semiconductor element 101a side of the semiconductor element 101b having the adjacent through electrode 102b are connected by the metal bump 103a such as a solder bump, The connection pad on the other side of the semiconductor element 101b having the electrode 102b is connected to the connection pad on the semiconductor element 101b side of the semiconductor element 101c having the penetrating electrode 102c adjacent thereto by a metal bump 103b such as a solder bump.
  • connection pad on the other side of the semiconductor element 101c having the through electrode 102c is connected to the connection pad on the semiconductor element 101c side of the semiconductor element 101d having the adjacent through electrode 102d by the metal bump 103c such as a solder bump. ing.
  • An underfill layer 110 is formed in the gaps between the semiconductor elements 101a to 101d, and the semiconductor elements 101a to 101d are stacked via the underfill layer 110.
  • the stacked body 101 is stacked on the wiring board 120.
  • the wiring substrate 120 for example, a multilayer wiring substrate using an insulating substrate such as a resin substrate, a ceramic substrate, or a glass substrate as a base material is used.
  • the wiring board 120 to which the resin board is applied include a multilayer copper-clad laminate (multilayer printed wiring board).
  • a surface electrode 120 a is provided on one surface of the wiring board 120.
  • An insulating layer 115 in which a rewiring layer 105 is formed is disposed between the wiring substrate 120 and the stacked body 101, and the wiring substrate 120 and the stacked body 101 are electrically connected via the rewiring layer 105. It is connected.
  • the insulating layer 115 is formed using the photosensitive resin composition in the present invention. That is, one end of the rewiring layer 105 is connected to an electrode pad formed on the surface of the semiconductor element 101d on the rewiring layer 105 side through a metal bump 103d such as a solder bump.
  • the other end of the rewiring layer 105 is connected to the surface electrode 120a of the wiring board via a metal bump 103e such as a solder bump.
  • An underfill layer 110 a is formed between the insulating layer 115 and the stacked body 101.
  • an underfill layer 110 b is formed between the insulating layer 115 and the wiring substrate 120.
  • the cured film produced according to the present invention can be widely used in various applications using polyimide or polybenzoxazole.
  • polyimide and polybenzoxazole are resistant to heat
  • cured films and the like produced by the present invention are used for transparent plastic substrates for liquid crystal displays, display devices such as electronic paper, automotive parts, heat resistant paints, coating agents, and films. Can also be suitably used.
  • Example 1 [Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-1 from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether] 21.2 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine, and 250 mL of diglyme (Diglyme, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether) were mixed. Stirring at temperature for 4 hours produced a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ⁇ 10 ° C.
  • -Cresol (BHT) was dissolved in 500 g).
  • 6 L of water (poor solvent) was added to the resulting solution to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate (water-polyimide precursor mixture) was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes.
  • the stirred precipitate (polyimide precursor solid) was filtered again and dried under reduced pressure at 45 ° C. for 3 days.
  • This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 24,800 and a number average molecular weight of 7,900.
  • the obtained sample solution was subjected to gas chromatography measurement (apparatus: Agilent 7890A, column: HP-55, column temperature: 300 ° C.), and the content of the polymerization inhibitor contained in each heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material (unit: : Mass ppm), and the difference between each of the measured values and the four average values was taken as an absolute value and divided by the average value.
  • the largest value was shown as the rate of change (unit:%). The smaller the change rate, the more uniformly the polymerization inhibitor is present. The results are shown in Table 5.
  • ⁇ Storage stability> 10 g of the obtained heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material was dissolved in 200 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, and the viscosity of the solution at 25 ° C. was measured using an Ubbelohde tube (C about 0.005 mm 2 / s 2 diameter). Next, 10 g of the same heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material was sealed in a 200 mL light-shielding glass container and allowed to stand in an environment of 25 ° C. and humidity 65% for 1 week.
  • the viscosity of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material after one week was measured again as described above, and the amount of increase or decrease in viscosity was calculated by (viscosity after standing / initial viscosity) ⁇ 100 (unit:%). The results are shown in Table 5.
  • C The increase / decrease amount of the viscosity is 130% or more and less than 150%.
  • D The amount of increase / decrease in viscosity is 130% or more.
  • Example 2 [Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-2 from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether] 21.2 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine and 250 mL of diglyme are mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 4 hours. Thus, a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was produced. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ⁇ 10 ° C.
  • Example 4 [Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-4 from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether] 21.2 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine and 250 mL of diglyme are mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 4 hours. Thus, a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was produced. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ⁇ 10 ° C.
  • the stirred precipitate is filtered and dissolved in 500 g of tetrahydrofuran (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., without stabilizer), and 0.15 g of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol is added. It was. 6 L of water was added to the resulting solution to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate was filtered again and dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure. This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 23,800 and a number average molecular weight of 7,700. In the same manner as in Example 1, the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
  • Example 6 [Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-6 from pyromellitic dianhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether] 15.5 g of pyromellitic dianhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine and 250 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone are mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 4 hours. Thus, a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was produced. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ⁇ 10 ° C.
  • This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 24,500 and a number average molecular weight of 8,200.
  • the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
  • Example 7 [Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-7 from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether] 21.2 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine and 250 mL of diglyme are mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 4 hours. Thus, a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was produced. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ⁇ 10 ° C.
  • Example 9 [Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-9 from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether] 21.2 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine and 250 mL of diglyme are mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 4 hours. Thus, a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was produced. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ⁇ 10 ° C.
  • the stirred precipitate was collected by filtration and dissolved in 500 g of tetrahydrofuran (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., without stabilizer), and 25 mg of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol was added. 6 L of water was added to the resulting solution to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate was filtered again and dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure. This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 22,000 and a number average molecular weight of 7,100. In the same manner as in Example 1, the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
  • This polybenzoxazole precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 32,500 and a number average molecular weight of 9,800.
  • the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
  • Example 12 Synthesis of polybenzoxazole precursor A-12 from 4,4′-oxydibenzoyl chloride, hydroxy group-containing diamine (a) shown below and methacrylic acid chloride] 21.5 g of the hydroxy group-containing diamine (a) shown below was stirred and dissolved in 200 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone. Subsequently, while maintaining the temperature at 0 to 5 ° C., 25.0 g of 4,4′-oxydibenzoyl chloride 8.00 g was added dropwise over 10 minutes, and stirring was continued for 60 minutes.
  • reaction mixture was then cooled to ⁇ 10 ° C. and 17.0 g of SOCl 2 was added over 60 minutes while maintaining the temperature at ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 ° C.
  • SOCl 2 was added over 60 minutes while maintaining the temperature at ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 ° C.
  • a solution of 12.6 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone is added dropwise to the reaction mixture at ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 ° C. over 60 minutes.
  • the mixture was stirred for 2 hours.
  • 6 L of water was blended to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate was filtered and dried at 45 ° C.
  • This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 25,300 and a number average molecular weight of 8,000.
  • the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
  • the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor materials of Examples 1 to 12 contained a polymerization inhibitor uniformly and had good storage stability.
  • the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material of Comparative Example 1 in which no polymerization inhibitor was blended was inferior in storage stability.
  • the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material of Comparative Example 2 in which a polymerization inhibitor is blended in the process of synthesizing the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor does not contain the polymerization inhibitor uniformly and has insufficient storage stability. there were.
  • heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material of Comparative Example 3 in which a polymerization inhibitor is blended with a dried solid heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor also does not contain a polymerization inhibitor uniformly, resulting in poor storage stability. It was enough.
  • heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursors were dissolved in tetrahydrofuran and N-methylpyrrolidone (first solvent) at 25 ° C. in an amount of 5% by mass or more.
  • first solvent N-methylpyrrolidone
  • second solvent any of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursors dissolved in water and methanol (second solvent) at 5 ° C. or less at 25 ° C. or not at all.
  • 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol and p-methoxyphenol were dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (first solvent) at 5% by mass or more at 25 ° C.
  • hydroquinone and benzoquinone were also dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (first solvent) at 25 ° C. by 5% by mass or more.
  • Example 13 ⁇ Adjustment of photosensitive resin composition> The components described in Table 6 were mixed to prepare a coating solution for the photosensitive resin composition as a uniform solution.
  • the photosensitive resin composition obtained above was pressure filtered through a filter having a pore width of 0.8 ⁇ m, and then applied to a silicon wafer by spinning (1,200 rpm, 30 seconds).
  • the silicon wafer coated with the photosensitive resin composition was dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes to form a uniform film having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m on the silicon wafer.
  • the photosensitive resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed using an aligner (Karl-Suss MA150).
  • the exposure was performed with a high-pressure mercury lamp, and the exposure energy required to form the above 10 ⁇ m uniform film at a wavelength of 365 nm was measured.
  • the reason why the wavelength is set to 365 nm is that it is considered as one of suitable wavelengths for producing a good pattern.
  • Example 14 to 34 Comparative Examples 4 to 6
  • Example 13 As shown in Table 2, the type and blending amount of each component were changed, and the others were performed in the same manner.
  • B Polymerizable compound B-1: NK ester M-40G (monofunctional methacrylate, following structure, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • C Photopolymerization initiator
  • C-1 IRGACURE OXE-01 (manufactured by BASF)
  • C-2 Compound 24 described in paragraph No. 0345 of JP-T-2014-500852
  • C-3 Compound 36 described in paragraph No. 0345 of JP-T-2014-500852
  • C-4 Compound 37 described in paragraph No. 0345 of JP-T-2014-500852 C-5: Compound 40 described in paragraph No. 0345 of JP-T-2014-500852
  • D Thermal polymerization initiator
  • the photosensitive resin compositions of Examples 13 to 34 had high exposure sensitivity and low exposure energy necessary for producing a good pattern.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of Comparative Example 4 could not form a pattern.
  • the photosensitive resin compositions of Comparative Examples 5 and 6 had high exposure energy necessary for producing a good pattern and low sensitivity.
  • Example 100 The photosensitive resin composition of Example 15 was spun onto a resin substrate on which a copper thin layer was formed (3500 rpm, 30 seconds). The photosensitive resin composition applied to the resin substrate was dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes, and then exposed using an aligner (Karl-Suss MA150). Exposure was performed with a high-pressure mercury lamp, and exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm was measured. After exposure, the image was developed with cyclopentanone for 75 seconds. Subsequently, it heated at 180 degreeC for 20 minutes. In this way, an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer was formed. This interlayer insulation film for rewiring layers was excellent in insulation. Moreover, when a semiconductor device was manufactured using this interlayer insulating film for rewiring layer, it was confirmed that it operated without any problem.
  • an aligner Karl-Suss MA150

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Macromonomer-Based Addition Polymer (AREA)
  • Formation Of Insulating Films (AREA)

Abstract

To provide: a method for producing a heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material which exhibits excellent preservation stability; a heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material; a composition; and a photosensitive resin composition. A method for producing a heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material which includes: adding a polymerization inhibitor to a composition comprising a heterocycle-containing polymer precursor and a first solvent, or adding a first solvent and a polymerization inhibitor to a composition comprising a heterocycle-containing polymer precursor; and adding a second solvent to the composition to which the polymerization inhibitor was added, and precipitating the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor and polymerization inhibitor in the second solvent, wherein the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor is selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group.

Description

複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法、および、その応用Method for producing heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material and application thereof
 本発明は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法に関する。また、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料、ならびに、上記複素環含有ポリマーを含む組成物および感光性樹脂組成物に関する。さらに、上記感光性樹脂組成物を用いた硬化膜、および、硬化膜の製造方法、ならびに、半導体デバイスに関する。 The present invention relates to a method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material. The present invention also relates to a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material, and a composition and a photosensitive resin composition containing the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer. Furthermore, it is related with the cured film using the said photosensitive resin composition, the manufacturing method of a cured film, and a semiconductor device.
 ポリイミド樹脂などの環化して硬化する熱硬化性樹脂は、耐熱性および絶縁性に優れるため、半導体デバイスの絶縁層などに用いられている。
 また、ポリイミド樹脂は、溶媒への溶解性が低いため、環化反応前の前駆体(ポリイミド前駆体)の状態で使用し、基板などに適用した後、加熱してポリイミド前駆体を環化して硬化膜を形成することが行われている。
Thermosetting resins that are cured by cyclization, such as polyimide resins, are used for insulating layers of semiconductor devices because they are excellent in heat resistance and insulation.
Moreover, since polyimide resin has low solubility in a solvent, it is used in the state of a precursor (polyimide precursor) before the cyclization reaction, applied to a substrate, etc., and then heated to cyclize the polyimide precursor. A cured film is formed.
 例えば、特許文献1には、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミン化合物との反応により得られたポリイミド樹脂(a)に、エネルギー線硬化型アルカリ水溶液可溶性樹脂(b)を反応させることにより得られた感光性アルカリ水溶液可溶型ポリイミド樹脂(A)が開示されている。 For example, Patent Document 1 was obtained by reacting an energy ray-curable alkaline aqueous solution-soluble resin (b) with a polyimide resin (a) obtained by a reaction between a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine compound. A photosensitive alkaline aqueous solution-soluble polyimide resin (A) is disclosed.
 また、特許文献2には、感光樹脂組成物が(a)ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物類或いはビスエーテルテトラカルボン酸二無水物類を主成分とする芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物類と、式(1)で表されるジアミン類を主成分とするジアミン類から得られる可溶性ポリイミド、(b)炭素-炭素二重結合を有する化合物、(c)光反応性開始剤を必須成分とする感光樹脂組成物。(但し、式中、R1は、直結或いは2価の有機基、R2は、-COOHあるいは-OHを、s=0~4の整数、t=1~4の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
式(1)が開示されている。
Patent Document 2 discloses that the photosensitive resin composition is (a) aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides mainly composed of biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydrides or bisethertetracarboxylic dianhydrides; A soluble polyimide obtained from a diamine mainly composed of a diamine represented by the formula (1), (b) a compound having a carbon-carbon double bond, and (c) a photosensitizer having a photoreactive initiator as an essential component. Resin composition. (In the formula, R 1 represents a direct or divalent organic group, R 2 represents —COOH or —OH, an integer of s = 0 to 4, and an integer of t = 1 to 4.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Equation (1) is disclosed.
 さらに、特許文献3には、(A)重合性官能基を含有し、かつカルボキシル基及び/又は水酸基を含有する可溶性ポリイミド、(B)(メタ)アクリル系化合物、並びに(C)重合禁止剤、安定剤及び酸化防止剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の添加剤を必須成分とする感光性樹脂組成物が開示されている。 Furthermore, Patent Document 3 includes (A) a soluble polyimide containing a polymerizable functional group and containing a carboxyl group and / or a hydroxyl group, (B) a (meth) acrylic compound, and (C) a polymerization inhibitor, A photosensitive resin composition containing at least one additive selected from the group consisting of a stabilizer and an antioxidant as an essential component is disclosed.
 また、特許文献4には、以下の工程:(A)ポリマー(a)と光開始剤(b)とからなる光重合性組成物での基材のコーティング、(B)i線領域(約360-370nm)内のUV輻射線への、コーティングされた基材の画像様露光、(C)溶媒による非露光部分の除去、および(D)露光および現像された材料のコンディショニングからなり、使用されるポリマー(a)は次式I:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
〔式中、矢印は構造異性体を示し、Xは芳香族テトラカルボン酸の4価の基を表し、Yは2価の脂肪族基、環状脂肪族基または単環式もしくは多環式芳香族基を表し、Aは-COO-、-CONH-または次式:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(式中、RおよびRは互いに独立して炭素原子数1ないし6のアルキル基または炭素原子数1ないし6のアルケニル基を表す)で表される基を表し、そしてRは光重合性オレフィン二重結合を含む基を表すが、ただし、全てのX基の少なくとも50%はオキシジフタル酸の基を表すか、または全てのY基の少なくとも50%は2つのアミン窒素原子に対する4つの全てのオルト位で互いに独立して炭素原子数1ないし6のアルキル基、炭素原子数1ないし6のアルコキシ基または炭素原子数6ないし14のアリール基により置換されている芳香族ジアミンの基を表す〕で表される反復構造単位を含むポリイミド前駆体である、レリーフ画像の製造方法。
Patent Document 4 discloses the following steps: (A) coating of a substrate with a photopolymerizable composition comprising a polymer (a) and a photoinitiator (b), (B) an i-line region (about 360). Used, consisting of imagewise exposure of the coated substrate to UV radiation within -370 nm), (C) removal of unexposed portions with solvent, and (D) conditioning of exposed and developed material Polymer (a) has the formula I:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
[In the formula, an arrow indicates a structural isomer, X represents a tetravalent group of an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid, Y represents a divalent aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, or a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic group. Represents a group, A represents —COO—, —CONH— or
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Wherein R 2 and R 3 independently of each other represent an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and R 1 represents photopolymerization. Represents at least 50% of all X groups represent oxydiphthalic acid groups, or at least 50% of all Y groups represent all four groups for two amine nitrogen atoms. And an aromatic diamine group substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, independently of each other at the ortho position of The manufacturing method of the relief image which is a polyimide precursor containing the repeating structural unit represented by these.
 さらに、特許文献5には、(A)下記式(1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
{式中、X1は、炭素数6~40の4価の有機基であり、Y1は、炭素数6~40の2価の有機基であり、nは、2~150の整数であり、R1及びR2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は下記式(2)若しくは(3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(式中、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素数1~3の1価の有機基であり、そしてmは、2~10の整数である。)
-R   (3)
(式中、Rは、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭素数5~30の脂肪族基、又は炭素数6~30の芳香族基から選択される1価の基である。)
で表される1価の有機基であり、そしてR及びRの全てに対する上記式(2)で表される1価の有機基と上記式(3)で表される1価の有機基の合計の割合は、80モル%以上であり、かつR及びRの全てに対する上記式(3)で表される1価の有機基の割合は、20モル%~80モル%である。}
で表される構造を有するポリイミド前駆体:100質量部;及び
 (B)光重合開始剤:0.1質量部~20質量部;
を含むネガ型感光性樹脂組成物が開示されている。
Further, in Patent Document 5, (A) the following formula (1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
{Wherein X 1 is a tetravalent organic group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, Y 1 is a divalent organic group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, and n is an integer of 2 to 150. , R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or the following formula (2) or (3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(Wherein R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and m is an integer of 2 to 10)
-R 6 (3)
(Wherein R 6 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a hetero atom, or an aromatic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms.)
A monovalent organic group represented by the above formula (2) and a monovalent organic group represented by the above formula (3) for all of R 1 and R 2. Is 80 mol% or more, and the ratio of the monovalent organic group represented by the above formula (3) to all of R 1 and R 2 is 20 mol% to 80 mol%. }
A polyimide precursor having a structure represented by: 100 parts by mass; and (B) a photopolymerization initiator: 0.1 part by mass to 20 parts by mass;
A negative photosensitive resin composition containing
国際公開WO2008/007635号公報International Publication WO2008 / 007635 Publication 特開2003-330190号公報JP 2003-330190 A 特開2004-325980号公報JP 2004-325980 A 特開平07-005688号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 07-005688 国際公開WO2013/168675号公報International Publication WO2013 / 168675
 しかしながら、本発明者が、従来のポリイミド前駆体を検討したところ、保存安定性が劣る場合があることが分かった。すなわち、ポリイミド前駆体などの複素環含有ポリマー前駆体のうち、重合性基を有するものは、経時により、重合が進行して、粘度が上昇してしまう場合があることが分かった。
 本発明はかかる課題を解決することを目的としたものであって、経時の保存安定性に優れた複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法を提供することを目的とする。さらに、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料、組成物、感光性樹脂組成物、硬化膜、硬化膜の製造方法、および、半導体デバイスを提供することを目的とする。
However, when this inventor examined the conventional polyimide precursor, it turned out that storage stability may be inferior. That is, it has been found that among heterocyclic-containing polymer precursors such as polyimide precursors, those having a polymerizable group may undergo polymerization to increase in viscosity over time.
The object of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material having excellent storage stability over time. Furthermore, it aims at providing the manufacturing method of a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material, a composition, a photosensitive resin composition, a cured film, a cured film, and a semiconductor device.
 かかる状況のもと、本発明者が鋭意検討を行った結果、所定の条件下で、複素環含有ポリマーに重合禁止剤を配合することにより、上記課題を解決し得ることを見出した。
 具体的には、下記手段<1>により、好ましくは<2>~<23>により、上記課題は解決された。
<1>複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と第1の溶媒を含む組成物に、重合禁止剤を配合すること、または、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体を含む組成物に、第1の溶媒と重合禁止剤を配合すること、および、
上記重合禁止剤を配合した組成物に、第2の溶媒を配合して、上記第2の溶媒中に、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と上記重合禁止剤を析出させることを含み、
上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体は、重合性基を有するポリイミド前駆体および重合性基を有するポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択される、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。
<2>上記配合する重合禁止剤の量は、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の0.001~10質量%である、<1>に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。
<3>上記第1の溶媒に対し、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体が25℃で5質量%以上溶解する、<1>または<2>に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。
<4>上記第1の溶媒に対し、上記重合禁止剤が25℃で5質量%以上溶解する、<1>~<3>のいずれかに記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。
<5>上記第1の溶媒が、テトラヒドロフランである、<1>~<4>のいずれかに記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。
<6>上記製造方法は、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体を含む組成物に、第1の溶媒と重合禁止剤を配合することを含む、<1>~<5>のいずれかに記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。
<7>上記製造方法は、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と第1の溶媒を含む組成物に、重合禁止剤を配合することを含み、かつ、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と第1の溶媒を含む組成物が、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の合成反応液である、<1>~<5>のいずれかに記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。
<8>上記第2の溶媒が、水またはアルコールである、<1>~<7>のいずれかに記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。
<9>上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体が、下記式(2)で表される繰り返し単位または下記式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を含む、<1>~<8>のいずれかに記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法;
 式(2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 式(3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
式(2)中、AおよびAは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子またはNHを表し、
111は、2価の有機基を表し、R115は、4価の有機基を表し、R113およびR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、R113およびR114の少なくとも一方は重合性基であり、
式(3)中、R121は、2価の有機基を表し、R122は、4価の有機基を表し、R123およびR124は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、R123およびR124の少なくとも一方は重合性基である。
<10>上記式(2)におけるR113およびR114の両方、ならびに、上記式(3)におけるR123およびR124の両方が、重合性基である、<9>に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。
<11>上記重合禁止剤が、フェノール性水酸基を有する、<1>~<10>のいずれかに記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。
<12>重合性基を有するポリイミド前駆体および重合性基を有するポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択される、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料であって、
上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料を4分割した複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料における重合禁止剤の質量と、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料全体における重合禁止剤の質量との変化率が、それぞれ、±10%以下である、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料。
<13>上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料が、0.001~10質量%の割合で重合禁止剤を含む、<12>に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料。
<14><12>または<13>に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料を含む、組成物。
<15><12>または<13>に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料と、光重合開始剤を含む感光性樹脂組成物。
<16><15>に記載の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる、硬化膜。
<17>再配線層用層間絶縁膜である、<16>に記載の硬化膜。
<18><15>に記載の感光性樹脂組成物を基板に適用する工程と、基板に適用された感光性樹脂組成物を硬化する工程とを含む、硬化膜の製造方法。
<19><16>または<17>に記載の硬化膜を有する、半導体デバイス。
<20><1>~<11>のいずれかに記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法により得られた、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料。
<21>重合性基を有するポリイミド前駆体および重合性基を有するポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択される、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料であって、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の任意の4か所から1gずつ採取したサンプルにおける重合禁止剤の質量と、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料全体における重合禁止剤の質量との変化率が、それぞれ、±10%以下である、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料。
<22><1>~<11>のいずれかに記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法により得られた複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の任意の4か所から1gずつ採取したサンプルにおける重合禁止剤の質量と、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料全体における重合禁止剤の質量との変化率が、それぞれ、±10%以下である、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料。
<23>上記重合禁止剤の量が、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の0.001~10質量%の割合である、<20>~<22>のいずれかに記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料。
Under such circumstances, as a result of intensive studies by the present inventors, it has been found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by blending a polymerization inhibitor with a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer under predetermined conditions.
Specifically, the above problem has been solved by the following means <1>, preferably <2> to <23>.
<1> A polymerization inhibitor is blended into a composition containing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and a first solvent, or a first solvent and a polymerization inhibitor are blended into a composition containing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor. Blending, and
Blending a second solvent with the composition containing the polymerization inhibitor, and precipitating the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and the polymerization inhibitor in the second solvent,
The method for producing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material, wherein the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor is selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group.
<2> The method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to <1>, wherein the amount of the polymerization inhibitor to be blended is 0.001 to 10% by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor.
<3> The method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to <1> or <2>, wherein the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor is dissolved in an amount of 5% by mass or more at 25 ° C. with respect to the first solvent.
<4> The method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the polymerization inhibitor is dissolved in an amount of 5% by mass or more at 25 ° C. in the first solvent.
<5> The method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the first solvent is tetrahydrofuran.
<6> The above production method comprises blending a first solvent and a polymerization inhibitor into a composition containing the above heterocycle-containing polymer precursor, and the complex according to any one of <1> to <5> A method for producing a ring-containing polymer precursor material.
<7> The production method includes blending a polymerization inhibitor into a composition containing the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and the first solvent, and the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and the first solvent. The method for producing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the composition containing is a synthetic reaction liquid for a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor.
<8> The method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the second solvent is water or alcohol.
<9> The <1> to <8>, wherein the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor includes a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2) or a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3): A process for producing a heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material of
Formula (2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Formula (3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
In formula (2), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH,
R 111 represents a divalent organic group, R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group, R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 113 and R At least one of 114 is a polymerizable group;
In Formula (3), R 121 represents a divalent organic group, R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 123 and R 124 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. And at least one of R 123 and R 124 is a polymerizable group.
<10> The heterocyclic ring-containing polymer according to <9>, wherein both R 113 and R 114 in the above formula (2) and both R 123 and R 124 in the above formula (3) are polymerizable groups. A method for producing a precursor material.
<11> The method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the polymerization inhibitor has a phenolic hydroxyl group.
<12> a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group,
The rate of change between the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material obtained by dividing the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material into four parts, and the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the entire heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material, respectively, Heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material that is ± 10% or less.
<13> The heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material according to <12>, wherein the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material contains a polymerization inhibitor in a proportion of 0.001 to 10% by mass.
<14> A composition comprising the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to <12> or <13>.
<15> A photosensitive resin composition comprising the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material according to <12> or <13> and a photopolymerization initiator.
<16> A cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition according to <15>.
<17> The cured film according to <16>, which is an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
<18> A method for producing a cured film, comprising a step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to <15> to a substrate, and a step of curing the photosensitive resin composition applied to the substrate.
<19> A semiconductor device having the cured film according to <16> or <17>.
<20> A heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material obtained by the method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to any one of <1> to <11>.
<21> A heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group, and any 4 of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor materials Heterocycle-containing polymer in which the rate of change between the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in a sample collected from each place 1 g and the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the whole heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material is ± 10% or less, respectively. Precursor material.
<22> In a sample obtained by collecting 1 g of each of four heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor materials obtained by the method for producing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material according to any one of <1> to <11> A heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material in which the rate of change between the mass of the polymerization inhibitor and the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the entire heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material is ± 10% or less, respectively.
<23> The heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor according to any one of <20> to <22>, wherein the amount of the polymerization inhibitor is a ratio of 0.001 to 10% by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material. Body material.
 本発明により、保存安定性に優れた複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料を提供することが可能になった。また、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料、組成物、感光性樹脂組成物、硬化膜、硬化膜の製造方法、および、半導体デバイスを提供することが可能になった。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material having excellent storage stability. Moreover, it became possible to provide a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material, a composition, a photosensitive resin composition, a cured film, a method for producing a cured film, and a semiconductor device.
半導体デバイスの一実施形態の構成を示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows the structure of one Embodiment of a semiconductor device.
 以下に記載する本発明における構成要素の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書において、「活性光線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等を意味する。また、本発明において光とは、活性光線または放射線を意味する。本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、X線、EUV光などを用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。
 本明細書において、「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、「アクリレート」および「メタクリレート」の双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アリル」は、「アリル」および「メタリル」の双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、「アクリル」および「メタクリル」の双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、「アクリロイル」および「メタクリロイル」の双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程を意味するだけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本明細書において、固形分濃度とは、組成物の総質量に対する、溶媒を除く他の成分の質量の質量百分率である。また、固形分濃度は、特に述べない限り25℃における濃度をいう。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)・数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に述べない限り、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)測定によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)は、例えば、HLC-8220(東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムとしてガードカラムHZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000、TSKgel Super HZ2000(東ソー(株)製)を用いることによって求めることができる。溶離液は特に述べない限り、THF(テトラヒドロフラン)を用いて測定したものとする。また、検出は特に述べない限り、UV線(紫外線)の波長254nm検出器を使用したものとする。
The description of the components in the present invention described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
In the description of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the description which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes what does not have a substituent and what has a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In this specification, “active light” means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams, and the like. In the present invention, light means actinic rays or radiation. In this specification, “exposure” means not only exposure using far ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light typified by mercury lamps and excimer lasers, but also particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Include drawing in the exposure.
In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
In the present specification, “(meth) acrylate” represents both and / or “acrylate” and “methacrylate”, and “(meth) allyl” means both “allyl” and “methallyl”, or “(Meth) acryl” represents either “acryl” and “methacryl” or any one, and “(meth) acryloyl” represents both “acryloyl” and “methacryloyl”, or Represents either.
In this specification, the term “process” not only means an independent process, but also if the intended action of the process is achieved even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, include.
In this specification, solid content concentration is the mass percentage of the mass of the other component except a solvent with respect to the total mass of a composition. Moreover, solid content concentration says the density | concentration in 25 degreeC unless there is particular mention.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene converted values by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement unless otherwise specified. In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are, for example, HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel. It can be determined by using Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation). Unless otherwise stated, the eluent was measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran). Unless otherwise specified, detection is performed using a UV ray (ultraviolet) wavelength 254 nm detector.
 本発明の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と第1の溶媒とを含む組成物に、重合禁止剤を配合すること、または、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体を含む組成物に、第1の溶媒と重合禁止剤を配合すること、および、
上記重合禁止剤を配合した組成物に、第2の溶媒を配合して、上記第2の溶媒中に、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と上記重合禁止剤を析出させることを含み、
上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体は、重合性基を有するポリイミド前駆体および重合性基を有するポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択されることを特徴とする。
 このような構成とすることにより、保存安定性に優れた複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料が得られる。
In the method for producing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention, a polymerization inhibitor is blended with a composition containing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and a first solvent, or a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor is added. Blending a first solvent and a polymerization inhibitor into the composition comprising, and
Blending a second solvent with the composition containing the polymerization inhibitor, and precipitating the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and the polymerization inhibitor in the second solvent,
The heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor is selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group.
By setting it as such a structure, the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material excellent in storage stability is obtained.
 重合性基を有する複素環含有ポリマーは、保存中に重合が進行してしまうことがある。ここで、重合の進行を抑制するには、重合禁止剤を配合することが考えられる。しかしながら、本発明者が検討を行ったところ、後述の実施例でも示す通り、複素環含有ポリマーの合成行程中に重合禁止剤を配合しても、得られる複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の保存安定性は劣ることが分かった。さらに、重合禁止剤を配合すると予期せぬ反応が進行してしまうことも想定される。一方、乾燥した固体の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体に重合禁止剤を配合しても、同じく保存安定性が劣ることが分かった。この理由について検討したところ、乾燥した固体の複素環含有ポリマーに重合禁止剤を配合しても、重合禁止剤が複素環含有ポリマー前駆体中に均一に存在しないことが理由であることが分かった。
 本発明では、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体に、重合禁止剤に加え溶媒を配合した後、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体を析出させることにより、重合禁止剤を複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料中に略均一に取り込ませることを可能にし、保存安定性に優れた複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料が得られることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。
 すなわち、本発明の製造方法で得られる複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料は、ポリマー中に重合禁止剤がほぼ均一に存在している。また、本発明の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法で得られる複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料は、重合禁止剤を含むにもかかわらず、感度を損なうことが無い。そのため、本発明の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料を用いた感光性樹脂組成物は、感度が高いという利点もある。
 以下、本発明について、詳細に説明する。
Polymerization may proceed during storage of a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer having a polymerizable group. Here, in order to suppress the progress of the polymerization, it is conceivable to add a polymerization inhibitor. However, as a result of investigation by the present inventor, as shown in Examples described later, even when a polymerization inhibitor is added during the synthesis process of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer, the storage stability of the obtained heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor is obtained. Was inferior. Furthermore, it is assumed that an unexpected reaction proceeds when a polymerization inhibitor is blended. On the other hand, it was found that even when a polymerization inhibitor was added to the dried solid heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor, the storage stability was also inferior. When this reason was examined, it was found that even when a polymerization inhibitor was added to the dried solid heterocyclic-containing polymer, the polymerization inhibitor was not uniformly present in the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor. .
In the present invention, after adding a solvent to the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor in addition to the polymerization inhibitor, the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor is precipitated in a substantially uniform manner by precipitating the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor. The present inventors have found that a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material excellent in storage stability can be obtained, and thus completed the present invention.
That is, in the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material obtained by the production method of the present invention, the polymerization inhibitor is present almost uniformly in the polymer. In addition, the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material obtained by the method for producing a heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention does not impair sensitivity even though it contains a polymerization inhibitor. Therefore, the photosensitive resin composition using the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention also has an advantage of high sensitivity.
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
<複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法>
<<重合禁止剤配合工程>>
 本発明の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と第1の溶媒を含む組成物に、重合禁止剤を配合すること、または、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体を含む組成物に、第1の溶媒と重合禁止剤を配合することを含む。
 このように、既に合成反応が完了している複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と、第1の溶媒と、重合禁止剤とを存在させることにより、これらの成分が良好に混ざり合い、重合禁止剤が、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体中に均一に取り込まれ、保存安定性に優れた複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料が得られる。
 したがって、本発明では、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と、第1の溶媒と、重合禁止剤とが存在する組成物の状態で、良く撹拌することが好ましい。撹拌速度は、製造スケールや撹拌形態に応じて適宜定めることができるが、例えば、10rpm~6,000rpm程度とすることができる。撹拌時間についても、5分~1時間程度とすることができる。
<Method for producing heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material>
<< Polymerization inhibitor blending process >>
The method for producing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention includes blending a polymerization inhibitor into a composition containing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and a first solvent, or includes a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor. Including a first solvent and a polymerization inhibitor in the composition.
Thus, by the presence of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor that has already undergone the synthesis reaction, the first solvent, and the polymerization inhibitor, these components are mixed well, and the polymerization inhibitor is A heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material that is uniformly incorporated into the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor and has excellent storage stability is obtained.
Therefore, in this invention, it is preferable to stir well in the state of the composition in which the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor, the first solvent, and the polymerization inhibitor are present. The stirring speed can be appropriately determined according to the production scale and the stirring form, and can be, for example, about 10 rpm to 6,000 rpm. The stirring time can be about 5 minutes to 1 hour.
 上記重合禁止剤配合工程の第一の実施形態としては、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体を含む組成物に、第1の溶媒と重合禁止剤を配合することが挙げられる。この場合の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体としては、固体の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体や、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の合成反応液から複素環含有ポリマー前駆体を析出した析出物などが挙げられる。
 上記重合禁止剤配合工程の第二の実施形態としては、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と第1の溶媒を含む組成物に、重合禁止剤を配合することが挙げられる。この場合の、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と第1の溶媒を含む組成物としては、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の合成反応液などが挙げられる。
 上記重合禁止剤配合工程の第三の実施形態としては、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と第1の溶媒を含む組成物に、第1の溶媒と重合禁止剤を配合することが挙げられる。ここで、組成物に含まれる第1の溶媒と、配合する第1の溶媒は、同じ溶媒であってもよいし、異なる溶媒であってもよい。例えば、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の合成反応液(複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と第1の溶媒を含む組成物に相当)に、溶媒に溶解した重合禁止剤(第1の溶媒と重合禁止剤に相当)を配合する場合などが挙げられる。
 重合禁止剤配合工程は、通常、15~40℃で行われる。
As 1st embodiment of the said polymerization inhibitor mixing | blending process, mix | blending a 1st solvent and a polymerization inhibitor with the composition containing a heterocyclic containing polymer precursor is mentioned. Examples of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor in this case include a solid heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and a precipitate obtained by depositing the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor from a synthesis reaction liquid of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor.
As 2nd embodiment of the said polymerization inhibitor mixing | blending process, mix | blending a polymerization inhibitor with the composition containing a heterocyclic containing polymer precursor and a 1st solvent is mentioned. In this case, examples of the composition containing the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and the first solvent include a synthesis reaction liquid of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor.
As 3rd embodiment of the said polymerization inhibitor mixing | blending process, mix | blending a 1st solvent and a polymerization inhibitor with the composition containing a heterocyclic containing polymer precursor and a 1st solvent is mentioned. Here, the first solvent contained in the composition and the first solvent to be blended may be the same solvent or different solvents. For example, a polymerization inhibitor (corresponding to a composition containing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and a first solvent) in a synthesis reaction solution of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor (corresponding to the first solvent and the polymerization inhibitor). And the like).
The polymerization inhibitor blending step is usually performed at 15 to 40 ° C.
<<第1の溶媒>>
 本発明で用いる第1の溶媒は、本発明の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法において、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体に対し、通常は、良溶媒として働くものである。本発明では、好ましくは、第1の溶媒に対し、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体が、25℃で5質量%以上溶解する。溶解度の上限値については、特に定めるものではなく、100質量%であってもよい。このような構成とすることにより、重合禁止剤がより均一に複素環含有ポリマー前駆体中に取り込まれやすくなる。
 本発明では、また、第1の溶媒に対し、重合禁止剤が25℃で5質量%以上溶解することが好ましい。このような構成とすることにより、重合禁止剤がより均一に複素環含有ポリマー前駆体中に取り込まれやすくなる。溶解度の上限値については、特に定めるものではなく、100質量%であってもよい。
<< first solvent >>
The first solvent used in the present invention normally serves as a good solvent for the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor in the method for producing a heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention. In the present invention, preferably, the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor is dissolved in an amount of 5% by mass or more at 25 ° C. in the first solvent. The upper limit of solubility is not particularly defined, and may be 100% by mass. By setting it as such a structure, a polymerization inhibitor becomes easy to take in into a heterocyclic containing polymer precursor more uniformly.
In the present invention, it is preferable that the polymerization inhibitor dissolves in an amount of 5% by mass or more at 25 ° C. in the first solvent. By setting it as such a structure, a polymerization inhibitor becomes easy to take in into a heterocyclic containing polymer precursor more uniformly. The upper limit of solubility is not particularly defined, and may be 100% by mass.
 第1の溶媒としては、エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、ε-カプロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトン、アルキルオキシ酢酸アルキル(例:アルキルオキシ酢酸メチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸エチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチルおよび2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、および2-オキソブタン酸エチル等、ならびに、エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、およびプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート等、ならびに、ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン、およびN-メチル-ピロリドン等、ならびに、芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、アニソール、およびリモネン等、ならびに、スルホキシド類として、例えば、ジメチルスルホキシドが好適に挙げられる。 Examples of the first solvent include esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl oxyacetate alkyl (eg, methyl oxyacetate, alkyl oxyacetate, butyl oxyalkyl acetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, ethoxy) Methyl acetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.), alkyl esters of 3-alkyloxypropionic acid (eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc. (eg, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3- Ethyl oxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), 2-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg, methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate) Propyl 2-alkyloxypropionate and the like (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), 2- Methyl alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate (eg, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate), pyruvic acid Methyl, Ethyl rubinate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate and the like, and ethers such as diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol Monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate And cetates, and ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, and N-methyl-pyrrolidone, and aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, Suitable examples of anisole, limonene and the like, and sulfoxides include dimethyl sulfoxide.
 上記の中でも、エーテル類およびケトン類が好ましく、テトラヒドロフランおよびN-メチル-ピロリドンがより好ましく、テトラヒドロフランがさらに好ましい。 Of these, ethers and ketones are preferable, tetrahydrofuran and N-methyl-pyrrolidone are more preferable, and tetrahydrofuran is more preferable.
 第1の溶媒の使用量は、質量比で、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の1~100倍であることが好ましく、4~20倍であることがより好ましい。
 第1の溶媒は、1種のみ使用してもよいし、2種以上使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The amount of the first solvent used is, by mass ratio, preferably 1 to 100 times that of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor, and more preferably 4 to 20 times.
Only 1 type may be used for a 1st solvent and it may use 2 or more types. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
<<析出工程>>
 本発明の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法は、上記重合禁止剤を配合した組成物に、第2の溶媒を配合して、上記第2の溶媒中に、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と上記重合禁止剤とを析出させることを含む。このような構成とすることにより、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体中に重合禁止剤が均一に取り込まれた状態の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料が得られる。
 ここで、析出とは、第1の溶媒中に存在する、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の少なくとも一部と重合禁止剤の少なくとも一部とが、第1の溶媒から固体として分離することをいい、通常は、第2の溶媒中に沈殿する。好ましくは、第1の溶媒中に存在する、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と重合禁止剤との合計の80質量%以上が第1の溶媒から分離し、第2の溶媒中に沈殿することをいう。
 上記析出は、第1の溶媒中に存在する、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体および上記重合禁止剤の全部を、第2の溶媒中に析出させることは、必須ではなく、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体および上記重合禁止剤の一部を析出させることも本発明の範囲内に含まれることは言うまでもない。本発明では、上記組成物中に含まれる複素環含有ポリマー前駆体および上記重合禁止剤の合計の、好ましくは60~100質量%、より好ましくは80~100質量%を、第2の溶媒中に析出させることが好ましい。
 析出工程は、通常、15~40℃で行われる。
<< Precipitation process >>
In the method for producing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention, the second solvent is blended in the composition blended with the polymerization inhibitor, and the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor is mixed in the second solvent. And precipitation of the polymerization inhibitor. By setting it as such a structure, the heterocyclic containing polymer precursor material of the state by which the polymerization inhibitor was uniformly taken in in the heterocyclic containing polymer precursor is obtained.
Here, the precipitation means that at least a part of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor and at least a part of the polymerization inhibitor present in the first solvent are separated from the first solvent as a solid, Usually, it precipitates in the second solvent. Preferably, 80% by mass or more of the total of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor and the polymerization inhibitor present in the first solvent is separated from the first solvent and precipitated in the second solvent. .
In the precipitation, it is not essential to deposit all of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and the polymerization inhibitor present in the first solvent in the second solvent. Needless to say, precipitation of a part of the polymerization inhibitor is also included in the scope of the present invention. In the present invention, the total of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor and the polymerization inhibitor contained in the composition is preferably 60 to 100% by mass, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, in the second solvent. Precipitation is preferred.
The precipitation step is usually performed at 15 to 40 ° C.
<<第2の溶媒>>
 本発明で用いる第2の溶媒は、本発明の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法において、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体に対し、通常は、貧溶媒として働くものである。すなわち、本発明では、第2の溶媒は、第1の溶媒よりも、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体に対する25℃での溶解度が低いことが好ましく、第1の溶媒よりも、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体に対する25℃での溶解度が10質量%以上低いことがより好ましい。このような構成とすることにより、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の析出をより効果的に進行させることができ、より均一に重合禁止剤が取り込まれた複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料が得られる。第2の溶媒の、25℃にける複素環含有ポリマー前駆体に対する溶解度は、5質量%以下であるか、全く溶解しないことが好ましい。
<< second solvent >>
The second solvent used in the present invention usually serves as a poor solvent for the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor in the method for producing a heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention. That is, in the present invention, the second solvent preferably has a lower solubility at 25 ° C. in the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor than the first solvent, and the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor is lower than the first solvent. It is more preferable that the solubility at 25 ° C. is lower by 10% by mass or more. By setting it as such a structure, precipitation of a heterocyclic containing polymer precursor can be advanced more effectively, and the heterocyclic containing polymer precursor material in which the polymerization inhibitor was taken in more uniformly is obtained. The solubility of the second solvent in the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor at 25 ° C. is preferably 5% by mass or less or not dissolved at all.
 第2の溶媒としては、水およびアルコール(好ましくは、炭素数1~4のアルコール)が例示され、水およびメタノールが好ましく、水がさらに好ましい。
 第2の溶媒の使用量は、複素環含有ポリマーの1~1,000倍であることが好ましく、10~500倍であることがより好ましい。また、第2の溶媒の使用量は、第1の溶媒の使用量の1~1,000倍であることが好ましく、4~100倍であることがより好ましい。
 第2の溶媒は、1種のみ使用してもよいし、2種以上使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
Examples of the second solvent include water and alcohol (preferably an alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms). Water and methanol are preferable, and water is more preferable.
The amount of the second solvent used is preferably 1 to 1,000 times that of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer, and more preferably 10 to 500 times. Further, the amount of the second solvent used is preferably 1 to 1,000 times, more preferably 4 to 100 times the amount of the first solvent used.
Only 1 type may be used for a 2nd solvent and it may use 2 or more types. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
<<複素環含有ポリマー前駆体>>
 本発明で用いる複素環含有ポリマー前駆体は、重合性基を有するポリイミド前駆体および重合性基を有するポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択される。
 重合性基とは、活性光線、放射線、ラジカル、酸、または塩基の作用により、架橋反応することが可能な基であって、好ましい例として、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基、アルコキシメチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、アシルオキシメチル基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、ベンゾオキサゾリル基、ブロックイソシアネート基、メチロール基、アミノ基が挙げられる。複素環含有ポリマー前駆体が有する重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基が好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、下記式(III)で表される基などが挙げられる。
<< Heterocycle-containing polymer precursor >>
The heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor used in the present invention is selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group.
The polymerizable group is a group that can undergo a crosslinking reaction by the action of actinic rays, radiation, radicals, acids, or bases. Preferred examples include a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an alkoxymethyl group, Examples thereof include a hydroxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a blocked isocyanate group, a methylol group, and an amino group. The polymerizable group possessed by the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor is preferably a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a group represented by the following formula (III), and the like.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 式(III)において、R200は、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、メチル基がより好ましい。
 式(III)において、R201は、炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、-CHCH(OH)CH-または炭素数4~30のポリオキシアルキレン基を表す。
 好適なR201の例としては、エチレン、プロピレン、トリメチレン、テトラメチレン、1,2-ブタンジイル、1,3-ブタンジイル、ペンタメチレン、ヘキサメチレン、オクタメチレン、ドデカメチレン、-CHCH(OH)CH-が挙げられ、エチレン、プロピレン、トリメチレン、-CHCH(OH)CH-が好ましい。
 特に好ましくは、R200がメチルで、R201がエチレンである。
 以下、重合性基を有するポリイミド前駆体および重合性基を有するポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体について詳細に説明する。
In the formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a methyl group is more preferable.
In the formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — or a polyoxyalkylene group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms.
Examples of suitable R 201 include ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, 1,2-butanediyl, 1,3-butanediyl, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, octamethylene, dodecamethylene, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2- , and ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, and —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — are preferred.
Particularly preferably, R 200 is methyl and R 201 is ethylene.
Hereinafter, a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group will be described in detail.
<<<ポリイミド前駆体>>>
 本発明で用いるポリイミド前駆体は、重合性基を含み、ポリイミド化可能である限り、その構造等を特に定めるものではなく、ポリアミドイミド前駆体も含む趣旨である。本発明で用いるポリイミド前駆体は、下記式(2)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。
<<< Polyimide precursor >>>
The polyimide precursor used in the present invention does not particularly define the structure or the like as long as it contains a polymerizable group and can be made into a polyimide, and is intended to include a polyamideimide precursor. It is preferable that the polyimide precursor used by this invention contains the repeating unit represented by following formula (2).
式(2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式(2)中、AおよびAは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子またはNHを表し、R111は、2価の有機基を表し、R115は、4価の有機基を表し、R113およびR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、R113およびR114の少なくとも一方は重合性基である。
Formula (2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
In formula (2), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, R 111 represents a divalent organic group, R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group, R 113 And R 114 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 113 and R 114 is a polymerizable group.
 式(2)におけるAおよびAは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子またはNHを表し、酸素原子が好ましい。 A 1 and A 2 in Formula (2) each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, and preferably an oxygen atom.
 R111は、2価の有機基を表す。2価の有機基としては、直鎖状または分岐状の脂肪族基、環状の脂肪族基およびアリール基を含む基が例示され、炭素数2~20の直鎖状または分岐状の脂肪族基、炭素数6~20の環状の脂肪族基、炭素数6~20のアリール基、または、これらの組み合わせからなる基が好ましく、炭素数6~20のアリール基からなる基がより好ましい。アリール基の例としては、下記が挙げられる。 R 111 represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include a linear or branched aliphatic group, a group containing a cyclic aliphatic group and an aryl group, and a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. A group consisting of a cyclic aliphatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof is preferable, and a group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable. The following are mentioned as an example of an aryl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式中、Aは、単結合、または、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-および-NHCO-、ならびにこれらの組み合わせから選択される基であることが好ましく、単結合、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO-から選択される基であることがより好ましく、-CH-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-C(CF-、-C(CH-から選択される2価の基であることがさらに好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
In the formula, A is a single bond or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, —C (═O) —, —S—, —S (= O) 2 — and —NHCO—, and a group selected from these combinations are preferable, a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, — It is more preferably a group selected from C (═O) —, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —C (CF 3 ) 2 -, - C (CH 3) 2 - and more preferably a divalent group selected from.
 R111は、より具体的には、ジアミンのアミノ基の除去後に残存するジアミン残基が挙げられる。ジアミンとしては、直鎖状または分岐状の脂肪族、環状の脂肪族または芳香族ジアミンなどが挙げられる。
 具体的には、以下のジアミンのアミノ基の除去後に残存するジアミン残基などが挙げられる。
 1,2-ジアミノエタン、1,2-ジアミノプロパン、1,3-ジアミノプロパン、1,4-ジアミノブタンおよび1,6-ジアミノヘキサン;1,2-または1,3-ジアミノシクロペンタン、1,2-、1,3-または1,4-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、1,2-、1,3-または1,4-ビス(アミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、ビス(4-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、ビス(3-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジメチルシクロヘキシルメタンおよびイソホロンジアミン;m-およびp-フェニレンジアミン、ジアミノトルエン、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、ビス(4-アミノ-3-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、4,4’-ジアミノパラテルフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、9,10-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)アントラセン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、3,3’-ジエチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノオクタフルオロビフェニル、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、9,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)-10-ヒドロアントラセン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノビフェニル、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノジフェニルエーテル、1,4-ジアミノアントラキノン、1,5-ジアミノアントラキノン、3,3-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、9,9’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン、4,4’-ジメチル-3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,4-および2,5-ジアミノクメン、2,5-ジメチル-p-フェニレンジアミン、アセトグアナミン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチル-p-フェニレンジアミン、2,4,6-トリメチル-m-フェニレンジアミン、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、2,7-ジアミノフルオレン、2,5-ジアミノピリジン、1,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)エタン、ジアミノベンズアニリド、ジアミノ安息香酸のエステル、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、ジアミノベンゾトリフルオライド、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)オクタフルオロブタン、1,5-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)デカフルオロペンタン、1,7-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テトラデカフルオロヘプタン、2,2-ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ジメチルフェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、p-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ビス(3-アミノ-5-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノ-2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ビフェニル、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-ヘキサフルオロトリジンおよび4,4’’’-ジアミノクアテルフェニルから選ばれる少なくとも1種のジアミン。
R 111 is more specifically a diamine residue remaining after removal of the amino group of the diamine. Examples of the diamine include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamine.
Specific examples include diamine residues remaining after removal of the amino groups of the following diamines.
1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2- or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1, 2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, bis (4-aminocyclohexyl) methane, bis (3-amino Cyclohexyl) methane, 4,4′-diamino-3,3′-dimethylcyclohexylmethane and isophoronediamine; m- and p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4′- and 3,3′-diaminobiphenyl, 4, 4'- and 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'- and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'- And 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 4,4'- and 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'- and 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4 ' -Diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2 -Bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2, 2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, bis (3- Amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone, bis (4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone, 4,4′-diaminoparaterphenyl, 4,4′-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (2-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene 9,10-bis (4-aminophenyl) anthracene, 3,3′-dimethyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (3 -Aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiph Nylmethane, 3,3′-dimethyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4′-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis (4-aminophenyl) -10-hydroanthracene, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3 ′ , 4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9,9'-bis (4-aminophenyl) Fluorene, 4,4′-dimethyl-3,3′-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3 ′, 5,5′-tetramethyl-4,4′-diaminodi Phenylmethane, 2,4- and 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, acetoguanamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4,6 -Trimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, 2,7-diaminofluorene, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) ethane, diaminobenzanilide , Esters of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, diaminobenzotrifluoride, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenyl) octafluorobutane, , 5-bis (4-aminophenyl) decafluoropentane, 1,7-bis (4-a Nophenyl) tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (2-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2 -Bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) -3,5-dimethylphenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) -3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) phenyl] Hexafluoropropane, p-bis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) benzene, 4,4′-bis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4′-bis (4- Amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4'-bis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylpheno) B) Diphenylsulfone, 4,4′-bis (3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy) diphenylsulfone, 2,2-bis [4- (4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoro Propane, 3,3 ′, 5,5′-tetramethyl-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4′-diamino-2,2′-bis (trifluoromethyl) biphenyl, 2,2 ′, 5 At least one diamine selected from 5 ′, 6,6′-hexafluorotolidine and 4,4 ′ ″-diaminoquaterphenyl;
 また、下記に示すジアミン(DA-1)~(DA-18)のアミノ基の除去後に残存するジアミン残基もR111の例として挙げられる。 Examples of R 111 also include diamine residues remaining after removal of the amino groups of diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 また、少なくとも2つのアルキレングリコール単位を主鎖にもつジアミンのアミノ基の除去後に残存するジアミン残基もR111の例として挙げられる。好ましくは、エチレングリコール鎖、プロピレングリコール鎖のいずれかまたは両方を一分子中にあわせて2つ以上含むジアミン残基であり、より好ましくは芳香環を含まないジアミン残基である。例としては、ジェファーミン(登録商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(以上、商品名、HUNTSMAN(株)製)、1-(1-(1-(2-アミノプロポキシ)プロパン-2-イル)オキシ)プロパン-2-アミン、1-(2-(2-(2-アミノプロポキシ)エトキシ)プロポキシ)プロパン-2-アミンなどが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 ジェファーミン(登録商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176の構造を以下に示す。 An example of R 111 is a diamine residue remaining after removal of the amino group of a diamine having at least two alkylene glycol units in the main chain. Preferred is a diamine residue containing two or more ethylene glycol chains or propylene glycol chains in one molecule, and more preferred is a diamine residue containing no aromatic ring. Examples include Jeffamine (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D-4000 ( Trade names, manufactured by HUNTSMAN Co., Ltd., 1- (1- (1- (2-aminopropoxy) propan-2-yl) oxy) propan-2-amine, 1- (2- (2- (2 -Aminopropoxy) ethoxy) propoxy) propan-2-amine and the like. The structures of Jeffamine (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, and EDR-176 are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 上記において、x、y、zは平均値である。 In the above, x, y, and z are average values.
 R115は、4価の有機基を表す。4価の有機基としては、芳香環を含む4価の有機基が好ましく、下記式(5)または式(6)で表される基がより好ましい。
式(5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式(5)中、R112は、単結合、または、2価の基を表す。2価の基は、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO-、および-NHCO-、ならびにこれらの組み合わせから選択される基であることが好ましい。R112は、単結合、または、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、-O-、-CO-、-S-および-SO-から選択される2価の基であることがより好ましく、単結合、または、-CH-、-C(CF-、-C(CH-、-O-、-CO-、-S-および-SO-から選択される2価の基がさらに好ましい。
R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. As the tetravalent organic group, a tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring is preferable, and a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6) is more preferable.
Formula (5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
In formula (5), R 112 represents a single bond or a divalent group. The divalent group includes a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, —CO—, —S—, —SO 2 —, and —NHCO—, and these A group selected from a combination is preferred. R 112 is a single bond or a divalent group selected from an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, —CO—, —S— and —SO 2 —. More preferably a single bond or —CH 2 —, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, —C (CH 3 ) 2 —, —O—, —CO—, —S— and —SO. 2 - is a bivalent radical selected from the more preferred.
式(6)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Formula (6)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 R115は、具体的には、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から酸無水物基の除去後に残存するテトラカルボン酸残基などが挙げられる。
 具体的には、以下のテトラカルボン酸二無水物から酸無水物基の除去後に残存しているテトラカルボン酸残基などが挙げられる。
 ピロメリット酸二無水物(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルフィドテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン二無水物、1,3-ジフェニルヘキサフルオロプロパン-3,3,4,4-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,6-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,4,9,10-ペリレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,4,5-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,8,9,10-フェナントレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,1-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、1,1-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、1,2,3,4-ベンゼンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ならびに、これらの炭素数1~6のアルキルおよび/または炭素数1~6のアルコキシ誘導体から選ばれる少なくとも1種のテトラカルボン酸二無水物。
Specific examples of R 115 include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removal of the acid anhydride group from tetracarboxylic dianhydride.
Specific examples include tetracarboxylic acid residues remaining after the removal of the acid anhydride group from the following tetracarboxylic dianhydrides.
Pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-Diphenylsulfonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride 2,2 ′, 3,3′-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3 ′, 4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3 ′, 4′-benzophenone tetra Carboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2 , 2-bis (3,4-dica Boxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3 -Diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,6-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2 ', 3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic Acid dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid Anhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,1-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis (3,4-dicarbo Ciphenyl) ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and at least one selected from alkyls having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and / or alkoxy derivatives having 1 to 6 carbon atoms Seed tetracarboxylic dianhydride.
 また、下記に示すテトラカルボン酸二無水物(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)から酸無水物基の除去後に残存しているテトラカルボン酸残基もR115の例として挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Examples of R 115 also include tetracarboxylic acid residues remaining after removal of the acid anhydride groups from tetracarboxylic dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 アルカリ現像液への溶解度の観点からは、R111とR115の少なくとも一方にOH基を有することが好ましい。より具体的には、R111として、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、ビス(4-アミノ-3-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、上記の(DA-1)~(DA-18)が好ましい例として挙げられ、R115として、上記の(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)が好ましい例として挙げられる。 From the viewpoint of solubility in an alkali developer, it is preferable that at least one of R 111 and R 115 has an OH group. More specifically, as R 111 , 2,2-bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2- Bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone, bis (4-amino) -3-Hydroxyphenyl) sulfone and the above (DA-1) to (DA-18) are mentioned as preferred examples, and as R 115 , the above (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) are mentioned as preferred examples. It is done.
 R113およびR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、R113およびR114の少なくとも一方は重合性基である。重合性基としては、上述した重合性基と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。本発明では、R113およびR114の少なくとも一方は重合性基であるが、R113およびR114の両方が重合性基であることが好ましい。
 R113およびR114が表す1価の有機基としては、現像液への溶解度を向上させる置換基が好ましく用いられる。
R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 113 and R 114 is a polymerizable group. As a polymeric group, it is synonymous with the polymeric group mentioned above, and its preferable range is also the same. In the present invention, at least one of R 113 and R 114 is a polymerizable group, it is preferred that both R 113 and R 114 is a polymerizable group.
As the monovalent organic group represented by R 113 and R 114, a substituent that improves the solubility in a developer is preferably used.
 水性現像液への溶解度の観点からは、R113またはR114としての1価の有機基は、アリール基の炭素原子に結合している1つ、2つまたは3つの、好ましくは1つの酸性基を有する、アリール基およびアラルキル基などが挙げられる。具体的には、酸性基を有する炭素数6~20のアリール基、酸性基を有する炭素数7~25のアラルキル基が挙げられる。より具体的には、酸性基を有するフェニル基および酸性基を有するベンジル基が挙げられる。酸性基は、OH基が好ましい。
 R113またはR114が、水素原子、2-ヒドロキシベンジル、3-ヒドロキシベンジルおよび4-ヒドロキシベンジルであることが、水性現像液に対する溶解性の点で好ましい。
From the viewpoint of solubility in an aqueous developer, the monovalent organic group as R 113 or R 114 is one, two, or three, preferably one acidic group bonded to the carbon atom of the aryl group. An aryl group and an aralkyl group having Specific examples include an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms having an acidic group and an aralkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms having an acidic group. More specifically, a phenyl group having an acidic group and a benzyl group having an acidic group can be mentioned. The acidic group is preferably an OH group.
R 113 or R 114 is preferably a hydrogen atom, 2-hydroxybenzyl, 3-hydroxybenzyl or 4-hydroxybenzyl from the viewpoint of solubility in an aqueous developer.
 有機溶媒への溶解度の観点からは、R113またはR114は、1価の有機基であることが好ましい。1価の有機基としては、直鎖状または分岐状のアルキル基、環状アルキル基、アリール基を含むことが好ましく、アリール基で置換されたアルキル基がより好ましい。
 アルキル基の炭素数は1~30が好ましい。アルキル基は直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよい。直鎖状または分岐状のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、テトラデシル基、オクタデシル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、1-エチルペンチル基、および2-エチルヘキシル基が挙げられる。環状のアルキル基は、単環の環状のアルキル基であってもよく、多環の環状のアルキル基であってもよい。単環の環状のアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、およびシクロオクチル基が挙げられる。多環の環状のアルキル基としては、例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、ボルニル基、カンフェニル基、デカヒドロナフチル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、カンホロイル基、ジシクロヘキシル基、およびピネニル基が挙げられる。中でも、高感度化との両立の観点から、シクロヘキシル基が最も好ましい。また、アリール基で置換されたアルキル基としては、後述するアリール基で置換された直鎖アルキル基が好ましい。
 アリール基としては、具体的には、置換または無置換のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ペンタレン環、インデン環、アズレン環、ヘプタレン環、インダセン環、ペリレン環、ペンタセン環、アセナフチレン環、フェナントレン環、アントラセン環、ナフタセン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、フルオレン環、ビフェニル環、ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、インドリジン環、インドール環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、イソベンゾフラン環、キノリジン環、キノリン環、フタラジン環、ナフチリジン環、キノキサリン環、キノキサゾリン環、イソキノリン環、カルバゾール環、フェナントリジン環、アクリジン環、フェナントロリン環、チアントレン環、クロメン環、キサンテン環、フェノキサチイン環、フェノチアジン環、およびフェナジン環が挙げられる。ベンゼン環が最も好ましい。
From the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group preferably includes a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, or an aryl group, and more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group.
The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of the linear or branched alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, a tetradecyl group, Examples include octadecyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, 1-ethylpentyl, and 2-ethylhexyl. The cyclic alkyl group may be a monocyclic cyclic alkyl group or a polycyclic cyclic alkyl group. Examples of the monocyclic alkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Examples of the polycyclic alkyl group include an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, a bornyl group, a camphenyl group, a decahydronaphthyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a camphoroyl group, a dicyclohexyl group, and a pinenyl group. Groups. Among these, a cyclohexyl group is most preferable from the viewpoint of achieving high sensitivity. Moreover, as an alkyl group substituted by the aryl group, the linear alkyl group substituted by the aryl group mentioned later is preferable.
Specific examples of the aryl group include a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, heptalene ring, indacene ring, perylene ring, pentacene ring, acenaphthylene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring. Naphthacene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, fluorene ring, biphenyl ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, indolizine ring, Indole ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinolidine ring, quinoline ring, phthalazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinoxazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, phenanthridine ring, acridine ring Phenanthroline ring, thianthrene ring, chromene ring, xanthene ring, phenoxathiin ring, a phenothiazine ring, and a phenazine ring. A benzene ring is most preferred.
 式(2)において、R113が水素原子である場合、または、R114が水素原子である場合、ポリイミド前駆体は、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する3級アミン化合物と対塩を形成していてもよい。このようなエチレン性不飽和結合を有する3級アミン化合物の例としては、N,N-ジメチルアミノプロピルメタクリレートが挙げられる。 In the formula (2), when R 113 is a hydrogen atom, or when R 114 is a hydrogen atom, the polyimide precursor forms a counter salt with a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Also good. Examples of such tertiary amine compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include N, N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.
 また、アルカリ現像の場合、解像性を向上させる点から、ポリイミド前駆体は、構造単位中にフッ素原子を有することが好ましい。フッ素原子により、アルカリ現像の際に膜の表面に撥水性が付与され、表面からのしみこみなどを抑えることができる。ポリイミド前駆体中のフッ素原子含有量は10質量%以上が好ましく、また、アルカリ水溶液に対する溶解性の点から20質量%以下が好ましい。 In the case of alkali development, the polyimide precursor preferably has a fluorine atom in the structural unit from the viewpoint of improving resolution. The fluorine atom imparts water repellency to the surface of the film during alkali development, and soaking in from the surface can be suppressed. The fluorine atom content in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10% by mass or more, and preferably 20% by mass or less from the viewpoint of solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution.
 また、基板との密着性を向上させる目的で、シロキサン構造を有する脂肪族基を共重合してもよい。具体的には、ジアミン成分として、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、ビス(p-アミノフェニル)オクタメチルペンタシロキサンなどが挙げられる。 Further, an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure may be copolymerized for the purpose of improving the adhesion to the substrate. Specifically, examples of the diamine component include bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane and bis (p-aminophenyl) octamethylpentasiloxane.
 また、保存安定性をより向上させるため、ポリイミド前駆体は主鎖末端をモノアミン、酸無水物、モノカルボン酸、モノ酸クロリド化合物、モノ活性エステル化合物などの末端封止剤で封止することが好ましい。これらのうち、モノアミンを用いることがより好ましい。モノアミンとしては、アニリン、2-エチニルアニリン、3-エチニルアニリン、4-エチニルアニリン、5-アミノ-8-ヒドロキシキノリン、1-ヒドロキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、1-ヒドロキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、1-ヒドロキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、1-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノナフタレン、2-ヒドロキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、2-ヒドロキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、2-ヒドロキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、1-カルボキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、1-カルボキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、1-カルボキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、2-カルボキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、2-カルボキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、2-カルボキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、2-アミノ安息香酸、3-アミノ安息香酸、4-アミノ安息香酸、4-アミノサリチル酸、5-アミノサリチル酸、6-アミノサリチル酸、2-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、3-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、4-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、3-アミノ-4,6-ジヒドロキシピリミジン、2-アミノフェノール、3-アミノフェノール、4-アミノフェノール、2-アミノチオフェノール、3-アミノチオフェノール、4-アミノチオフェノールなどが挙げられる。これらを2種以上用いてもよく、複数の末端封止剤を反応させることにより、複数の異なる末端基を導入してもよい。 Further, in order to further improve the storage stability, the polyimide precursor may be sealed with a terminal blocking agent such as a monoamine, an acid anhydride, a monocarboxylic acid, a monoacid chloride compound, or a monoactive ester compound. preferable. Of these, it is more preferable to use a monoamine. Monoamines include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1- Hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-amino Naphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-amino Benzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, -Aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxy Examples include pyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, and 4-aminothiophenol. Two or more of these may be used, and a plurality of different terminal groups may be introduced by reacting a plurality of terminal blocking agents.
 式(2)で表される繰り返し単位は、式(1-1)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。すなわち、本発明で用いる複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の少なくとも1種が、式(1-1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する前駆体であることが好ましい。このような構造とすることにより、露光ラチチュードの幅をより広げることが可能になる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式(1-1)中、AおよびAは、酸素原子を表し、R111およびR112は、それぞれ独立に、2価の有機基を表し、R113およびR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、R113およびR114の少なくとも一方は、重合性基である。
The repeating unit represented by the formula (2) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1). That is, it is preferable that at least one of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursors used in the present invention is a precursor having a repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1). By adopting such a structure, it becomes possible to further widen the width of the exposure latitude.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
In formula (1-1), A 1 and A 2 each represent an oxygen atom, R 111 and R 112 each independently represent a divalent organic group, and R 113 and R 114 each independently represent It represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 113 and R 114 is a polymerizable group.
 A、A、R111、R113およびR114は、それぞれ独立に、式(2)におけるA、A、R111、R113およびR114と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
112は、式(5)におけるR112と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
A 1, A 2, R 111 , R 113 and R 114 are each independently the same meaning as A 1, A 2, R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in formula (2), and preferred ranges are also the same .
R 112 has the same meaning as R 112 in formula (5), and the preferred range is also the same.
 ポリイミド前駆体は、式(2)で表される繰り返し構造単位が1種であってもよいが、2種以上であってもよい。また、式(2)で表される繰り返し単位の構造異性体を含んでいてもよい。また、ポリイミド前駆体は、上記の式(2)の繰り返し単位のほかに、他の種類の繰り返し構造単位も含んでよいことはいうまでもない。 The polyimide precursor may be one type of repeating structural unit represented by the formula (2), but may be two or more types. Moreover, the structural isomer of the repeating unit represented by Formula (2) may be included. Needless to say, the polyimide precursor may contain other types of repeating structural units in addition to the repeating unit of the above formula (2).
 本発明におけるポリイミド前駆体の一実施形態として、全繰り返し単位の50モル%以上、さらには70モル%以上、特には90モル%以上が式(2)で表される繰り返し単位であるポリイミド前駆体が例示される。 As one embodiment of the polyimide precursor in the present invention, a polyimide precursor in which 50 mol% or more, further 70 mol% or more, particularly 90 mol% or more of all repeating units is a repeating unit represented by the formula (2). Is exemplified.
 ポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは18,000~30,000であり、より好ましくは20,000~30,000であり、さらに好ましくは22,000~28,000である。また、数平均分子量(Mn)は、好ましくは5,000~14,000であり、より好ましくは6,000~10,000である。
 上記ポリイミド前駆体の分散度は、1.0~10.0が好ましく、1.1~5.0がより好ましく、1.2~4.0であることがさらに好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 18,000 to 30,000, more preferably 20,000 to 30,000, and further preferably 22,000 to 28,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 5,000 to 14,000, and more preferably 6,000 to 10,000.
The degree of dispersion of the polyimide precursor is preferably 1.0 to 10.0, more preferably 1.1 to 5.0, and still more preferably 1.2 to 4.0.
<<<ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体>>>
 本発明で用いるポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体は、重合性基を有し、ポリベンゾオキサゾール化可能な化合物であれば、その構造等、特に限定はないが、下記式(3)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
<<< Polybenzoxazole precursor >>>
The polybenzoxazole precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it has a polymerizable group and can be converted into polybenzoxazole, but is not particularly limited, but is a compound represented by the following formula (3). Preferably there is.
式(3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式(3)中、R121は、2価の有機基を表し、R122は、4価の有機基を表し、R123およびR124は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、R123およびR124の少なくとも一方は重合性基である。
Formula (3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
In Formula (3), R 121 represents a divalent organic group, R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 123 and R 124 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. And at least one of R 123 and R 124 is a polymerizable group.
 R121は、2価の有機基を表す。2価の有機基としては、脂肪族基またはアリール基が挙げられる。
 2価のアリール基の例としては、下記が挙げられる。
R 121 represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include an aliphatic group and an aryl group.
The following are mentioned as an example of a bivalent aryl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式中、Aは-CH-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-CO-、-NHCO-、-C(CF-、および、-C(CH-からなる群から選択される2価の基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
In the formula, A represents —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —NHCO—, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, and —C (CH 3 ) 2 —. Represents a divalent group selected from the group consisting of
 2価の脂肪族基としては、直鎖状の脂肪族基であることが低温での環化を促進する点で好ましい。直鎖状の脂肪族基の炭素数は、2~30であることが好ましく、2~25であることがより好ましく、3~20であることがさらに好ましく、4~15であることが一層好ましく、5~10であることがより一層好ましい。直鎖状の脂肪族基はアルキレン基であることが好ましい。直鎖状の脂肪族基を含むジカルボン酸類として、例えば、マロン酸、ジメチルマロン酸、エチルマロン酸、イソプロピルマロン酸、ジ-n-ブチルマロン酸、スクシン酸、テトラフルオロスクシン酸、メチルスクシン酸、2,2-ジメチルスクシン酸、2,3-ジメチルスクシン酸、グルタル酸、ヘキサフルオログルタル酸、2-メチルグルタル酸、3-メチルグルタル酸、2,2-ジメチルグルタル酸、3,3-ジメチルグルタル酸、3-エチル-3-メチルグルタル酸、アジピン酸、オクタフルオロアジピン酸、3-メチルアジピン酸、ピメリン酸、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピメリン酸、スベリン酸、ドデカフルオロスベリン酸、アゼライン酸、セバシン酸、ヘキサデカフルオロセバシン酸、1,9-ノナン二酸、ドデカン二酸、トリデカン二酸、テトラデカン二酸、ペンタデカン二酸、ヘキサデカン二酸、ヘプタデカン二酸、オクタデカン二酸、ノナデカン二酸、エイコサン二酸、ヘンエイコサン二酸、ドコサン二酸、トリコサン二酸、テトラコサン二酸、ペンタコサン二酸、ヘキサコサン二酸、ヘプタコサン二酸、オクタコサン二酸、ノナコサン二酸、トリアコンタン二酸、ヘントリアコンタン二酸、ドトリアコンタン二酸、ジグリコール酸、さらに下記式で表されるジカルボン酸等が挙げられる。 As the divalent aliphatic group, a linear aliphatic group is preferable from the viewpoint of promoting cyclization at a low temperature. The linear aliphatic group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 25 carbon atoms, still more preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 4 to 15 carbon atoms. 5 to 10 is even more preferable. The linear aliphatic group is preferably an alkylene group. Examples of dicarboxylic acids containing a linear aliphatic group include malonic acid, dimethylmalonic acid, ethylmalonic acid, isopropylmalonic acid, di-n-butylmalonic acid, succinic acid, tetrafluorosuccinic acid, methylsuccinic acid, 2,2-dimethylsuccinic acid, 2,3-dimethylsuccinic acid, glutaric acid, hexafluoroglutaric acid, 2-methylglutaric acid, 3-methylglutaric acid, 2,2-dimethylglutaric acid, 3,3- Dimethyl glutaric acid, 3-ethyl-3-methyl glutaric acid, adipic acid, octafluoroadipic acid, 3-methyl adipic acid, pimelic acid, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpimelic acid, suberic acid, dodecafluoro Suberic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, hexadecafluorosebacic acid, 1,9-nonanedioic acid, dodecanedioic acid, Lidecanedioic acid, tetradecanedioic acid, pentadecanedioic acid, hexadecanedioic acid, heptadecanedioic acid, octadecanedioic acid, nonadecanedioic acid, eicosandioic acid, heneicosanedioic acid, docosanedioic acid, tricosanedioic acid, tetracosanedioic acid, pentacosanedioic acid Acid, hexacosane diacid, heptacosane diacid, octacosane diacid, nonacosane diacid, triacontane diacid, hentriacontane diacid, dotriacontane diacid, diglycolic acid, and dicarboxylic acid represented by the following formula Can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(式中、Zは炭素数1~6の炭化水素基であり、nは1~6の整数である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(In the formula, Z is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and n is an integer of 1 to 6).
 R122は、4価の有機基を表す。4価の有機基としては、上記式(2)におけるR115と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
 また、R122は、下記式(A)で表されるビスアミノフェノール誘導体の残基であることが好ましい。
Ar(NH(OH)   ・・・(A)
 式中、Arはアリール基である。
R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group. The tetravalent organic group has the same meaning as R 115 in the formula (2), and preferred ranges are also the same.
R 122 is preferably a residue of a bisaminophenol derivative represented by the following formula (A).
Ar (NH 2 ) 2 (OH) 2 (A)
In the formula, Ar is an aryl group.
 上記式(A)のビスアミノフェノール誘導体としては、例えば、3,3’-ジアミノ-4,4’-ジヒドロキシビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジヒドロキシビフェニル、3,3’-ジアミノ-4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノ-3-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、ビス(4-アミノ-3-ヒドロキシフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノ-3-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジアミノ-4,4’-ジヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルエーテル、3,3’-ジアミノ-4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルエーテル、1,4-ジアミノ-2,5-ジヒドロキシベンゼン、1,3-ジアミノ-2,4-ジヒドロキシベンゼン、1,3-ジアミノ-4,6-ジヒドロキシベンゼンなどが挙げられる。これらのビスアミノフェノールは単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。 Examples of the bisaminophenol derivative of the above formula (A) include 3,3′-diamino-4,4′-dihydroxybiphenyl, 4,4′-diamino-3,3′-dihydroxybiphenyl, and 3,3′- Diamino-4,4′-dihydroxydiphenylsulfone, 4,4′-diamino-3,3′-dihydroxydiphenylsulfone, bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) methane, 2,2-bis (3-amino- 4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis (4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, bis (4-amino) -3-hydroxyphenyl) methane, 2,2-bis (4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 4,4 -Diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybenzophenone, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxybenzophenone, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diamino-4, Examples thereof include 4′-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 1,4-diamino-2,5-dihydroxybenzene, 1,3-diamino-2,4-dihydroxybenzene, 1,3-diamino-4,6-dihydroxybenzene and the like. These bisaminophenols may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 式(A)で表されるビスアミノフェノール誘導体のうち、下記のアリール基を有するビスアミノフェノール誘導体が好ましい。 Of the bisaminophenol derivatives represented by the formula (A), bisaminophenol derivatives having the following aryl groups are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式中、Xは、-O-、-S-、-C(CF-、-CH-、-SO-、または-NHCO-を表す。また、上記構造において、式(A)の構造中に含まれる-OHと-NHとは互いにオルト位(隣接位)に結合する。
 i線に対して高透明で、且つ低温で硬化可能なポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体を得られる点から、上記式(A)のビスアミノフェノール誘導体は、下記式(A-s)で示されるビスフェノールであることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
In the formula, X 1 represents —O—, —S—, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, —CH 2 —, —SO 2 —, or —NHCO—. In the above structure, —OH and —NH 2 contained in the structure of the formula (A) are bonded to each other at the ortho position (adjacent position).
The bisaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (A) is a bisphenol represented by the following formula (As) because a polybenzoxazole precursor that is highly transparent to i-line and can be cured at a low temperature can be obtained. Preferably there is.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式中、Rは、単結合、または、アルキレン、置換アルキレン、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-CO-、-NHCO-、および下記式(A-sc)の群から選ばれる有機基である。Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基、環状のアルキル基のいずれかであり、同一でも異なっても良い。Rは、水素原子、直鎖状または分岐状のアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基、環状のアルキル基のいずれかであり、同一でも異なっても良い。 In the formula, R 1 is a single bond or selected from the group consisting of alkylene, substituted alkylene, —O—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —NHCO—, and the following formula (A-sc). It is an organic group. R 2 is any one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and a cyclic alkyl group, and may be the same or different. R 3 is any one of a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and a cyclic alkyl group, and may be the same or different.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(式中、*は上記式(A-s)で示されるビスアミノフェノール誘導体のアミノフェノー
ル基の芳香環に結合することを示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(In the formula, * indicates binding to the aromatic ring of the aminophenol group of the bisaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (As)).
 上記式(A-s)中、フェノール性水酸基のオルト位、すなわち、Rにも置換基を有することが、アミド結合のカルボニル炭素と水酸基の距離をより接近させると考えられ、低温で硬化した際に高環化率になる効果が更に高まる点で、特に好ましい。 In the above formula (As), it is considered that the ortho position of the phenolic hydroxyl group, that is, that R 3 also has a substituent is considered to make the distance between the carbonyl carbon of the amide bond and the hydroxyl group closer, and cured at a low temperature. In particular, it is particularly preferable in that the effect of increasing the cyclization rate is further increased.
 また、上記式(A-s)中、Rがアルキル基であり、かつRがアルキル基であることが、i線に対する高透明性と低温で硬化した際に高環化率であるという効果を維持しながら、アルカリ水溶液を現像液に用いる場合に十分な溶解性を持ち、バランスに優れるポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体が得られる点で、特に好ましい。 Further, in the above formula (As), R 2 is an alkyl group and R 3 is an alkyl group, which means that it has high transparency to i-line and a high cyclization rate when cured at low temperature. This is particularly preferable in that a polybenzoxazole precursor having sufficient solubility and excellent balance can be obtained when an alkaline aqueous solution is used as a developer while maintaining the effect.
 また、上記式(A-s)中、Rがアルキレンまたは置換アルキレンであることが、好ましい。Rに係るアルキレンおよび置換アルキレンの具体的な例としては、-CH-、-CH(CH)-、-C(CH-、-CH(CHCH)-、-C(CH)(CHCH)-、-C(CHCH)(CHCH)-、-CH(CHCHCH)-、-C(CH)(CHCHCH)-、-CH(CH(CH)-、-C(CH)(CH(CH)-、-CH(CHCHCHCH)-、-C(CH)(CHCHCHCH)-、-CH(CHCH(CH)-、-C(CH)(CHCH(CH)-、-CH(CHCHCHCHCH)-、-C(CH)(CHCHCHCHCH)-、-CH(CHCHCHCHCHCH)-、-C(CH)(CHCHCHCHCHCH)-等が挙げられるが、その中でも-CH-、-CH(CH)-、-C(CH-が、i線に対する高透明性と低温で硬化した際の高環化率であるという効果を維持しながら、アルカリ水溶液だけでなく溶媒に対しても十分な溶解性を持つ、バランスに優れるポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体を得ることができる点で、より好ましい。 In the formula (As), R 1 is preferably alkylene or substituted alkylene. Specific examples of alkylene and substituted alkylene according to R 1 include —CH 2 —, —CH (CH 3 ) —, —C (CH 3 ) 2 —, —CH (CH 2 CH 3 ) —, —C (CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 3 )-, -C (CH 2 CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 3 )-, -CH (CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 )-, -C (CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) —, —CH (CH (CH 3 ) 2 ) —, —C (CH 3 ) (CH (CH 3 ) 2 ) —, —CH (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) —, —C (CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 )-, -CH (CH 2 CH (CH 3 ) 2 )-, -C (CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH (CH 3 ) 2 )-, -CH (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3) -, - C (CH 3) (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 C 2 CH 3) -, - CH (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3) -, - C (CH 3) (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3) - but the like Among them, —CH 2 —, —CH (CH 3 ) —, —C (CH 3 ) 2 — maintain the effect of high transparency to i-line and high cyclization rate when cured at low temperature. However, it is more preferable in that a polybenzoxazole precursor excellent in balance having sufficient solubility in not only an aqueous alkali solution but also a solvent can be obtained.
 上記式(A-s)で示されるビスアミノフェノール誘導体の製造方法としては、例えば、特開2013-256506号公報の段落番号0085~0094および実施例1(段落番号0189~0190)を参考にすることができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As a method for producing the bisaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (As), for example, refer to paragraph numbers 0085 to 0094 and Example 1 (paragraph numbers 0189 to 0190) of JP2013-256506A. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
 上記式(A-s)で示されるビスアミノフェノール誘導体の構造の具体例としては、特開2013-256506号公報の段落番号0070~0080に記載のものが挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。もちろん、これらに限定されるものではないことは言うまでもない。 Specific examples of the structure of the bisaminophenol derivative represented by the formula (As) include those described in JP-A-2013-256506, paragraphs 0070 to 0080, and the contents thereof are described in the present specification. Incorporated into. Of course, it is needless to say that the present invention is not limited to these.
 中でも、下記に示すものが上記式(A-s)で示されるビスアミノフェノール誘導体として好ましい。 Among these, those shown below are preferable as the bisaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (As).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 R123およびR124は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、R123およびR124の少なくとも一方は重合性基である。重合性基としては、上述した重合性基と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。本発明では、R123およびR124の少なくとも一方は重合性基であるが、R123およびR124の両方が重合性基であることが好ましい。R123またはR124が1価の有機基を表す場合については、式(2)におけるR113およびR114と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 R 123 and R 124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 123 and R 124 is a polymerizable group. As a polymeric group, it is synonymous with the polymeric group mentioned above, and its preferable range is also the same. In the present invention, at least one of R 123 and R 124 is a polymerizable group, it is preferred that both R 123 and R 124 is a polymerizable group. When R 123 or R 124 represents a monovalent organic group, it has the same meaning as R 113 and R 114 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same.
 ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体は、上記の式(3)の繰り返し単位のほかに、他の種類の繰り返し構造単位も含んでもよい。
 閉環に伴う反りの発生を抑制できる点で、下記式(SL)で表されるジアミン残基を他の種類の繰り返し構造単位として含むことが好ましい。
The polybenzoxazole precursor may contain other types of repeating structural units in addition to the repeating unit of the above formula (3).
It is preferable that the diamine residue represented by the following formula (SL) is included as another type of repeating structural unit in that the occurrence of warpage accompanying ring closure can be suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 式(SL)中、Zは、a構造とb構造とを有し、R1sは水素原子または炭素数1~10の炭化水素基であり、R2sは炭素数1~10の炭化水素基であり、R3s、R4s、R5s、R6sのうち少なくとも1つはアリール基で、残りは水素原子または炭素数1~30の有機基で、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。a構造およびb構造の重合は、ブロック重合でもランダム重合でもよい。Z部分のモル%は、a構造は5~95モル%、b構造は95~5モル%であり、a+bは100モル%である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
In the formula (SL), Z has an a structure and a b structure, R 1s is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 2s is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Yes , at least one of R 3s , R 4s , R 5s and R 6s is an aryl group, and the remainder is a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, which may be the same or different. The polymerization of the a structure and the b structure may be block polymerization or random polymerization. The mol% of the Z moiety is 5 to 95 mol% for the a structure, 95 to 5 mol% for the b structure, and a + b is 100 mol%.
 式(SL)において、好ましいZとしては、b構造中のR5sおよびR6sがフェニル基であるものが挙げられる。また、式(SL)で示される構造の分子量は、400~4,000であることが好ましく、500~3,000がより好ましい。分子量は、一般的に用いられるゲル浸透クロマトグラフィによって求めることができる。上記分子量を上記範囲とすることで、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の脱水閉環後の弾性率を下げ、反りを抑制できる効果と溶解性を向上させる効果とを両立することができる。 In the formula (SL), preferred Z includes those in which R 5s and R 6s in the b structure are phenyl groups. The molecular weight of the structure represented by the formula (SL) is preferably 400 to 4,000, and more preferably 500 to 3,000. The molecular weight can be determined by commonly used gel permeation chromatography. By setting the molecular weight within the above range, it is possible to reduce both the elastic modulus after dehydration and ring closure of the polybenzoxazole precursor and to suppress the warp and to improve the solubility.
 他の種類の繰り返し構造単位として式(SL)で表されるジアミン残基を含む場合、アルカリ可溶性を向上させる点で、さらに、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から二無水物基の除去後に残存するテトラカルボン酸残基を繰り返し構造単位として含むことが好ましい。このようなテトラカルボン酸残基の例としては、式(2)中のR115の例が挙げられる。 When the diamine residue represented by the formula (SL) is included as another type of repeating structural unit, the remaining tetra after the dianhydride group is removed from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride in terms of improving alkali solubility. It is preferable to include a carboxylic acid residue as a repeating structural unit. Examples of such tetracarboxylic acid residue, and examples of R 115 in formula (2).
 また、組成物の保存安定性を向上させるため、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の末端のアミノ基を、アルケニル基またはアルキニル基を少なくとも1つ有する脂肪族基または環状の基を含む酸無水物を用いて、アミドにしてキャップすることが好ましい。 In order to improve the storage stability of the composition, an acid anhydride containing an aliphatic group or a cyclic group having at least one alkenyl group or alkynyl group as the terminal amino group of the polybenzoxazole precursor is used. The amide is preferably capped.
 このような、アミノ基と反応した後のアルケニル基またはアルキニル基を少なくとも1つ有する環状の脂肪族基または環状の基を含む酸無水物に起因する基としては、すなわち、末端封止基は、例えば、下記で示される基を挙げることができる。これらは単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上組み合わせて用いても良い。 As such a group derived from an acid anhydride containing a cyclic aliphatic group or cyclic group having at least one alkenyl group or alkynyl group after reacting with an amino group, that is, the end-capping group is: For example, the group shown below can be mentioned. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 特に下記で示される基が保存性向上できる点で好ましい。 In particular, the groups shown below are preferable because they can improve storage stability.
 ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体は、例えば、式(A)で表されるビスアミノフェノール誘導体と、R121を含むジカルボン酸、ならびに、上記ジカルボン酸の、ジカルボン酸ジクロライドおよびジカルボン酸誘導体等から選ばれる化合物とを反応させて得ることができる。
 なお、ジカルボン酸を用いる場合には反応収率等を高めるため、1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール等を予め反応させた活性エステル型のジカルボン酸誘導体を用いてもよい。
The polybenzoxazole precursor includes, for example, a bisaminophenol derivative represented by the formula (A), a dicarboxylic acid containing R121 , and a compound selected from dicarboxylic acid dichloride and dicarboxylic acid derivative of the above dicarboxylic acid Can be obtained by reacting.
When dicarboxylic acid is used, an active ester type dicarboxylic acid derivative obtained by reacting 1-hydroxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole or the like in advance may be used in order to increase the reaction yield or the like.
 ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、例えば、後述する組成物に用いる場合、好ましくは18,000~50,000であり、より好ましくは25,000~45,000であり、さらに好ましくは30,000~40,000である。また、数平均分子量(Mn)は、好ましくは7,200~14,000であり、より好ましくは8,000~12,000であり、さらに好ましくは9,000~11,000である。
 上記ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の分散度は、1.0~10.0が好ましく、1.1~5.0がより好ましく、1.2~4.0であることがさらに好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole precursor is, for example, preferably 18,000 to 50,000, more preferably 25,000 to 45,000 when used in the composition described below. It is preferably 30,000 to 40,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 7,200 to 14,000, more preferably 8,000 to 12,000, and further preferably 9,000 to 11,000.
The degree of dispersion of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 1.0 to 10.0, more preferably 1.1 to 5.0, and still more preferably 1.2 to 4.0.
 本発明の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法において、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体を1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上用いてもよい。また、ポリイミド前駆体とポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の両方を用いてもよいが、1種または2種以上のポリイミド前駆体のみを用いる態様、および、1種または2種以上のポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体のみを用いる態様がより好ましい。 In the method for producing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention, only one heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor may be used, or two or more heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor materials may be used. Moreover, although you may use both a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, the aspect using only 1 type, or 2 or more types of polyimide precursors, and 1 type, or 2 or more types of polybenzoxazole precursors only An embodiment using is more preferable.
<<重合禁止剤>>
 本発明の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法において、配合する重合禁止剤は、その種類等を特に定めるものではなく、公知のものを用いることができる。
 重合禁止剤としては、フェノール性水酸基を有するものが好ましい。具体的には、重合禁止剤としては、例えば、ヒドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4′-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2′-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシアミンアルミニウム塩が好適に挙げられ、ヒドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ベンゾキノン、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールが好ましく、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールがさらに好ましい。
 上記配合する重合禁止剤の量は、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の0.001~10質量%であることが好ましい。配合する重合禁止剤の量の下限値は、0.1質量%以上がより好ましく、0.2質量%以上とすることもできる。配合する重合禁止剤の量の上限値は、9質量%以下がより好ましく、7質量%以下であってもよく、5質量%以下とすることもできる。特に、本発明では、1.0質量%以下、さらには、0.7質量%以下、特には、0.4質量%以下としても、重合禁止剤を、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料に均一に取り込ませることができる点で好ましい。
 重合禁止剤は、1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上であってもよい。2種以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
 ここで、重合禁止剤の量を、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の10質量%以下とすることにより、感度がより向上する傾向にあり、0.001質量%以上とすることにより、得られる複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の保存安定性がより向上する傾向にある。
<< Polymerization inhibitor >>
In the method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention, the type of polymerization inhibitor to be blended is not particularly limited, and a known one can be used.
As the polymerization inhibitor, those having a phenolic hydroxyl group are preferred. Specifically, examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis ( (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), and N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt are preferred. Hydroquinone, p- Methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, benzoquinone and 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol are preferred, and 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol is more preferred.
The amount of the polymerization inhibitor to be blended is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor. The lower limit of the amount of the polymerization inhibitor to be blended is more preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and can also be 0.2% by mass or more. 9 mass% or less is more preferable, the upper limit of the quantity of the polymerization inhibitor to mix | blend may be 7 mass% or less, and can also be 5 mass% or less. In particular, in the present invention, the polymerization inhibitor is uniformly applied to the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material even when the content is 1.0% by mass or less, further 0.7% by mass or less, and particularly 0.4% by mass or less. It is preferable in that it can be incorporated.
Only one polymerization inhibitor may be included, or two or more polymerization inhibitors may be included. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
Here, when the amount of the polymerization inhibitor is 10% by mass or less of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor, the sensitivity tends to be further improved, and when the amount is 0.001% by mass or more, the resulting heterocyclic ring is obtained. The storage stability of the containing polymer precursor tends to be further improved.
 本発明では、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体とテトラヒドロフランとを含む組成物に、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールを含む重合禁止剤を、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の0.1~5質量%の割合で配合すること、または、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体を含む組成物に、テトラヒドロフランと、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の0.1~5質量%の割合の2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールを含む重合禁止剤とを配合すること、および、上記重合禁止剤を配合した組成物に、水を配合して、上記水中に、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と上記2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールとを析出させることを含み、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体は、重合性基を有するポリイミド前駆体および重合性基を有するポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択される、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法であることが、特に好ましい。 In the present invention, a polymerization inhibitor containing 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol is added to the composition containing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and tetrahydrofuran, and 0.1 to 0.5% of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor. Mixing in a proportion of 5% by mass, or in a composition containing a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor, tetrahydrofuran and 2,6-di-ethylene in a proportion of 0.1 to 5% by mass of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor blending a polymerization inhibitor containing tert-butyl-p-cresol, and blending water into the composition blended with the polymerization inhibitor, into the water, the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor and the above. Precipitation of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, wherein the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor includes a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polymer having a polymerizable group. Is selected from Zookisazoru precursors, it is a manufacturing method of a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor materials are particularly preferred.
<複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料>
 本発明では、また、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法等により得られた複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料を開示する。
 本発明の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の第一の実施形態は、重合性基を有するポリイミド前駆体および重合性基を有するポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択される、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料であって、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料を4分割した複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料における重合禁止剤の質量と、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料全体における重合禁止剤の質量との変化率が、それぞれ、±10%以下である複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料である。
 本発明の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の第二の実施形態は、重合性基を有するポリイミド前駆体および重合性基を有するポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択される、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料であって、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の任意の4か所から1gずつ採取したサンプルにおける重合禁止剤の質量と、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料全体における重合禁止剤の質量との変化率が、それぞれ、±10%以下である複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料である。
 本発明の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の第三の実施形態は、本発明の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法により得られた複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の任意の4か所から1gずつ採取したサンプルにおける重合禁止剤の質量と、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料全体における重合禁止剤の質量との変化率が、それぞれ、±10%以下である複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料である。 
 上記第一~第三の実施形態において、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料全体における重合禁止剤の質量との変化率は、それぞれ、8%以下が好ましく、±6%以下がより好ましく、±4%以下がさらに好ましい。
 本発明ではさらに、上記第一~第三の実施形態において、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料は、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の0.001~10質量%の割合で重合禁止剤を含むことが好ましい。
 複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料中の重合禁止剤の量の下限値は、0.1質量%以上がより好ましく、0.2質量%以上とすることもできる。複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料中の重合禁止剤の量の上限値は、9質量%以下がより好ましく、7質量%以下であってもよく、5質量%以下とすることもでき、さらには、1.0質量%以下、特には、0.7質量%以下、より特には、0.4質量%以下とすることができる。
 本発明の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料は、乾燥した固体の状態であってもよいし、第2の溶媒等の溶媒を含んでいてもよい。好ましい実施形態として、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の95質量%以上が複素環含有ポリマー前駆体であるものが例示される。
<Heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material>
The present invention also discloses a heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material obtained by a method for producing the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material.
A first embodiment of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention is a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group. The rate of change between the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material obtained by dividing the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material into four parts and the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the entire heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material is Are heterocycle-containing polymer precursor materials that are each ± 10% or less.
A second embodiment of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention is a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group. The rate of change between the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the sample collected from 1 g each of the four heterocycle-containing polymer precursor materials and the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the entire heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material. Are heterocycle-containing polymer precursor materials that are each ± 10% or less.
The third embodiment of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention is obtained by adding 1 g from any four positions of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material obtained by the method for producing the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention. The rate of change between the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in each sample collected and the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the entire heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material is ± 10% or less, respectively. .
In the first to third embodiments, the rate of change from the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the entire heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material is preferably 8% or less, more preferably ± 6% or less, and ± 4 % Or less is more preferable.
In the present invention, in the first to third embodiments, the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material further contains a polymerization inhibitor in a proportion of 0.001 to 10% by mass of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material. Is preferred.
The lower limit of the amount of the polymerization inhibitor in the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material is more preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and can also be 0.2% by mass or more. The upper limit of the amount of the polymerization inhibitor in the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material is more preferably 9% by mass or less, may be 7% by mass or less, may be 5% by mass or less, The amount may be 1.0% by mass or less, particularly 0.7% by mass or less, and more particularly 0.4% by mass or less.
The heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention may be in a dry solid state or may contain a solvent such as a second solvent. As a preferred embodiment, 95% by mass or more of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material is exemplified by a heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor.
<組成物>
 本発明の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料を含む組成物は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料を含んでいれば、他の成分は特に定めるものではないが、用途等に応じて、適宜、他の成分を配合することができる。本発明の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料を含む組成物は、感光性樹脂組成物であることが好ましい。
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料と光重合開始剤を含む。本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物として好ましく用いられる。ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、重合性化合物を含んでいてもよい。重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物を含むことが好ましい。さらに、熱重合開始剤、腐食防止剤、熱塩基発生剤、重合禁止剤等を含んでいてもよい。
 本発明における感光性樹脂組成物は、また、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物であってもよい。特に、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物の場合、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料がポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体を含むことが好ましい。ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合も、重合性化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 本発明で用いる感光性樹脂組成物は、さらに、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲で、閉環構造のポリイミドやポリベンゾオキサゾール等を含んでいてもよい。
<Composition>
As long as the composition containing the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention contains the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material, the other components are not particularly defined. Ingredients can be blended. The composition containing the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material of the present invention is preferably a photosensitive resin composition.
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material and a photopolymerization initiator. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably used as a negative photosensitive resin composition. When used as a negative photosensitive resin composition, a polymerizable compound may be included. The polymerizable compound preferably includes a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Furthermore, a thermal polymerization initiator, a corrosion inhibitor, a thermal base generator, a polymerization inhibitor, and the like may be included.
The photosensitive resin composition in the present invention may be a positive photosensitive resin composition. In particular, in the case of a positive photosensitive resin composition, it is preferable that the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material contains a polybenzoxazole precursor. When used as a positive photosensitive resin composition, it may contain a polymerizable compound.
The photosensitive resin composition used in the present invention may further contain a ring-closed structure polyimide, polybenzoxazole, or the like without departing from the spirit of the present invention.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物における、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、20~100質量%であることが好ましく、50~99質量%であることがより好ましく、70~98質量%であることがさらに好ましく、80~95質量%であることが特に好ましい。
 以下、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物が含み得る成分について説明する。本発明はこれら以外の成分を含んでいてもよく、また、これらの成分を必須とするわけではないことは言うまでもない。
The content of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, and preferably 50 to 99% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. More preferred is 70 to 98% by mass, and particularly preferred is 80 to 95% by mass.
Hereinafter, the component which the photosensitive resin composition of this invention may contain is demonstrated. It goes without saying that the present invention may contain components other than these, and these components are not essential.
<<光重合開始剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、光重合開始剤を含有しても良い。特に、感光性樹脂組成物が光ラジカル重合開始剤を含むことにより、感光性樹脂組成物を半導体ウエハなどに適用して感光性樹脂組成物層を形成した後、光を照射することで、ラジカルによって硬化が起こり、光照射部における溶解性を低下させることができる。このため、例えば、電極部のみをマスクしたパターンを持つフォトマスクを介して上記感光性樹脂組成物層を露光することで、電極のパターンにしたがって、溶解性の異なる領域を簡便に作製できるという利点がある。
<< photopolymerization initiator >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a photopolymerization initiator. In particular, when the photosensitive resin composition contains a photo radical polymerization initiator, the photosensitive resin composition is applied to a semiconductor wafer or the like to form a photosensitive resin composition layer, and then irradiated with light to generate radicals. Curing takes place and the solubility in the light irradiation part can be reduced. For this reason, for example, by exposing the photosensitive resin composition layer through a photomask having a pattern in which only the electrode portion is masked, it is possible to easily produce regions having different solubility according to the electrode pattern. There is.
 光重合開始剤としては、重合性化合物の重合反応(架橋反応)を開始する能力を有する限り、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有するものが好ましい。また、光励起された増感剤と何らかの作用を生じ、活性ラジカルを生成する活性剤であってもよい。
 光重合開始剤としては、約300~800nm(好ましくは330~500nm)の範囲内に少なくとも約50のモル吸光係数を有する化合物を、少なくとも1種含有していることが好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、紫外可視分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。
The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate a polymerization reaction (crosslinking reaction) of the polymerizable compound, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, those having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region are preferable. Further, it may be an activator that generates some active radicals by generating some action with the photoexcited sensitizer.
The photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar extinction coefficient of at least about 50 within a range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar extinction coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g / L.
 光重合開始剤としては、公知の化合物を制限なく使用できるが、例えば、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有するもの、オキサジアゾール骨格を有するもの、トリハロメチル基を有するものなど)、アシルホスフィンオキサイド等のアシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム誘導体等のオキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、ケトオキシムエーテル、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン、アゾ系化合物、アジド化合物、メタロセン化合物、有機ホウ素化合物、鉄アレーン錯体などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, known compounds can be used without limitation. For example, halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, those having a triazine skeleton, those having an oxadiazole skeleton, those having a trihalomethyl group), Acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, oxime compounds such as hexaarylbiimidazole and oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenones, azo series Examples thereof include compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organoboron compounds, iron arene complexes, and the like.
 トリアジン骨格を有するハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体としては、例えば、若林ら著、Bull.Chem.Soc.Japan,42、2924(1969)に記載の化合物、英国特許1388492号明細書に記載の化合物、特開昭53-133428号公報に記載の化合物、独国特許3337024号明細書に記載の化合物、F.C.SchaeferなどによるJ.Org.Chem.;29、1527(1964)に記載の化合物、特開昭62-58241号公報に記載の化合物、特開平5-281728号公報に記載の化合物、特開平5-34920号公報に記載の化合物、米国特許第4212976号明細書に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 Examples of halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives having a triazine skeleton include those described in Wakabayashi et al., Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan, 42, 2924 (1969), a compound described in GB 1388492, a compound described in JP-A-53-133428, a compound described in DE 3337024, F . C. J. Schaefer et al. Org. Chem. 29, 1527 (1964), compounds described in JP-A-62-258241, compounds described in JP-A-5-281728, compounds described in JP-A-5-34920, Examples include the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 4221976.
 米国特許第4212976号明細書に記載されている化合物としては、例えば、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物(例えば、2-トリクロロメチル-5-フェニル-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(4-クロロフェニル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(1-ナフチル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(2-ナフチル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリブロモメチル-5-フェニル-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリブロモメチル-5-(2-ナフチル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-スチリル-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(4-クロルスチリル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(4-メトキシスチリル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(4-n-ブトキシスチリル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリブロモメチル-5-スチリル-1,3,4-オキサジアゾールなど)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the compounds described in US Pat. No. 4,221,976 include compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton (for example, 2-trichloromethyl-5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloro Methyl-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5- (1-naphthyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5 (2-naphthyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-tribromomethyl-5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-tribromomethyl-5- (2-naphthyl)- 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-styryl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5- (4-chlorostyryl) 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5- (4-methoxystyryl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5- (4-n-butoxystyryl)- 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-tribromomethyl-5-styryl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, etc.).
 また、上記以外の光重合開始剤として、特開2015-087611号公報の段落番号0086に記載の化合物、特開昭53-133428号公報、特公昭57-1819号公報、同57-6096号公報、および米国特許第3615455号明細書に記載された化合物などが例示され、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Further, as photopolymerization initiators other than those described above, compounds described in paragraph No. 0086 of JP-A-2015-087611, JP-A-53-133428, JP-B-57-1819, JP-A-57-6096 And the compounds described in US Pat. No. 3,615,455, and the like, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 ケトン化合物としては、例えば、特開2015-087611号公報の段落番号0087に記載の化合物が例示され、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 市販品では、カヤキュアーDETX(日本化薬製)も好適に用いられる。
Examples of the ketone compound include compounds described in paragraph No. 0087 of JP-A-2015-087611, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
Kayacure DETX (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku) is also suitably used as a commercial product.
 光重合開始剤としては、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン化合物、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物も好適に用いることができる。より具体的には、例えば、特開平10-291969号公報に記載のアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特許第4225898号公報に記載のアシルホスフィンオキシド系開始剤も用いることができる。
 ヒドロキシアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、IRGACURE-184(IRGACUREは登録商標)、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE-127(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。
 アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、市販品であるIRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369、および、IRGACURE-379(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。
 アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤として、365nmまたは405nm等の光源に吸収波長がマッチングされた、特開2009-191179号公報に記載の化合物も用いることができる。
 アシルホスフィン系開始剤としては、市販品であるIRGACURE-819やDAROCUR-TPO(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。
As the photopolymerization initiator, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds can also be suitably used. More specifically, for example, aminoacetophenone initiators described in JP-A-10-291969 and acylphosphine oxide initiators described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.
As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE-184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE-127 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, compounds described in JP-A-2009-191179 whose absorption wavelength is matched with a light source of 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used.
As the acylphosphine initiator, commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF) can be used.
 光重合開始剤として、より好ましくはオキシム化合物が挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-80068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物を用いることができる。
 好ましいオキシム化合物としては、例えば、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、および2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
More preferred examples of the photopolymerization initiator include oxime compounds. Specific examples of the oxime compound include compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A No. 2000-80068, and compounds described in JP-A No. 2006-342166.
Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutan-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxy And imino-1-phenylpropan-1-one.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 オキシム化合物としては、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)p p.1653-1660、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)pp.156-162、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)、特開2000-66385号、特開2000-80068号、特表2004-534797号、特開2006-342166号の各公報に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。
 市販品ではIRGACURE-OXE01(BASF社製)、IRGACURE-OXE02(BASF社製)、N-1919(ADEKA社製)も好適に用いられる。また、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製)、アデカアークルズNCI-831およびアデカアークルズNCI-930(ADEKA社製)も用いることができる。
Examples of the oxime compounds include JCSPerkin II (1979) p.1653-1660, JCSPerkin II (1979) pp.156-162, Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), JP 2000 -66385, JP-A 2000-80068, JP-T 2004-534797, JP-A 2006-342166, and the like.
As commercially available products, IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF), IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF), and N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA) are also preferably used. Also, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Powerful Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), Adeka Arkles NCI-831 and Adeka Arkles NCI-930 (made by ADEKA) can be used.
 また、カルバゾール環のN位にオキシムが連結した、特表2009-519904号公報に記載の化合物、ベンゾフェノン部位にヘテロ置換基が導入された、米国特許7626957号公報に記載の化合物、色素部位にニトロ基が導入された、特開2010-15025号公報および米国特許公開2009-292039号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開WO2009/131189号公報に記載のケトオキシム化合物、トリアジン骨格とオキシム骨格を同一分子内に含む、米国特許7556910号公報に記載の化合物、405nmに吸収極大を有し、g線光源に対して良好な感度を有する、特開2009-221114号公報に記載の化合物などを用いてもよい。
 また、特開2007-231000号公報、および、特開2007-322744号公報に記載される環状オキシム化合物も好適に用いることができる。環状オキシム化合物の中でも、特に特開2010-32985号公報、特開2010-185072号公報に記載される、カルバゾール色素に縮環した環状オキシム化合物は、高い光吸収性を有し、高感度化の観点から好ましい。
 また、オキシム化合物の特定部位に不飽和結合を有する化合物である、特開2009-242469号公報に記載の化合物も好適に使用することができる。
 さらに、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることも可能である。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載されている化合物、特表2014-500852号公報の段落番号0345に記載されている化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報の段落番号0101に記載されている化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。具体例としては、以下の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 最も好ましいオキシム化合物としては、特開2007-269779号公報に示される特定置換基を有するオキシム化合物や、特開2009-191061号公報に示されるチオアリール基を有するオキシム化合物などが挙げられる。
Further, a compound described in JP-A-2009-519904, in which an oxime is linked to the N-position of the carbazole ring, a compound described in US Pat. A compound described in JP2010-15025A and US Patent Publication No. 2009-292039, a ketoxime compound described in WO2009 / 131189, a triazine skeleton and an oxime skeleton in the same molecule. In addition, a compound described in US Pat. No. 7,556,910, a compound described in JP-A-2009-221114, which has an absorption maximum at 405 nm, and good sensitivity to a g-ray light source may be used.
In addition, the cyclic oxime compounds described in JP-A-2007-231000 and JP-A-2007-322744 can also be suitably used. Among the cyclic oxime compounds, in particular, the cyclic oxime compounds fused to carbazole dyes described in JP2010-32985A and JP2010-185072A have high light absorption and high sensitivity. It is preferable from the viewpoint.
In addition, a compound described in JP-A-2009-242469, which is a compound having an unsaturated bond at a specific site of the oxime compound, can also be suitably used.
Furthermore, it is also possible to use an oxime compound having a fluorine atom. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, compounds 24 and 36 to 40 described in paragraph No. 0345 of JP-T-2014-500852, JP Examples thereof include compound (C-3) described in paragraph No. 0101 of 2013-164471. Specific examples include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
As the most preferred oxime compounds, there are oxime compounds having a specific substituent as disclosed in JP-A-2007-267979, oxime compounds having a thioaryl group as disclosed in JP-A-2009-191061, and the like.
 光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、フォスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物およびその誘導体、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体およびその塩、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、3-アリール置換クマリン化合物からなる群より選択される化合物が好ましい。
 より好ましくは、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、フォスフィンオキサイド化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物であり、さらに好ましくは、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、ベンゾフェノン化合物であり、オキシム化合物を用いるのが最も好ましい。
Photopolymerization initiators are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethylketal compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryls from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity. Selected from the group consisting of imidazole dimers, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes and salts thereof, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds. Compounds are preferred.
More preferred are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium compounds, benzophenone compounds, and acetophenone compounds, and more preferred are trihalomethyltriazine compounds. , Α-aminoketone compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers and benzophenone compounds, and oxime compounds are most preferred.
 感光性樹脂組成物が光重合開始剤を含む場合、光重合開始剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~20質量%であり、さらに好ましくは0.1~10質量%である。
 光重合開始剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。光重合開始剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When the photosensitive resin composition contains a photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. -20% by mass, more preferably 0.1-10% by mass.
Only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more photopolymerization initiators, the total is preferably in the above range.
<<重合性化合物>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、重合性化合物を含有することが好ましい。重合性化合物を含有することにより、より耐熱性に優れた硬化膜を形成することができる。
 重合性化合物は、重合性基を有する化合物であって、ラジカル、酸、塩基などにより架橋反応が可能な公知の化合物を用いることができる。重合性基とは、上記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の所で述べた重合性基などが例示される。
 本発明で用いるエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和基を2個以上含む化合物であることがより好ましい。
 重合性化合物は、例えば、モノマー、プレポリマー、オリゴマーまたはそれらの混合物並びにそれらの多量体などの化学的形態のいずれであってもよい。
<< polymerizable compound >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound. By containing a polymerizable compound, a cured film having more excellent heat resistance can be formed.
The polymerizable compound is a compound having a polymerizable group, and a known compound that can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid, a base, or the like can be used. Examples of the polymerizable group include the polymerizable group described in the above-mentioned heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor.
The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond used in the present invention is more preferably a compound containing two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups.
The polymerizable compound may be in any chemical form such as a monomer, a prepolymer, an oligomer or a mixture thereof, and a multimer thereof.
 本発明において、モノマータイプの重合性化合物(以下、重合性モノマーともいう)は、高分子化合物とは異なる化合物である。重合性モノマーは、典型的には、低分子化合物であり、分子量2,000以下の低分子化合物であることが好ましく、分子量1,500以下の低分子化合物であることがより好ましく、分子量900以下の低分子化合物であることがさらに好ましい。なお、重合性モノマーの分子量は、通常、100以上である。
 また、オリゴマータイプの重合性化合物は、典型的には比較的低い分子量の重合体であり、10個から100個の重合性モノマーが結合した重合体であることが好ましい。分子量としては、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)法によるポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量が、2,000~20,000であることが好ましく、2,000~15,000がより好ましく、2,000~10,000であることが最も好ましい。
In the present invention, a monomer type polymerizable compound (hereinafter also referred to as a polymerizable monomer) is a compound different from a polymer compound. The polymerizable monomer is typically a low molecular compound, preferably a low molecular compound having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less, more preferably a low molecular compound having a molecular weight of 1,500 or less, and a molecular weight of 900 or less. More preferably, it is a low molecular weight compound. The molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is usually 100 or more.
The oligomer type polymerizable compound is typically a polymer having a relatively low molecular weight, and is preferably a polymer in which 10 to 100 polymerizable monomers are bonded. As the molecular weight, the polystyrene-reduced weight average molecular weight by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method is preferably 2,000 to 20,000, more preferably 2,000 to 15,000, and more preferably 2,000 to 2,000. Most preferred is 10,000.
 本発明において、重合性化合物の官能基数は、1分子中の重合性基の数を意味する。
 重合性化合物は、解像性の観点から、重合性基を2個以上含む2官能以上の重合性化合物を少なくとも1種含むことが好ましく、3官能以上の重合性化合物を少なくとも1種含むことがより好ましい。
 また、本発明における重合性化合物は、三次元架橋構造を形成して耐熱性を向上できるという点からも、3官能以上の重合性化合物を少なくとも1種含むことが好ましい。また、2官能以下の重合性化合物と3官能以上の重合性化合物との混合物であってもよい。
In the present invention, the number of functional groups of the polymerizable compound means the number of polymerizable groups in one molecule.
From the viewpoint of resolution, the polymerizable compound preferably contains at least one bifunctional or higher functional polymerizable compound containing two or more polymerizable groups, and preferably contains at least one trifunctional or higher functional polymerizable compound. More preferred.
Moreover, it is preferable that the polymeric compound in this invention contains at least 1 sort (s) of trifunctional or more polymeric compounds also from the point that a three-dimensional crosslinked structure can be formed and heat resistance can be improved. Also, a mixture of a bifunctional or lower polymerizable compound and a trifunctional or higher functional polymerizable compound may be used.
<<<エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物>>>
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基としては、スチリル基、ビニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基および(メタ)アリル基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイル基がより好ましい。
<<< Compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond >>>
As a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a styryl group, a vinyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group and a (meth) allyl group are preferable, and a (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable.
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物の具体例としては、不飽和カルボン酸(例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、マレイン酸など)およびそのエステル類、アミド類、ならびにこれらの多量体が挙げられ、好ましくは、不飽和カルボン酸と多価アルコール化合物とのエステル、および不飽和カルボン酸と多価アミン化合物とのアミド類、ならびにこれらの多量体である。また、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、メルカプト基等の求核性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸のエステルまたはアミド類と、単官能もしくは多官能イソシアネート類またはエポキシ類との付加反応物や、単官能もしくは多官能のカルボン酸との脱水縮合反応物等も好適に使用される。また、イソシアネート基やエポキシ基等の親電子性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸のエステルまたはアミド類と、単官能もしくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との付加反応物、さらに、ハロゲン基やトシルオキシ基等の脱離性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸のエステルまたはアミド類と、単官能もしくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との置換反応物も好適である。また、別の例として、上記の不飽和カルボン酸の代わりに、不飽和ホスホン酸、スチレン等のビニルベンゼン誘導体、ビニルエーテル、アリルエーテル等に置き換えた化合物群を使用することも可能である。 Specific examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) and esters, amides thereof, and these Preferred are an ester of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a polyhydric alcohol compound, an amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a polyvalent amine compound, and a multimer thereof. In addition, an addition reaction product of an ester or amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxy group, an amino group, or a mercapto group, and a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy, A dehydration condensation reaction product with a polyfunctional carboxylic acid is also preferably used. In addition, an addition reaction product of an ester or amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol; A substitution reaction product of an ester or amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid having a leaving substituent such as a group or a tosyloxy group and a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol is also suitable. As another example, it is also possible to use a compound group in which an unsaturated phosphonic acid, a vinylbenzene derivative such as styrene, vinyl ether, allyl ether or the like is used instead of the unsaturated carboxylic acid.
 多価アルコール化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルのモノマーの具体例としては、アクリル酸エステルとして、エチレングリコールジアクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、1,3-ブタンジオールジアクリレート、テトラメチレングリコールジアクリレート、プロピレングリコールジアクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(アクリロイルオキシプロピル)エーテル、トリメチロールエタントリアクリレート、ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、1,4-シクロヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールジアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ソルビトールトリアクリレート、ソルビトールテトラアクリレート、ソルビトールペンタアクリレート、ソルビトールヘキサアクリレート、トリ(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシド変性トリアクリレート、ポリエステルアクリレートオリゴマー等がある。 Specific examples of esters of polyhydric alcohol compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include acrylic acid esters such as ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, and tetramethylene glycol diacrylate. , Propylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (acryloyloxypropyl) ether, trimethylolethane triacrylate, hexanediol diacrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanediol diacrylate, tetra Ethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, Pentaerythritol diacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, sorbitol triacrylate, sorbitol tetraacrylate, sorbitol pentaacrylate, sorbitol hexaacrylate, tri (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide modified triacrylate, polyester acrylate There are oligomers and the like.
 メタクリル酸エステルとしては、テトラメチレングリコールジメタクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジメタクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリメタクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリメタクリレート、エチレングリコールジメタクリレート、1,3-ブタンジオールジメタクリレート、ヘキサンジオールジメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールジメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサメタクリレート、ソルビトールトリメタクリレート、ソルビトールテトラメタクリレート、ビス〔p-(3-メタクリルオキシ-2-ヒドロキシプロポキシ)フェニル〕ジメチルメタン、ビス〔p-(メタクリルオキシエトキシ)フェニル〕ジメチルメタン等がある。 Methacrylic acid esters include tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, trimethylolethane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,3-butanediol dimethacrylate, Hexanediol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol dimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, sorbitol trimethacrylate, sorbitol tetramethacrylate, bis [p- (3-methacryloxy- 2-hydroxyp Epoxy) phenyl] dimethyl methane, there are bis [p- (methacryloxyethoxy) phenyl] dimethyl methane.
 イタコン酸エステルとしては、エチレングリコールジイタコネート、プロピレングリコールジイタコネート、1,3-ブタンジオールジイタコネート、1,4-ブタンジオールジイタコネート、テトラメチレングリコールジイタコネート、ペンタエリスリトールジイタコネート、ソルビトールテトライタコネート等がある。 Itaconic acid esters include ethylene glycol diitaconate, propylene glycol diitaconate, 1,3-butanediol diitaconate, 1,4-butanediol diitaconate, tetramethylene glycol diitaconate, pentaerythritol diitaconate And sorbitol tetritaconate.
 クロトン酸エステルとしては、エチレングリコールジクロトネート、テトラメチレングリコールジクロトネート、ペンタエリスリトールジクロトネート、ソルビトールテトラジクロトネート等がある。 Examples of crotonic acid esters include ethylene glycol dicrotonate, tetramethylene glycol dicrotonate, pentaerythritol dicrotonate, and sorbitol tetradicrotonate.
 イソクロトン酸エステルとしては、エチレングリコールジイソクロトネート、ペンタエリスリトールジイソクロトネート、ソルビトールテトライソクロトネート等がある。 Examples of isocrotonic acid esters include ethylene glycol diisocrotonate, pentaerythritol diisocrotonate, and sorbitol tetraisocrotonate.
 マレイン酸エステルとしては、エチレングリコールジマレート、トリエチレングリコールジマレート、ペンタエリスリトールジマレート、ソルビトールテトラマレート等がある。 Examples of maleic acid esters include ethylene glycol dimaleate, triethylene glycol dimaleate, pentaerythritol dimaleate, and sorbitol tetramaleate.
 その他のエステルの例として、例えば、特公昭46-27926号公報、特公昭51-47334号公報、特開昭57-196231号公報に記載の脂肪族アルコール系エステル類や、特開昭59-5240号公報、特開昭59-5241号公報、特開平2-226149号公報に記載の芳香族系骨格を有する化合物、特開平1-165613号公報に記載のアミノ基を含む化合物等も好適に用いられる。 Examples of other esters include aliphatic alcohol esters described in JP-B-46-27926, JP-B-51-47334, JP-A-57-196231, and JP-A-59-5240. The compounds having an aromatic skeleton described in JP-A No. 59-5241, JP-A-2-226149, compounds containing an amino group described in JP-A 1-165613, and the like are also preferably used. It is done.
 また、多価アミン化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのアミドのモノマーの具体例としては、メチレンビス-アクリルアミド、メチレンビス-メタクリルアミド、1,6-ヘキサメチレンビス-アクリルアミド、1,6-ヘキサメチレンビス-メタクリルアミド、ジエチレントリアミントリスアクリルアミド、キシリレンビスアクリルアミド、キシリレンビスメタクリルアミド等がある。 Specific examples of amide monomers of polyvalent amine compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include methylene bis-acrylamide, methylene bis-methacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bis-acrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bis-methacrylic. Examples include amide, diethylenetriamine trisacrylamide, xylylene bisacrylamide, and xylylene bismethacrylamide.
 その他の好ましいアミド系モノマーの例としては、特公昭54-21726号公報に記載のシクロへキシレン構造を有するモノマーを挙げることができる。 Examples of other preferable amide monomers include monomers having a cyclohexylene structure described in JP-B No. 54-21726.
 また、イソシアネートと水酸基の付加反応を用いて製造されるウレタン系付加重合性モノマーも好適であり、そのような具体例としては、例えば、特公昭48-41708号公報に記載されている1分子に2個以上のイソシアネート基を有するポリイソシアネート化合物に、下記式で示される水酸基を含むビニルモノマーを付加させた、1分子中に2個以上の重合性ビニル基を含むビニルウレタン化合物等が挙げられる。
 CH=C(R)COOCHCH(R)OH 
(ただし、RおよびRは、HまたはCHを示す。)
 また、特開昭51-37193号公報、特公平2-32293号公報、特公平2-16765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-49860号公報、特公昭56-17654号公報、特公昭62-39417号公報、特公昭62-39418号公報に記載のエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。
In addition, urethane-based addition-polymerizable monomers produced using an addition reaction of isocyanate and hydroxyl group are also suitable. Specific examples thereof include, for example, one molecule described in JP-B-48-41708. Examples thereof include a vinylurethane compound containing two or more polymerizable vinyl groups in one molecule obtained by adding a vinyl monomer containing a hydroxyl group represented by the following formula to a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups.
CH 2 = C (R 4) COOCH 2 CH (R 5) OH
(Wherein, R 4 and R 5 represents H or CH 3.)
Further, urethane acrylates as described in JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, JP-B-2-16765, JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56- Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP 17654, JP-B 62-39417, and JP-B 62-39418 are also suitable.
 また、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号0095~0108に記載されている化合物を、本発明においても好適に用いることができる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP-A-2009-288705 can also be suitably used in the present invention.
 また、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物としては、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つ化合物も好ましい。その例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等の、単官能のアクリレートおよびメタクリレート;ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(アクリロイルオキシプロピル)エーテル、トリ(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、グリセリンやトリメチロールエタン等の多官能アルコールにエチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後、(メタ)アクリレート化したもの、特公昭48-41708号、特公昭50-6034号、特開昭51-37193号の各公報に記載されているウレタン(メタ)アクリレート類、特開昭48-64183号、特公昭49-43191号、特公昭52-30490号の各公報に記載されているポリエステルアクリレート類、エポキシ樹脂と(メタ)アクリル酸との反応生成物であるエポキシアクリレート類等の多官能のアクリレートおよびメタクリレート、ならびにこれらの混合物を挙げることができる。また、特開2008-292970号公報の段落番号0254~0257に記載の化合物も好適である。また、多官能カルボン酸にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等の環状エーテル基とエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物を反応させ得られる多官能(メタ)アクリレートなども挙げることができる。
 また、その他の好ましいエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物として、特開2010-160418号公報、特開2010-129825号公報、特許第4364216号公報等に記載される、フルオレン環を有し、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を2個以上有する化合物、カルド樹脂も使用することが可能である。
 さらに、その他の例としては、特公昭46-43946号公報、特公平1-40337号公報、特公平1-40336号公報に記載の特定の不飽和化合物や、特開平2-25493号公報に記載のビニルホスホン酸系化合物等も挙げることができる。また、ある場合には、特開昭61-22048号公報に記載のペルフルオロアルキル基を含む構造が好適に使用される。さらに日本接着協会誌vol.20、No.7、300~308ページ(1984年)に光重合性モノマーおよびオリゴマーとして紹介されているものも使用することができる。
Moreover, as a compound which has an ethylenically unsaturated bond, the compound which has a boiling point of 100 degreeC or more under a normal pressure is also preferable. Examples include monofunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate; polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolethanetri ( (Meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexanediol ( (Meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (acryloyloxypropyl) ether, tri (acryloyloxyethyl) A polyfunctional alcohol such as sosocyanurate, glycerin or trimethylolethane is added with ethylene oxide or propylene oxide and then converted to (meth) acrylate. JP-B-48-41708, JP-B-50-6034, JP-A-51 Urethane (meth) acrylates described in JP-B-37193, polyester acrylates described in JP-A-48-64183, JP-B-49-43191, JP-B-52-30490 And polyfunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates, which are reaction products of epoxy resin and (meth) acrylic acid, and mixtures thereof. Further, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0254 to 0257 of JP-A-2008-292970 are also suitable. Moreover, the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate obtained by making the compound which has cyclic ether groups, such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and an ethylenically unsaturated group, react with polyfunctional carboxylic acid etc. can be mentioned.
Further, as other preferable compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, those having a fluorene ring described in JP 2010-160418 A, JP 2010-129825 A, JP 4364216 A, etc. A compound having two or more groups having an unsaturated bond, a cardo resin can also be used.
Other examples include specific unsaturated compounds described in JP-B-46-43946, JP-B-1-40337, JP-B-1-40336, and JP-A-2-25493. The vinyl phosphonic acid-type compound of these can also be mentioned. In some cases, a structure containing a perfluoroalkyl group described in JP-A-61-22048 is preferably used. Furthermore, Journal of Japan Adhesion Association vol. 20, no. 7, pages 300 to 308 (1984), which are introduced as photopolymerizable monomers and oligomers, can also be used.
 上記のほか、下記式(MO-1)~(MO-5)で表される、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物も好適に用いることができる。なお、式中、Tがオキシアルキレン基の場合には、炭素原子側の末端がRに結合する。 In addition to the above, compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond represented by the following formulas (MO-1) to (MO-5) can also be suitably used. In the formula, when T is an oxyalkylene group, the terminal on the carbon atom side is bonded to R.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 式において、nは0~14の整数であり、mは1~8の整数である。一分子内に複数存在するR、T、各々同一であっても、異なっていてもよい。
 上記式(MO-1)~(MO-5)で表される重合性化合物の各々において、複数のRの内の少なくとも1つは、-OC(=O)CH=CH、または、-OC(=O)C(CH)=CHで表される基を表す。
 上記式(MO-1)~(MO-5)で表される、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物の具体例としては、特開2007-269779号公報の段落番号0248~0251に記載されている化合物を、本発明においても好適に用いることができる。
In the formula, n is an integer of 0 to 14, and m is an integer of 1 to 8. A plurality of R and T present in one molecule may be the same or different.
In each of the polymerizable compounds represented by the above formulas (MO-1) to (MO-5), at least one of a plurality of R is —OC (═O) CH═CH 2 or —OC (= O) represents a group represented by C (CH 3 ) ═CH 2 .
Specific examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond represented by the above formulas (MO-1) to (MO-5) are described in paragraph numbers 0248 to 0251 of JP-A No. 2007-267979. The compound can also be suitably used in the present invention.
 また、特開平10-62986号公報において、式(1)および(2)としてその具体例と共に記載の、多官能アルコールにエチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後に(メタ)アクリレート化した化合物も、重合性化合物として用いることができる。 In addition, in JP-A-10-62986, compounds (meth) acrylates obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol described in the formulas (1) and (2) together with specific examples thereof are also provided. It can be used as a polymerizable compound.
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート(市販品としては、KAYARAD D-330;日本化薬株式会社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(市販品としては、KAYARAD D-320;日本化薬株式会社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては、KAYARAD D-310;日本化薬株式会社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては、KAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬株式会社製)、およびこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造が好ましい。これらのオリゴマータイプも使用できる。 Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include dipentaerythritol triacrylate (as a commercially available product, KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercially available product, KAYARAD D-320). Manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and a structure in which these (meth) acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol and propylene glycol residues are preferred. These oligomer types can also be used.
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物は、カルボキシル基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基等の酸基を有する多官能モノマーであっても良い。酸基を有する多官能モノマーは、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルが好ましく、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシ基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせた多官能モノマーがより好ましく、特に好ましくは、このエステルにおいて、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物がペンタエリスリトールおよび/またはジペンタエリスリトールであるものである。市販品としては、例えば、東亞合成株式会社製の多塩基酸変性アクリルオリゴマーである、M-510、M-520などが挙げられる。
 酸基を有する多官能モノマーは、1種を単独で用いてもよいが、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。また、必要に応じて酸基を有しない多官能モノマーと酸基を有する多官能モノマーを併用してもよい。
 酸基を有する多官能モノマーの好ましい酸価としては、0.1~40mgKOH/gであり、特に好ましくは5~30mgKOH/gである。多官能モノマーの酸価が上記範囲であれば、製造や取扱性に優れ、さらには、現像性に優れる。また、重合性が良好である。
The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond may be a polyfunctional monomer having an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, or a phosphoric acid group. The polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and an unreacted hydroxy group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride to form an acid group. More preferably, the ester is a polyfunctional monomer in which the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and / or dipentaerythritol. Examples of commercially available products include M-510 and M-520, which are polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
As the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group, one kind may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be mixed and used. Moreover, you may use together the polyfunctional monomer which does not have an acid group, and the polyfunctional monomer which has an acid group as needed.
A preferable acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. When the acid value of the polyfunctional monomer is in the above range, the production and handling properties are excellent, and further, the developability is excellent. Also, the polymerizability is good.
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物は、カプロラクトン構造をも有する化合物を用いることもできる。
 カプロラクトン構造とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する化合物としては、分子内にカプロラクトン構造を有する限り特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、トリメチロールエタン、ジトリメチロールエタン、トリメチロールプロパン、ジトリメチロールプロパン、ペンタエリスリトール、ジペンタエリスリトール、トリペンタエリスリトール、グリセリン、ジグリセロール、トリメチロールメラミン等の多価アルコールと、(メタ)アクリル酸およびε-カプロラクトンをエステル化することにより得られる、ε-カプロラクトン変性多官能(メタ)アクリレートを挙げることができる。なかでも下記式(C)で表されるカプロラクトン構造を有する重合性化合物が好ましい。
As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used.
The compound having a caprolactone structure and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone structure in the molecule. For example, trimethylolethane, ditrimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, ditrimethylolpropane, Polyfunctional alcohol such as pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerol, trimethylol melamine, ε-caprolactone modified polyfunctionality obtained by esterifying (meth) acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone Mention may be made of (meth) acrylates. Among these, a polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure represented by the following formula (C) is preferable.
式(C)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Formula (C)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(式中、6個のRは全てが下記式(D)で表される基であるか、または6個のRのうち1~5個が下記式(D)で表される基であり、残余が下記式(E)で表される基である。) (In the formula, all 6 Rs are groups represented by the following formula (D), or 1 to 5 of 6 Rs are groups represented by the following formula (D), The remainder is a group represented by the following formula (E).)
式(D)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Formula (D)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
(式中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基を示し、mは1または2を示し、「*」は結合手であることを示す。) (In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, m represents 1 or 2, and “*” represents a bond.)
 式(E)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Formula (E)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(式中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基を示し、「*」は結合手であることを示す。) (In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and “*” represents a bond.)
 このようなカプロラクトン構造を有する重合性化合物は、例えば、日本化薬(株)からKAYARAD DPCAシリーズとして市販されており、DPCA-20(上記式(C)~(E)においてm=1、式(D)で表される基の数=2、Rが全て水素原子である化合物)、DPCA-30(同式、m=1、式(D)で表される基の数=3、Rが全て水素原子である化合物)、DPCA-60(同式、m=1、式(D)で表される基の数=6、Rが全て水素原子である化合物)、DPCA-120(同式においてm=2、式(D)で表される基の数=6、Rが全て水素原子である化合物)等を挙げることができる。
 本発明において、カプロラクトン構造とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する化合物は、単独でまたは2種以上を混合して使用することができる。
Such a polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure is commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series, for example, DPCA-20 (m = 1 in the above formulas (C) to (E), The number of groups represented by D) = 2, a compound in which R 1 is all hydrogen atoms), DPCA-30 (formula, m = 1, the number of groups represented by formula (D) = 3, R 1 In which all are hydrogen atoms), DPCA-60 (same formula, m = 1, number of groups represented by formula (D) = 6, R 1 is all hydrogen atoms), DPCA-120 (same as above) In the formula, m = 2, the number of groups represented by formula (D) = 6, and compounds in which R 1 is all a hydrogen atom).
In the present invention, the compounds having a caprolactone structure and an ethylenically unsaturated bond can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物は、下記式(i)または(ii)で表される化合物の群から選択される少なくとも1種であることも好ましい。 The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is also preferably at least one selected from the group of compounds represented by the following formula (i) or (ii).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 式(i)および(ii)中、Eは、各々独立に、-((CHCHO)-、または-((CHCH(CH)O)-を表し、yは、各々独立に、0~10の整数を表し、Xは、各々独立に、(メタ)アクリロイル基、水素原子、またはカルボキシル基を表す。
 式(i)中、(メタ)アクリロイル基の合計は3個または4個であり、mは、各々独立に、0~10の整数を表し、各mの合計は、0~40の整数である。但し、各mの合計が0の場合、Xのうちいずれか1つはカルボキシル基である。
 式(ii)中、(メタ)アクリロイル基の合計は、5個または6個であり、nは、各々独立に、0~10の整数を表し、各nの合計は、0~60の整数である。但し、各nの合計が0の場合、Xのうちいずれか1つはカルボキシル基である。
In the formulas (i) and (ii), each E independently represents — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) —, y Each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and each X independently represents a (meth) acryloyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carboxyl group.
In the formula (i), the total number of (meth) acryloyl groups is 3 or 4, each m independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each m is an integer of 0 to 40 . However, when the total of each m is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.
In formula (ii), the total number of (meth) acryloyl groups is 5 or 6, each n independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each n is an integer of 0 to 60 is there. However, when the total of each n is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.
 式(i)中、mは、0~6の整数が好ましく、0~4の整数がより好ましい。
 また、各mの合計は、2~40の整数が好ましく、2~16の整数がより好ましく、4~8の整数が特に好ましい。
 式(ii)中、nは、0~6の整数が好ましく、0~4の整数がより好ましい。
また、各nの合計は、3~60の整数が好ましく、3~24の整数がより好ましく、6~12の整数が特に好ましい。
 式(i)または式(ii)中の-((CHCHO)-または-((CHCH(CH)O)-は、酸素原子側の末端がXに結合する形態が好ましい。特に、式(ii)において、6個のX全てがアクリロイル基である形態が好ましい。
In the formula (i), m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.
The total of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8.
In formula (ii), n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.
The total of each n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12.
In formula (i) or formula (ii), — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) — is bonded to X at the end on the oxygen atom side. The form is preferred. In particular, in the formula (ii), a form in which all six Xs are acryloyl groups is preferable.
 式(i)または(ii)で表される化合物は、従来公知の工程である、ペンタエリスリトールまたはジペンタエリスリトールにエチレンオキシドまたはプロピレンオキシドを開環付加反応させることにより、開環骨格を結合する工程と、開環骨格の末端水酸基に、例えば(メタ)アクリロイルクロライドを反応させて、(メタ)アクリロイル基を導入する工程とから合成することができる。各工程は良く知られた工程であり、当業者は容易に式(i)または(ii)で表される化合物を合成することができる。 The compound represented by the formula (i) or (ii) is a conventionally known step, which is a step of bonding a ring-opening skeleton by subjecting pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol to a ring-opening addition reaction of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide. The compound can be synthesized from the step of introducing a (meth) acryloyl group by reacting, for example, (meth) acryloyl chloride with the terminal hydroxyl group of the ring-opened skeleton. Each step is a well-known step, and a person skilled in the art can easily synthesize a compound represented by formula (i) or (ii).
 式(i)および(ii)で表される化合物の中でも、ペンタエリスリトール誘導体および/またはジペンタエリスリトール誘導体がより好ましい。
 具体的には、下記式(a)~(f)で表される化合物(以下、「例示化合物(a)~(f)」ともいう。)が挙げられ、中でも、例示化合物(a)、(b)、(e)、(f)が好ましい。
Among the compounds represented by formulas (i) and (ii), pentaerythritol derivatives and / or dipentaerythritol derivatives are more preferable.
Specific examples include compounds represented by the following formulas (a) to (f) (hereinafter also referred to as “exemplary compounds (a) to (f)”). Among them, exemplary compounds (a), (f) b), (e) and (f) are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 式(i)および(ii)で表される重合性化合物の市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ鎖を4個有する4官能アクリレートであるSR-494、日本化薬株式会社製のペンチレンオキシ鎖を6個有する6官能アクリレートであるDPCA-60、イソブチレンオキシ鎖を3個有する3官能アクリレートであるTPA-330などが挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available polymerizable compounds represented by formulas (i) and (ii) include SR-494, a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartomer, and pliers manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. DPCA-60, which is a hexafunctional acrylate having six lenoxy chains, and TPA-330, which is a trifunctional acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy chains.
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物としては、特公昭48-41708号公報、特開昭51-37193号公報、特公平2-32293号公報、特公平2-16765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-49860号公報、特公昭56-17654号公報、特公昭62-39417号公報、特公昭62-39418号公報に記載のエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。さらに、重合性化合物として、特開昭63-277653号公報、特開昭63-260909号公報、特開平1-105238号公報に記載される、分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する付加重合性モノマー類を用いることもできる。
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物の市販品としては、ウレタンオリゴマーUAS-10、UAB-140(山陽国策パルプ社製)、NKエステルM-40G、NKエステル4G、NKエステルM-9300、NKエステルA-9300、UA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(共栄社化学(株)製)、ブレンマーPME400(日油(株)製)などが挙げられる。
Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include those described in JP-B-48-41708, JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, and JP-B-2-16765. Urethane acrylates and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable. It is. Furthermore, addition polymerizable compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-1-105238 are described as polymerizable compounds. Monomers can also be used.
Commercially available compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include urethane oligomer UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co., Ltd.), NK ester M-40G, NK ester 4G, NK ester M-9300, NK ester A -9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (Manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Bremer PME400 (manufactured by NOF Corporation) and the like.
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物は、耐熱性の観点から、下記式で表される部分構造を有することが好ましい。ただし、式中の*は連結手である。 The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond preferably has a partial structure represented by the following formula from the viewpoint of heat resistance. However, * in the formula is a connecting hand.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 上記部分構造を有するエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物の具体例としては、例えば、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキサイド変性ジ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキサイド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタンテトラ(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられ、本発明においてはこれらの重合性化合物を特に好ましく用いることができる。 Specific examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond having the above partial structure include, for example, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide-modified di (meth) acrylate, and isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide-modified tri (meth). Acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, tetramethylol methane tetra ( (Meth) acrylate etc. are mentioned, and these polymerizable compounds can be particularly preferably used in the present invention.
 感光性樹脂組成物において、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物の含有量は、良好な重合性と耐熱性の観点から、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は5質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下がより好ましい。 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物は1種を単独で用いてもよいが、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。
 また、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料とエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物との質量割合(複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料/重合性化合物)は、98/2~10/90が好ましく、95/5~30/70がより好ましく、90/10~50/50が最も好ましい。複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料とエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物との質量割合が上記範囲であれば、重合性および耐熱性により優れた硬化膜を形成できる。
In the photosensitive resin composition, the content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is 1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition from the viewpoint of good polymerizability and heat resistance. preferable. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less. As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, one kind may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be mixed and used.
The mass ratio of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material to the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material / polymerizable compound) is preferably 98/2 to 10/90, and 95/5. ~ 30/70 is more preferable, and 90/10 to 50/50 is most preferable. When the mass ratio of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material and the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is in the above range, a cured film having excellent polymerizability and heat resistance can be formed.
<<<ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基またはアシルオキシメチル基を有する化合物>>>
 ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基またはアシルオキシメチル基を有する化合物としては、下記式(AM1)で示される化合物が好ましい。
<<< Compound having hydroxymethyl group, alkoxymethyl group or acyloxymethyl group >>>
As the compound having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group, a compound represented by the following formula (AM1) is preferable.
(AM1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
(式中、tは、1~20の整数を示し、Rは炭素数1~200のt価の有機基を示し、Rはヒドロキシル基、あるいは、下記式(AM2)または下記式(AM3)で示される基を示す。)
(AM1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
(In the formula, t represents an integer of 1 to 20, R 4 represents a t-valent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms, R 5 represents a hydroxyl group, or the following formula (AM2) or the following formula (AM3 ) Represents a group represented by
(AM2)、(AM3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
(式中、Rは、炭素数1~10の有機基を示す。)
(AM2), (AM3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
(Wherein R 6 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms)
 複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料100質量部に対して、式(AM1)で示される化合物の含有量は、5質量部以上40質量部以下であることが好ましい。より好ましくは、10質量部以上35質量部以下である。また、全重合性化合物中、下記式(AM4)で表される化合物を10質量%以上90質量%以下含有し、下記式(AM5)で表される化合物を全重合性化合物中10質量%以上90質量%以下含有することも好ましい。 The content of the compound represented by the formula (AM1) with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material is preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 40 parts by mass or less. More preferably, it is 10 to 35 mass parts. Further, in the total polymerizable compound, the compound represented by the following formula (AM4) is contained in an amount of 10% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less, and the compound represented by the following formula (AM5) in the total polymerizable compound is 10% by mass or more. It is also preferable to contain 90 mass% or less.
(AM4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
(式中、Rは、炭素数1~200の2価の有機基を示し、Rは、ヒドロキシル基、あるいは、下記式(AM2)または下記式(AM3)で示される基を示す。)
(AM4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
(Wherein R 4 represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms, and R 5 represents a hydroxyl group or a group represented by the following formula (AM2) or the following formula (AM3)).
(AM5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
(式中、uは3~8の整数を示し、Rは、炭素数1~200のu価の有機基を示し、Rは、ヒドロキシル基、あるいは、下記式(AM2)または下記式(AM3)で示される基を示す。)
(AM5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
(Wherein u represents an integer of 3 to 8, R 4 represents a u-valent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms, and R 5 represents a hydroxyl group, the following formula (AM2) or the following formula ( A group represented by AM3).)
(AM2)、(AM3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
(式中、Rは、炭素数1~10の有機基を示す。)
(AM2), (AM3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
(Wherein R 6 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms)
 この範囲とすることで、凹凸のある基板上に感光性樹脂組成物層を形成した際に、クラックが生じることがより少なくなる。さらに、パターン加工性に優れ、5%重量減少温度が、好ましくは350℃以上、より好ましくは380℃以上となる高い耐熱性を有することができる。
 式(AM4)で示される化合物の具体例としては、46DMOC、46DMOEP(以上、商品名、旭有機材工業(株)製)、DML-MBPC、DML-MBOC、DML-OCHP、DML-PCHP、DML-PC、DML-PTBP、DML-34X、DML-EP、DML-POP、dimethyolBisOC-P、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-MTrisPC(以上、商品名、本州化学工業(株)製)、NIKALAC MX-290(以上、商品名、(株)三和ケミカル製)、2,6-ジメトキシメチル-4-t-ブチルフェノール、2,6-ジメトキシメチル-p-クレゾール、2,6-ジアセトキシメチル-p-クレゾールなどが挙げられる。
By setting it as this range, when a photosensitive resin composition layer is formed on an uneven substrate, cracks are less likely to occur. Furthermore, it is excellent in pattern processability, and can have high heat resistance such that the 5% weight loss temperature is preferably 350 ° C. or higher, more preferably 380 ° C. or higher.
Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM4) include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), DML-MBPC, DML-MBOC, DML-OCHP, DML-PCHP, DML. -PC, DML-PTBP, DML-34X, DML-EP, DML-POP, dimethylolBisOC-P, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-MTrisPC (above, trade name, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKACALAC MX-290 (trade name, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-4-t-butylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-p-cresol, 2,6-diacetoxymethyl- Examples thereof include p-cresol.
 また、式(AM5)で示される化合物の具体例としては、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPA、TMOM-BP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(以上、商品名、本州化学工業(株)製)、TM-BIP-A(商品名、旭有機材工業(株)製)、NIKALAC MX-280、NIKALAC MX-270、NIKALAC MW-100LM(以上、商品名、(株)三和ケミカル製)が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM5) include TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPA, TMOM-BP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPPHAP (trade name, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), TM-BIP-A (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC MX-280, NIKALAC MX-270, NIKALAC MW-100LM (trade name, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.).
<<<エポキシ化合物(エポキシ基を有する化合物)>>>
 エポキシ化合物としては、一分子中にエポキシ基を2個以上有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ化合物は、200℃以下で架橋反応し、かつ、架橋反応において脱水反応が起こらないため、膜収縮が起きにくい。このため、エポキシ化合物を含有することは、感光性樹脂組成物の低温硬化および低反り化に効果的である。
<<< Epoxy Compound (Compound Having Epoxy Group) >>>
The epoxy compound is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule. The epoxy compound undergoes a cross-linking reaction at 200 ° C. or lower and does not cause a dehydration reaction in the cross-linking reaction, so that film shrinkage hardly occurs. For this reason, containing an epoxy compound is effective for low-temperature curing and low warpage of the photosensitive resin composition.
 エポキシ化合物は、ポリエチレンオキサイド基を含有することが好ましい。これにより、より弾性率が低下し、またより低反り化することができる。また柔軟性が高いため、伸度等にも優れた硬化膜を得ることができる。ポリエチレンオキサイド基は、エチレンオキサイドの繰り返し単位数が2以上のものを意味し、繰り返し単位数が2~15であることが好ましい。 The epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group. As a result, the elastic modulus can be further reduced and the warpage can be further reduced. Moreover, since the flexibility is high, a cured film having excellent elongation and the like can be obtained. The polyethylene oxide group means that the number of repeating units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and the number of repeating units is preferably 2 to 15.
 エポキシ化合物の例としては、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂;ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂;プロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル等のアルキレングリコール型エポキシ樹脂;ポリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル等のポリアルキレングリコール型エポキシ樹脂;ポリメチル(グリシジロキシプロピル)シロキサン等のエポキシ基含有シリコーンなどを挙げることができるが、これらに限定されない。具体的には、エピクロン(登録商標)850-S、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4032、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-7200、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-820、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4700、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4710、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4770、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-859CRP、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-1514、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4880、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4850-150、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4850-1000、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4816、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4822(以上商品名、大日本インキ化学工業(株)製)、リカレジン(登録商標)BEO-60E(以上商品名、新日本理化株式会社)、EP-4003S、EP-4000S(以上商品名、(株)アデカ)などが挙げられる。この中でも、ポリエチレンオキサイド基を含有するエポキシ樹脂が、低反りおよび耐熱性に優れる点で好ましい。例えば、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4880、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4822、リカレジン(登録商標)BEO-60Eは、ポリエチレンオキサイド基を含有するので好ましい。 Examples of the epoxy compound include bisphenol A type epoxy resin; bisphenol F type epoxy resin; alkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as propylene glycol diglycidyl ether; polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether; polymethyl (glycidyl Examples include, but are not limited to, epoxy group-containing silicones such as (roxypropyl) siloxane. Specifically, Epicron (registered trademark) 850-S, Epicron (registered trademark) HP-4032, Epicron (registered trademark) HP-7200, Epicron (registered trademark) HP-820, Epicron (registered trademark) HP-4700, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4710, Epicron (registered trademark) HP-4770, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-859CRP, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-1514, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4880, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4850-150, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4850-1000, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4816, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4822 (trade name, manufactured by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.), Rikaresin (registered trademark) BEO-60E , New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.), EP-4003S, EP-4000S (trade name, (Ltd.) and the like Adeka). Among these, an epoxy resin containing a polyethylene oxide group is preferable in terms of excellent low warpage and heat resistance. For example, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4880, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4822, and Licaredin (registered trademark) BEO-60E are preferable because they contain a polyethylene oxide group.
 エポキシ化合物の含有量は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料100質量部に対し、5~50質量部が好ましく、10~50質量部がより好ましく、10~40質量部がさらに好ましい。配合量が、5質量部以上であれば硬化膜の反りをより抑制でき、50質量部以下であれば採取加熱(キュア)時のリフローに伴うパターン埋まりをより抑制できる。 The content of the epoxy compound is preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 50 parts by mass, and even more preferably 10 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material. If the blending amount is 5 parts by mass or more, warpage of the cured film can be further suppressed, and if it is 50 parts by mass or less, pattern filling associated with reflow during sampling heating (curing) can be further suppressed.
<<<オキセタン化合物(オキセタニル基を有する化合物)>>>
 オキセタン化合物としては、一分子中にオキセタン環を2つ以上有する化合物、3-エチル-3-ヒドロキシメチルオキセタン、1,4-ビス{[(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メトキシ]メチル}ベンゼン、3-エチル-3-(2-エチルヘキシルメチル)オキセタン、1,4-ベンゼンジカルボン酸-ビス[(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル]エステル等を挙げることができる。具体的な例としては、東亞合成社製のアロンオキセタンシリーズ(例えば、OXT-121、OXT-221、OXT-191、OXT-223)を好適に使用することができ、これらは単独で、あるいは2種以上混合してもよい。
<<< Oxetane compound (compound having oxetanyl group) >>>
Examples of the oxetane compound include compounds having two or more oxetane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane, 1,4-bis {[(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methoxy] methyl} benzene, Examples include 3-ethyl-3- (2-ethylhexylmethyl) oxetane and 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl] ester. As specific examples, Aron Oxetane series (for example, OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. can be preferably used. More than one species may be mixed.
 オキセタン化合物の含有量は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料100質量部に対し、5~50質量部が好ましく、10~50質量部がより好ましく、10~40質量部がさらに好ましい。 The content of the oxetane compound is preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 50 parts by mass, and even more preferably 10 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material.
<<<ベンゾオキサジン化合物(ベンゾオキサゾリル基を有する化合物)>>>
 ベンゾオキサジン化合物は、開環付加反応により架橋反応が生じるため、キュアによる脱ガスが発生せず、さらに熱による収縮が小さい。このため反りの発生をよくせいできる。
<<< benzoxazine compound (compound having a benzoxazolyl group) >>>
Since a benzoxazine compound undergoes a crosslinking reaction by a ring-opening addition reaction, no degassing due to curing occurs and shrinkage due to heat is small. For this reason, generation | occurrence | production of curvature can be made well.
 ベンゾオキサジン化合物の好ましい例としては、B-a型ベンゾオキサジン、B-m型ベンゾオキサジン(以上、商品名、四国化成工業製)、ポリヒドロキシスチレン樹脂のベンゾオキサジン付加物、フェノールノボラック型ジヒドロベンゾオキサジン化合物が挙げられる。これらは単独で、あるいは2種以上混合してもよい。 Preferred examples of the benzoxazine compound include Ba type benzoxazine, Bm type benzoxazine (trade name, manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), benzoxazine adduct of polyhydroxystyrene resin, phenol novolac type dihydrobenzoxazine. Compounds. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 ベンゾオキサジン化合物の含有量は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料100質量部に対し、5~50質量部が好ましく、10~50質量部がより好ましく、10~40質量部がさらに好ましい。 The content of the benzoxazine compound is preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 50 parts by mass, and still more preferably 10 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material.
<<フェノール性OH基を含む樹脂>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物が、アルカリ現像性のポジ型感光性樹脂組成物である場合、フェノール性OH基を含む樹脂を含むことが、アルカリ現像液への溶解性を調整し、良好な感度が得られる点で好ましい。
 フェノール性OH基を含む樹脂としては、ノボラック樹脂、およびポリヒドロキシスチレン樹脂が好ましい例として挙げられる。
<< Resin containing phenolic OH group >>
When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is an alkali-developable positive-type photosensitive resin composition, the inclusion of a resin containing a phenolic OH group adjusts the solubility in an alkaline developer and is good. This is preferable in that sensitivity can be obtained.
Preferred examples of the resin containing a phenolic OH group include novolak resins and polyhydroxystyrene resins.
<<<ノボラック樹脂>>>
 ノボラック樹脂は、フェノール類とアルデヒド類とを公知の方法で重縮合することによって得られる。ノボラック樹脂は2種以上組み合わせてもよい。
 上記フェノール類の好ましい例としては、フェノール、o-クレゾール、m-クレゾール、p-クレゾール、2,3-キシレノール、2,5-キシレノール、3,4-キシレノール、3,5-キシレノール、2,3,5-トリメチルフェノール、3,4,5-トリメチルフェノール等を挙げることができる。特に、フェノール、m-クレゾール、p-クレゾール、2,3-キシレノール、2,5-キシレノール、3,4-キシレノール、3,5-キシレノールおよび2,3,5-トリメチルフェノールが好ましい。これらのフェノール類を2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。アルカリ現像液に対する溶解性の観点から、m-クレゾールが好ましく、m-クレゾールとp-クレゾールとの組み合わせも好ましい。すなわち、ノボラック樹脂として、m-クレゾール残基、または、m-クレゾール残基とp-クレゾール残基とを含むクレゾールノボラック樹脂を含むことが好ましい。このとき、クレゾールノボラック樹脂中のm-クレゾール残基とp-クレゾール残基とのモル比(m-クレゾール残基/p-クレゾール残基、m/p)は1.8以上が好ましい。この範囲であればアルカリ現像液への適度な溶解性を示し、良好な感度が得られる。より好ましくは4以上である。
 また、上記アルデヒド類の好ましい例としては、ホルマリン、パラホルムアルデヒド、アセトアルデヒド、ベンズアルデヒド、ヒドロキシベンズアルデヒド、クロロアセトアルデヒド等を挙げることができる。これらのアルデヒド類を2種以上用いてもよい。
<<< Novolac resin >>>
The novolak resin can be obtained by polycondensing phenols and aldehydes by a known method. Two or more novolac resins may be combined.
Preferred examples of the phenols include phenol, o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, 2,3-xylenol, 2,5-xylenol, 3,4-xylenol, 3,5-xylenol, 2,3 , 5-trimethylphenol, 3,4,5-trimethylphenol and the like. Particularly preferred are phenol, m-cresol, p-cresol, 2,3-xylenol, 2,5-xylenol, 3,4-xylenol, 3,5-xylenol and 2,3,5-trimethylphenol. Two or more of these phenols may be used in combination. From the viewpoint of solubility in an alkali developer, m-cresol is preferable, and a combination of m-cresol and p-cresol is also preferable. That is, the novolak resin preferably includes an m-cresol residue or a cresol novolak resin containing an m-cresol residue and a p-cresol residue. At this time, the molar ratio of m-cresol residue to p-cresol residue (m-cresol residue / p-cresol residue, m / p) in the cresol novolak resin is preferably 1.8 or more. If it is this range, the moderate solubility to an alkali developing solution will be shown, and favorable sensitivity will be obtained. More preferably, it is 4 or more.
Preferred examples of the aldehydes include formalin, paraformaldehyde, acetaldehyde, benzaldehyde, hydroxybenzaldehyde, chloroacetaldehyde and the like. Two or more of these aldehydes may be used.
 また、フェノール類として下記式(Phe)で表される化合物、アルデヒド類として下記式(Ald)で表される化合物を使用して酸性触媒で重縮合して得られる全芳香族型ノボラック樹脂は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物の硬化膜に高い耐熱性を付与できる点で好ましい。 Further, a wholly aromatic novolak resin obtained by polycondensation with an acidic catalyst using a compound represented by the following formula (Phe) as phenols and a compound represented by the following formula (Ald) as aldehydes, It is preferable at the point which can provide high heat resistance to the cured film of the photosensitive resin composition of this invention.
式(Phe)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 式(Phe)中、Rは、炭素数1以上20以下のアルキル基およびアルコキシ基から選ばれる有機基を示し、pは、1以上3以下の整数であり、好ましくは2以上3以下の整数である。
Formula (Phe)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
In the formula (Phe), R 1 represents an organic group selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and an alkoxy group, and p is an integer of 1 to 3, preferably 2 to 3 It is.
式(Ald)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 式(Ald)中、Rは、水素、炭素数1以上20以下のアルキル基、アルコキシ基およびヒドロキシ基から選ばれる基を示し、qは0以上3以下の整数である。
Formula (Ald)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
In the formula (Ald), R 2 represents a group selected from hydrogen, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, and a hydroxy group, and q is an integer of 0 to 3 inclusive.
 上記式(Phe)で表されるフェノール化合物としては、置換基の数が1以上3以下、好ましくは2以上3以下のフェノール化合物を用いるものであり、上記置換基は、炭素数が1以上20以下のアルキル基およびアルコキシ基から選ばれる有機基である。なお、上記炭素数が1以上20以下のアルキル基およびアルコキシ基としては、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等が挙げられる。このようなフェノール化合物として好ましくは、例えば、o-クレゾール、m-クレゾール、p-クレゾール、2,3-ジメチルフェノール、2,4-ジメチルフェノール、2,5-ジメチルフェノール、3,4-ジメチルフェノール、3,5-ジメチルフェノール、2-メチル-3-エチルフェノール、2-メチル-3-メトキシフェノール、2,3,4-トリメチルフェノール、2,3,5-トリメチルフェノール、2,3,6-トリメチルフェノール等を使用することができる。これらの中でも、特に限定されないが、2,3-ジメチルフェノール、2,4-ジメチルフェノール、2,5-ジメチルフェノール、3,4-ジメチルフェノール、3,5-ジメチルフェノール、2,6-ジメチルフェノールの中から選ばれるものが好ましい。さらに、これらフェノール類は、1種または2種以上を混合して用いることが可能である。
 上記フェノール化合物に、置換基の数が1以上3以下、好ましくは2以上3以下のフェノール化合物を用いることで、分子内回転を抑制し、組成物に必要な十分な耐熱性を持ったフェノール樹脂を得ることができる。
As the phenol compound represented by the above formula (Phe), a phenol compound having 1 to 3 and preferably 2 to 3 substituents is used, and the substituent has 1 to 20 carbon atoms. It is an organic group selected from the following alkyl groups and alkoxy groups. Specific examples of the alkyl group and alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a methoxy group, and an ethoxy group. Preferred examples of such a phenol compound include o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, 2,3-dimethylphenol, 2,4-dimethylphenol, 2,5-dimethylphenol, and 3,4-dimethylphenol. 3,5-dimethylphenol, 2-methyl-3-ethylphenol, 2-methyl-3-methoxyphenol, 2,3,4-trimethylphenol, 2,3,5-trimethylphenol, 2,3,6- Trimethylphenol or the like can be used. Among these, although not particularly limited, 2,3-dimethylphenol, 2,4-dimethylphenol, 2,5-dimethylphenol, 3,4-dimethylphenol, 3,5-dimethylphenol, 2,6-dimethylphenol Those selected from among these are preferred. Furthermore, these phenols can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
By using a phenol compound having 1 or more and 3 or less, preferably 2 or more and 3 or less substituents as the phenol compound, the phenol resin has sufficient heat resistance necessary for the composition by suppressing intramolecular rotation. Can be obtained.
 上記式(Ald)で表される芳香族アルデヒド化合物としては、無置換または、置換基の数が3以下の芳香族アルデヒド化合物を用いるものであり、上記置換基は、炭素数が1以上20以下のアルキル基、アルコキシ基およびヒドロキシ基から選ばれる有機基である。なお、上記炭素数が1以上20以下のアルキル基およびアルコキシ基としては、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等が挙げられる。このような芳香族アルデヒド化合物として、例えば、ベンズアルデヒド、2-メチルベンズアルデヒド、3-メチルベンズアルデヒド、4-メチルベンズアルデヒト、2,3-ジメチルベンズアルデヒド、2,4-ジメチルベンズアルデヒド、2,5-ジメチルベンズアルデヒド、2,6-ジメチルベンズアルデヒド、3,4-ジメチルベンズアルデヒド、3,5-ジメチルベンズアルデヒド、2,3,4-トリメチルベンズアルデヒド、2,3,5-トリメチルベンズアルデヒド、2,3,6-トリメチルベンズアルデヒド、2,4,5-トリメチルベンズアルデヒド、2,4,6-トリメチルベンズアルデヒド、3,4,5-トリメチルベンズアルデヒド、4-エチルベンズアルデヒド、4-tert-ブチルベンズアルデヒド、4-イソブチルベンズアルデヒド、4-メトキシベンズアルデヒド、サリチルアルデヒド、3-ヒドロキシベンズアルデヒド、4-ヒドロキシベンズアルデヒド、3-メチルサリチルアルデヒド、4-メチルサリチルアルデヒド、2-ヒドロキシ-5-メトキシベンズアルデヒド、2,4-ジヒドロキシベンズアルデヒド、2,5-ジヒドロキシベンズアルデヒド、2,3,4-トリヒドロキシベンズアルデヒド等を使用することができ、これらに限定されないが、これらの中でも、式(Ald)におけるRが、水素、メチル基、ヒドロキシ基である芳香族アルデヒド化合物が好ましく、下記に示す芳香族アルデヒド化合物の中から選ばれるものがより好ましい。さらにこれらアルデヒド類は、1種または2種以上を混合して用いることが可能である。 As the aromatic aldehyde compound represented by the above formula (Ald), an aromatic aldehyde compound which is unsubstituted or has 3 or less substituents is used, and the substituent has 1 to 20 carbon atoms. An organic group selected from an alkyl group, an alkoxy group and a hydroxy group. Specific examples of the alkyl group and alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a methoxy group, and an ethoxy group. Examples of such aromatic aldehyde compounds include benzaldehyde, 2-methylbenzaldehyde, 3-methylbenzaldehyde, 4-methylbenzaldehuman, 2,3-dimethylbenzaldehyde, 2,4-dimethylbenzaldehyde, 2,5-dimethylbenzaldehyde, 2,6-dimethylbenzaldehyde, 3,4-dimethylbenzaldehyde, 3,5-dimethylbenzaldehyde, 2,3,4-trimethylbenzaldehyde, 2,3,5-trimethylbenzaldehyde, 2,3,6-trimethylbenzaldehyde, 2, 4,5-trimethylbenzaldehyde, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzaldehyde, 3,4,5-trimethylbenzaldehyde, 4-ethylbenzaldehyde, 4-tert-butylbenzaldehyde, 4-i Butylbenzaldehyde, 4-methoxybenzaldehyde, salicylaldehyde, 3-hydroxybenzaldehyde, 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde, 3-methylsalicylaldehyde, 4-methylsalicylaldehyde, 2-hydroxy-5-methoxybenzaldehyde, 2,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde, 2 , 5-dihydroxybenzaldehyde, 2,3,4-trihydroxybenzaldehyde, and the like can be used, but are not limited to these. Among them, R 2 in the formula (Ald) is hydrogen, a methyl group, or a hydroxy group. Certain aromatic aldehyde compounds are preferred, and those selected from the aromatic aldehyde compounds shown below are more preferred. Furthermore, these aldehydes can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 フェノール類とアルデヒド類とからノボラック樹脂を得る合成反応において、フェノール化合物1モルに対してアルデヒド化合物を0.5モル以上2モル以下で反応させることが好ましく、0.6モル以上1.2モル以下で反応させることがより好ましく、0.7モル以上1.0モル以下で反応させることが特に好ましい。上記モル比とすることで、組成物として十分な特性を発揮できる分子量を得ることができる。 In the synthesis reaction for obtaining a novolak resin from phenols and aldehydes, it is preferable to react 0.5 mol or more and 2 mol or less of an aldehyde compound with respect to 1 mol of phenol compound, and 0.6 mol or more and 1.2 mol or less. It is more preferable to make it react by 0.7 mol or more, and it is especially preferable to make it react by 0.7 mol or more and 1.0 mol or less. By setting it as the said molar ratio, the molecular weight which can exhibit a characteristic sufficient as a composition can be obtained.
 フェノール類とアルデヒド類との重縮合の反応には、通常、酸性触媒が使用される。この酸性触媒としては、例えば塩酸、硝酸、硫酸、ギ酸、シュウ酸、酢酸、p-トルエンスルホン酸等を挙げることができる。これらの酸性触媒の使用量は、通常、フェノール類1モルに対し、1×10-5~5×10-1モルである。重縮合の反応においては、通常、反応媒質として水が使用されるが、反応初期から不均一系になる場合は、反応媒質として親水性溶媒または親油性溶媒が用いられる。親水性溶媒としては、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル等のアルコール類;テトラヒドロフラン、ジオキサン等の環状エーテル類が挙げられる。親油性溶媒としては、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、2-ヘプタノン等のケトン類が挙げられる。これらの反応媒質の使用量は、通常、反応原料100質量部当り20~1,000質量部である。 In the polycondensation reaction between phenols and aldehydes, an acidic catalyst is usually used. Examples of the acidic catalyst include hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, formic acid, oxalic acid, acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, and the like. The amount of these acidic catalysts used is usually 1 × 10 −5 to 5 × 10 −1 mol per 1 mol of phenols. In the polycondensation reaction, water is usually used as a reaction medium. However, when a heterogeneous system is formed from the beginning of the reaction, a hydrophilic solvent or a lipophilic solvent is used as the reaction medium. Examples of the hydrophilic solvent include alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol and propylene glycol monomethyl ether; and cyclic ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane. Examples of the lipophilic solvent include ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and 2-heptanone. The amount of these reaction media used is usually 20 to 1,000 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the reaction raw material.
 重縮合の反応温度は、原料の反応性に応じて適宜調整することができるが、通常10~200℃である。重縮合の反応方法としては、フェノール類、アルデヒド類、酸性触媒等を一括して仕込み、反応させる方法、または酸性触媒の存在下にフェノール類、アルデヒド類等を反応の進行とともに加えていく方法等を適宜採用することができる。重縮合の反応終了後、系内に存在する未反応原料、酸性触媒、反応媒質等を除去するために、一般的には、反応温度を130~230℃に上昇させ、減圧下で揮発分を除去し、ノボラック樹脂を回収する。 The reaction temperature of the polycondensation can be appropriately adjusted according to the reactivity of the raw material, but is usually 10 to 200 ° C. As a polycondensation reaction method, phenols, aldehydes, acidic catalysts, etc. are charged all at once and reacted, or phenols, aldehydes, etc. are added as the reaction proceeds in the presence of acidic catalysts, etc. Can be adopted as appropriate. After completion of the polycondensation reaction, in order to remove unreacted raw materials, acidic catalyst, reaction medium, etc. existing in the system, the reaction temperature is generally increased to 130 to 230 ° C., and volatile components are reduced under reduced pressure. Remove and recover novolac resin.
 ノボラック樹脂のポリスチレン換算重量平均分子量(Mw)は、1,000以上が好ましく、2,000以上がより好ましい。また、5,000以下が好ましい。この範囲であれば、良好な感度を得ることができる。 The polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the novolak resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 2,000 or more. Moreover, 5,000 or less is preferable. Within this range, good sensitivity can be obtained.
 ノボラック樹脂の含有量は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料100質量部に対し、1質量部以上70質量部以下であることが好ましく、10質量部以上70質量部以下であることがより好ましい。この範囲であれば、高感度かつ、高温での熱処理後にフローしないパターンが得られる。ノボラック樹脂は、1種のみ用いても、2種以上用いてもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the novolak resin is preferably 1 part by mass or more and 70 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 10 parts by mass or more and 70 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material. Within this range, a pattern that is highly sensitive and does not flow after heat treatment at a high temperature can be obtained. Only one type of novolac resin may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
<<<ポリヒドロキシスチレン樹脂>>>
 ヒドロキシスチレン樹脂は、ヒドロキシスチレンおよび/またはその誘導体を含む重合体であり、特に限定されないが、ヒドロキシスチレンおよび/またはその誘導体と、これら以外のモノマーとを含む共重合体でもよい。ここで用いるモノマーとしては、例えば、エチレン、プロピレン、1-ブテン、2-メチルプロペン、スチレンおよびその誘導体等が挙げられる。中でも、アルカリ水溶液への溶解性を容易に調整できる観点から、ヒドロキシスチレンおよび/またはその誘導体と、スチレンおよび/またはその誘導体とから構成されている共重合体が好ましい。上記の誘導体とは、ヒドロキシスチレンおよびスチレンの芳香環のオルト、メタ、パラ位にアルキル基、アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基などが置換されたものである。ヒドロキシスチレン樹脂のヒドロキシスチレンは、オルトヒドロキシスチレン、メタヒドロキシスチレン、パラヒドロキシスチレンのいずれでも構わない。また、上記ヒドロキシスチレンが複数混在していても構わない。
<<< Polyhydroxystyrene resin >>>
The hydroxystyrene resin is a polymer containing hydroxystyrene and / or a derivative thereof, and is not particularly limited, but may be a copolymer containing hydroxystyrene and / or a derivative thereof and a monomer other than these. Examples of the monomer used here include ethylene, propylene, 1-butene, 2-methylpropene, styrene and derivatives thereof. Among these, from the viewpoint of easily adjusting the solubility in an aqueous alkali solution, a copolymer composed of hydroxystyrene and / or a derivative thereof and styrene and / or a derivative thereof is preferable. The above derivatives are those in which an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxy group or the like is substituted at the ortho, meta, and para positions of hydroxystyrene and the aromatic ring of styrene. The hydroxystyrene of the hydroxystyrene resin may be any of orthohydroxystyrene, metahydroxystyrene, and parahydroxystyrene. A plurality of the above hydroxystyrenes may be mixed.
 ヒドロキシスチレン樹脂における上記ヒドロキシスチレンおよびその誘導体の構成比率は、50%以上が好ましく、より好ましくは、60%以上である。上限は、好ましくは90%以下であり、より好ましくは80%以下である。上記範囲とすることにより、露光部の露光後残渣の低減と高感度化の両立に優れる効果を有する。 The constituent ratio of the hydroxystyrene and its derivative in the hydroxystyrene resin is preferably 50% or more, and more preferably 60% or more. The upper limit is preferably 90% or less, and more preferably 80% or less. By setting it as the said range, it has the effect excellent in coexistence of reduction of the post-exposure residue of an exposure part, and high sensitivity.
 中でも、下記式(PHS-1)で表される繰り返し構造単位を有するヒドロキシスチレン樹脂が好ましい。 Among these, a hydroxystyrene resin having a repeating structural unit represented by the following formula (PHS-1) is preferable.
式(PHS-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 式(PHS-1)中、Rは、水素原子または炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表し、aは1~4、bは1~3を表し、a+bは1~5の範囲内である。Rは、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基またはプロピル基の中から選ばれる原子または一つの基を表す。
Formula (PHS-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
In the formula (PHS-1), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a represents 1 to 4, b represents 1 to 3, and a + b is in the range of 1 to 5. . R 2 represents an atom or one group selected from a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a propyl group.
 上記式(PHS-1)で表される構造単位は、例えば、p-ヒドロキシスチレン、m-ヒドロキシスチレン、o-ヒドロキシスチレン、p-イソプロペニルフェノール、m-イソプロペニルフェノール、o-イソプロペニルフェノールなどのフェノール性水酸基を有する芳香族ビニル化合物、および、スチレン、o-メチルスチレン、m-メチルスチレン、p-メチルスチレンなどの芳香族ビニル化合物のうち、単独または2種以上を公知の方法で重合して得られた重合体または共重合体の一部に、公知の方法でアルコキシ基を付加反応させることにより得られる。
 フェノール性水酸基を有する芳香族ビニル化合物としては、p-ヒドロキシスチレンおよび/またはm-ヒドロキシスチレンが好ましく用いられ、芳香族ビニル化合物としては、スチレンが好ましく用いられる。
Examples of the structural unit represented by the above formula (PHS-1) include p-hydroxystyrene, m-hydroxystyrene, o-hydroxystyrene, p-isopropenylphenol, m-isopropenylphenol, o-isopropenylphenol and the like. Among these aromatic vinyl compounds having a phenolic hydroxyl group and aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene, o-methylstyrene, m-methylstyrene, and p-methylstyrene, one or two or more of them are polymerized by known methods. It is obtained by subjecting a part of the obtained polymer or copolymer to an addition reaction of an alkoxy group by a known method.
As the aromatic vinyl compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group, p-hydroxystyrene and / or m-hydroxystyrene is preferably used, and styrene is preferably used as the aromatic vinyl compound.
 上記式(PHS-1)で表される繰り返し構造単位を有するヒドロキシスチレン樹脂の中でも、感度をより向上させ、アルカリ現像液への溶解性を調整できる利便性の面から、下記式(PHS-2)、式(PHS-3)、および式(PHS-4)で表される構造単位を含む共重合体が好ましい。さらに、アルカリ現像液への溶解性の点から、式(PHS-4)の構造単位は、50モル%以下であることが好ましい。 Among the hydroxystyrene resins having a repeating structural unit represented by the above formula (PHS-1), the following formula (PHS-2) is used from the viewpoint of convenience in which sensitivity can be further improved and solubility in an alkali developer can be adjusted. ), A copolymer containing a structural unit represented by the formula (PHS-3) and the formula (PHS-4) is preferable. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of solubility in an alkali developer, the structural unit of the formula (PHS-4) is preferably 50 mol% or less.
式(PHS-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 式(PHS-2)中、Rは、水素原子または炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表し、cは1~4、dは1~3を表し、c+dは2~5の範囲内である。Rは、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基またはプロピル基の中から選ばれる原子または一つの基を表す。
Formula (PHS-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
In the formula (PHS-2), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, c represents 1 to 4, d represents 1 to 3, and c + d is in the range of 2 to 5. . R 3 represents an atom or one group selected from a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a propyl group.
式(PHS-3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 
 式(PHS-3)中、Rは、水素原子または炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表し、eは、1~5を表す。
Formula (PHS-3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052

In the formula (PHS-3), R 5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and e represents 1 to 5.
式(PHS-4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 式(PHS-4)中、Rは、水素原子または炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す。
Formula (PHS-4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
In the formula (PHS-4), R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
 ヒドロキシスチレン樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、1,000以上が好ましく、より好ましくは2,000以上、特に好ましくは、2,500以上であり、10,000以下が好ましく、より好ましくは8,000以下であり、特に好ましくは、7,000以下である。上記範囲とすることにより、高感度化とワニスの常温保存性の両立に優れる効果を有する。
 ヒドロキシスチレン樹脂の含有量は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料100質量部に対し、1質量部以上70質量部以下であることが好ましく、10質量部以上70質量部以下であることがより好ましい。この範囲であれば、高感度かつ、高温での熱処理後にフローしないパターンが得られる。ヒドロキシスチレン樹脂は、1種のみ用いても、2種以上用いてもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the hydroxystyrene resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 2,000 or more, particularly preferably 2,500 or more, and preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 8, 000 or less, and particularly preferably 7,000 or less. By setting it as the said range, it has the effect which is excellent in coexistence of high-sensitivity and the normal temperature storage stability of a varnish.
The content of the hydroxystyrene resin is preferably 1 part by mass or more and 70 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 10 parts by mass or more and 70 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material. Within this range, a pattern that is highly sensitive and does not flow after heat treatment at a high temperature can be obtained. Only one kind of hydroxystyrene resin may be used or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
<<熱塩基発生剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、熱塩基発生剤を含んでいてもよい。
 熱塩基発生剤は、その種類等は特に定めるものではないが、40℃以上に加熱すると塩基を発生する酸性化合物、および、pKa1が0~4のアニオンとアンモニウムカチオンとを有するアンモニウム塩から選ばれる少なくとも一種を含む熱塩基発生剤を含むことが好ましい。ここで、pKa1とは、多価の酸の第一のプロトンの解離定数(Ka)の対数表示(-Log10Ka)を示す。
 このような化合物を配合することにより、ポリイミド前駆体の環化反応を低温で行うことができ、また、より安定性に優れた感光性樹脂組成物とすることができる。また、熱塩基発生剤は、加熱しなければ塩基を発生しないので、ポリイミド前駆体と共存させても、保存中におけるポリイミド前駆体の環化を抑制でき、保存安定性に優れている。
<< thermal base generator >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal base generator.
The type of the thermal base generator is not particularly defined, but is selected from an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher, and an ammonium salt having an anion having an pKa1 of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. It is preferable to include a thermal base generator containing at least one kind. Here, pKa1 represents a logarithmic representation (−Log 10 Ka) of the dissociation constant (Ka) of the first proton of the polyvalent acid.
By mix | blending such a compound, the cyclization reaction of a polyimide precursor can be performed at low temperature, and it can be set as the photosensitive resin composition excellent in stability more. Moreover, since the base is not generated unless heated, the thermal base generator can suppress cyclization of the polyimide precursor during storage even if it coexists with the polyimide precursor, and is excellent in storage stability.
 本発明における熱塩基発生剤は、40℃以上に加熱すると塩基を発生する酸性化合物(A1)、および、pKa1が0~4のアニオンとアンモニウムカチオンとを有するアンモニウム塩(A2)から選ばれる少なくとも一種を含む。
 上記酸性化合物(A1)および上記アンモニウム塩(A2)は、加熱すると塩基を発生するので、これらの化合物から発生した塩基により、ポリイミド前駆体の環化反応を促進でき、ポリイミド前駆体の環化を低温で行うことができる。また、これらの化合物は、塩基により環化して硬化するポリイミド前駆体と共存させても、加熱しなければポリイミド前駆体の環化が殆ど進行しないので、安定性に優れたポリイミド前駆体組成物を調製することができる。
 なお、本明細書において、酸性化合物とは、化合物を容器に1g採取し、イオン交換水とテトラヒドロフランとの混合液(質量比は水/テトラヒドロフラン=1/4)を50mL加えて、室温で1時間攪拌し、得られた溶液を、pHメーターを用いて20℃にて測定した値が7未満である化合物を意味する。
The thermal base generator in the present invention is at least one selected from an acidic compound (A1) that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher, and an ammonium salt (A2) having an anion having a pKa1 of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. including.
Since the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) generate a base when heated, the base generated from these compounds can accelerate the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor, thereby cyclizing the polyimide precursor. Can be performed at low temperatures. In addition, even if these compounds coexist with a polyimide precursor that is cured by cyclization with a base, since the cyclization of the polyimide precursor hardly proceeds unless heated, a polyimide precursor composition having excellent stability can be obtained. Can be prepared.
In the present specification, an acidic compound means that 1 g of a compound is collected in a container, and 50 mL of a mixed solution of ion-exchanged water and tetrahydrofuran (mass ratio is water / tetrahydrofuran = 1/4) is added to the mixture at room temperature for 1 hour. The value obtained by stirring and measuring the obtained solution at 20 ° C. using a pH meter is less than 7.
 本発明において、酸性化合物(A1)およびアンモニウム塩(A2)の塩基発生温度は、40℃以上が好ましく、120~200℃がより好ましい。塩基発生温度の上限は、190℃以下がさらに好ましく、180℃以下が一層好ましく、165℃以下がより一層好ましい。塩基発生温度の下限は、130℃以上がさらに好ましく、135℃以上が一層好ましい。
 酸性化合物(A1)およびアンモニウム塩(A2)の塩基発生温度が120℃以上であれば、保存中に塩基が発生しにくいので、安定性に優れたポリイミド前駆体組成物を調製することができる。酸性化合物(A1)およびアンモニウム塩(A2)の塩基発生温度が200℃以下であれば、ポリイミド前駆体の環化温度を低くすることができる。塩基発生温度は、例えば、示差走査熱量測定を用い、化合物を耐圧カプセル中5℃/分で250℃まで加熱し、最も温度が低い発熱ピークのピーク温度を読み取り、ピーク温度を塩基発生温度として測定することができる。
In the present invention, the base generation temperature of the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) is preferably 40 ° C. or higher, more preferably 120 to 200 ° C. The upper limit of the base generation temperature is more preferably 190 ° C. or lower, still more preferably 180 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 165 ° C. or lower. The lower limit of the base generation temperature is more preferably 130 ° C or higher, and still more preferably 135 ° C or higher.
If the base generation temperature of the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) is 120 ° C. or higher, a base is unlikely to be generated during storage, so that a polyimide precursor composition having excellent stability can be prepared. When the base generation temperature of the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) is 200 ° C. or lower, the cyclization temperature of the polyimide precursor can be lowered. The base generation temperature is measured, for example, by using differential scanning calorimetry, heating the compound to 250 ° C. at 5 ° C./min in a pressure capsule, reading the peak temperature of the lowest exothermic peak, and measuring the peak temperature as the base generation temperature. can do.
 本発明において、熱塩基発生剤により発生する塩基は、2級アミンまたは3級アミンが好ましく、3級アミンがより好ましい。3級アミンは、塩基性が高いので、ポリイミド前駆体の環化温度をより低くすることができる。また、熱塩基発生剤により発生する塩基の沸点は、80℃以上であることが好ましく、100℃以上であることが好ましく、140℃以上であることが最も好ましい。また、発生する塩基の分子量は、80~2,000が好ましい。下限は100以上がより好ましい。上限は500以下がより好ましい。なお、分子量の値は、構造式から求めた理論値である。 In the present invention, the base generated by the thermal base generator is preferably a secondary amine or a tertiary amine, more preferably a tertiary amine. Since tertiary amine has high basicity, the cyclization temperature of a polyimide precursor can be made lower. The base generated by the thermal base generator preferably has a boiling point of 80 ° C. or higher, preferably 100 ° C. or higher, and most preferably 140 ° C. or higher. The molecular weight of the generated base is preferably 80 to 2,000. The lower limit is more preferably 100 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 500 or less. The molecular weight value is a theoretical value obtained from the structural formula.
 本発明において、上記酸性化合物(A1)は、アンモニウム塩および後述する式(1)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種以上を含むことが好ましい。 In the present invention, the acidic compound (A1) preferably contains one or more selected from an ammonium salt and a compound represented by the formula (1) described later.
 本発明において、上記アンモニウム塩(A2)は、酸性化合物であることが好ましい。なお、上記アンモニウム塩(A2)は、40℃以上(好ましくは120~200℃)に加熱すると塩基を発生する酸性化合物を含む化合物であってもよいし、40℃以上(好ましくは120~200℃)に加熱すると塩基を発生する酸性化合物以外の化合物であってもよい。 In the present invention, the ammonium salt (A2) is preferably an acidic compound. The ammonium salt (A2) may be a compound containing an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher (preferably 120 to 200 ° C.), or 40 ° C. or higher (preferably 120 to 200 ° C.). ) May be a compound other than an acidic compound that generates a base when heated.
<<<アンモニウム塩>>>
 本発明において、アンモニウム塩とは、下記式(1)または式(2)で表されるアンモニウムカチオンと、アニオンとの塩を意味する。アニオンは、アンモニウムカチオンのいずれかの一部と共有結合を介して結合していてもよく、アンモニウムカチオンの分子外に有ってもよいが、アンモニウムカチオンの分子外に有ることが好ましい。なお、アニオンが、アンモニウムカチオンの分子外に有るとは、アンモニウムカチオンとアニオンが共有結合を介して結合していない場合をいう。以下、カチオン部の分子外のアニオンを対アニオンともいう。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 式中、R~Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または炭化水素基を表し、Rは、炭化水素基を表す。RとR、RとR、RとR、RとRは、それぞれ結合して、環を形成してもよい。
<<< Ammonium salt >>>
In the present invention, the ammonium salt means a salt of an ammonium cation represented by the following formula (1) or formula (2) and an anion. The anion may be bonded to any part of the ammonium cation via a covalent bond, and may be outside the molecule of the ammonium cation, but is preferably outside the molecule of the ammonium cation. In addition, that an anion exists outside the molecule | numerator of an ammonium cation means the case where an ammonium cation and an anion are not couple | bonded through a covalent bond. Hereinafter, the anion outside the molecule of the cation moiety is also referred to as a counter anion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
In the formula, R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and R 7 represents a hydrocarbon group. R 1 and R 2 , R 3 and R 4 , R 5 and R 6 , and R 5 and R 7 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 本発明において、アンモニウム塩は、pKa1が0~4のアニオンとアンモニウムカチオンとを有することが好ましい。アニオンのpKa1の上限は、3.5以下がより好ましく、3.2以下がさらに好ましい。下限は、0.5以上がより好ましく、1.0以上がさらに好ましい。アニオンのpKa1が上記範囲であれば、ポリイミド前駆体を低温で環化でき、さらには、ポリイミド前駆体組成物の安定性を向上できる。pKa1が4以下であれば、熱塩基発生剤の安定性が良好で、加熱なしに塩基が発生することを抑制でき、ポリイミド前駆体組成物の安定性が良好である。pKa1が0以上であれば、発生した塩基が中和されにくく、ポリイミド前駆体の環化効率が良好である。
 アニオンの種類は、カルボン酸アニオン、フェノールアニオン、リン酸アニオンおよび硫酸アニオンから選ばれる1種が好ましく、塩の安定性と熱分解性を両立させられるという理由から、カルボン酸アニオンがより好ましい。すなわち、アンモニウム塩は、アンモニウムカチオンとカルボン酸アニオンとの塩がより好ましい。
 カルボン酸アニオンは、2個以上のカルボキシル基を持つ2価以上のカルボン酸のアニオンが好ましく、2価のカルボン酸のアニオンがより好ましい。この態様によれば、ポリイミド前駆体組成物の安定性、硬化性および現像性をより向上できる熱塩基発生剤とすることができる。特に、2価のカルボン酸のアニオンを用いることで、ポリイミド前駆体組成物の安定性、硬化性および現像性をさらに向上できる。
 本発明において、カルボン酸アニオンは、pKa1が4以下のカルボン酸のアニオンであることが好ましい。pKa1は、3.5以下がより好ましく、3.2以下がさらに好ましい。この態様によれば、ポリイミド前駆体組成物の安定性をより向上できる。
 ここでpKa1とは、酸の第一解離定数の逆数の対数を表し、Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods(著者:Brown, H. C., McDaniel, D. H., Hafliger, O., Nachod, F. C.; 編纂:Braude, E. A., Nachod, F. C.; Academic Press, New York, 1955)や、Data for Biochemical Research(著者:Dawson, R.M.C.et al; Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959)に記載の値を参照することができる。これらの文献に記載の無い化合物については、ACD/pKa(ACD/Labs製)のソフトを用いて構造式より算出した値を用いることとする。
In the present invention, the ammonium salt preferably has an anion having an pKa1 of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. The upper limit of the anion pKa1 is more preferably 3.5 or less, and even more preferably 3.2 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5 or more, and further preferably 1.0 or more. If the pKa1 of the anion is in the above range, the polyimide precursor can be cyclized at a low temperature, and further, the stability of the polyimide precursor composition can be improved. If pKa1 is 4 or less, the stability of the thermal base generator is good, the generation of a base without heating can be suppressed, and the stability of the polyimide precursor composition is good. If pKa1 is 0 or more, the generated base is hardly neutralized, and the cyclization efficiency of the polyimide precursor is good.
The kind of anion is preferably one selected from a carboxylate anion, a phenol anion, a phosphate anion, and a sulfate anion, and a carboxylate anion is more preferable because both the stability of the salt and the thermal decomposability can be achieved. That is, the ammonium salt is more preferably a salt of an ammonium cation and a carboxylate anion.
The carboxylic acid anion is preferably a divalent or higher carboxylic acid anion having two or more carboxyl groups, and more preferably a divalent carboxylic acid anion. According to this aspect, it can be set as the thermal base generator which can improve more stability, sclerosis | hardenability, and developability of a polyimide precursor composition. In particular, the stability, curability and developability of the polyimide precursor composition can be further improved by using an anion of a divalent carboxylic acid.
In the present invention, the carboxylic acid anion is preferably a carboxylic acid anion having a pKa1 of 4 or less. pKa1 is more preferably 3.5 or less, and even more preferably 3.2 or less. According to this aspect, the stability of the polyimide precursor composition can be further improved.
Here, pKa1 represents the logarithm of the reciprocal of the first dissociation constant of the acid. Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods (Author: Brown, HC, McDaniel, DH, Hafliger, O., Nachod, FC; Compilation: Braude, EA, Nachod, FC; Academic Press, New York, 1955) and Data for Biochemical Research (author: Dawson, RMC et al; Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959). For compounds not described in these documents, values calculated from the structural formula using software of ACD / pKa (manufactured by ACD / Labs) are used.
 本発明において、カルボン酸アニオンは、下記式(X1)で表されることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
  式(X1)において、EWGは、電子吸引性基を表す。
In the present invention, the carboxylate anion is preferably represented by the following formula (X1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
In the formula (X1), EWG represents an electron withdrawing group.
 本発明において電子吸引性基とは、ハメットの置換基定数σmが正の値を示すものを意味する。ここでσmは、都野雄甫による総説、有機合成化学協会誌第23巻第8号(1965)P.631-642に詳しく説明されている。なお、本発明の電子吸引性基は、上記文献に記載された置換基に限定されるものではない。
 σmが正の値を示す置換基の例としては例えば、CF基(σm=0.43)、CFCO基(σm=0.63)、HC≡C基(σm=0.21)、CH=CH基(σm=0.06)、Ac基(σm=0.38)、MeOCO基(σm=0.37)、MeCOCH=CH基(σm=0.21)、PhCO基(σm=0.34)、HNCOCH基(σm=0.06)などが挙げられる。なお、Meはメチル基を表し、Acはアセチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
In the present invention, the electron-withdrawing group means a group having a positive Hammett's substituent constant σm. Here, σm is a review by Yugo Tono, Journal of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, Vol. 23, No. 8 (1965) P.I. 631-642. The electron-withdrawing group of the present invention is not limited to the substituents described in the above documents.
Examples of substituents in which σm has a positive value include, for example, CF 3 group (σm = 0.43), CF 3 CO group (σm = 0.63), HC≡C group (σm = 0.21), CH 2 ═CH group (σm = 0.06), Ac group (σm = 0.38), MeOCO group (σm = 0.37), MeCOCH═CH group (σm = 0.21), PhCO group (σm = 0.34), H 2 NCOCH 2 group (σm = 0.06), and the like. Me represents a methyl group, Ac represents an acetyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
 本発明において、EWGは、下記式(EWG-1)~(EWG-6)で表される基であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
  式中、Rx1~Rx3は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、ヒドロキシ基またはカルボキシル基を表し、Arは、芳香族基を表す。
In the present invention, EWG is preferably a group represented by the following formulas (EWG-1) to (EWG-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
In the formula, R x1 to R x3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxy group, or a carboxyl group, and Ar represents an aromatic group.
 本発明において、カルボン酸アニオンは、下記式(X)で表されるものも好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 式(X)において、L10は、単結合、または、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アリーレン基、-NR-、およびこれらの組み合わせから選ばれる2価の連結基を表し、Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基またはアリール基を表す。
In the present invention, the carboxylate anion is also preferably represented by the following formula (X).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
In the formula (X), L 10 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group selected from an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group, —NR X —, and a combination thereof, and R X represents a hydrogen atom Represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group.
 カルボン酸アニオンの具体例としては、マレイン酸アニオン、フタル酸アニオン、N-フェニルイミノ二酢酸アニオンおよびシュウ酸アニオンが挙げられる。これらを好ましく用いることができる。 Specific examples of the carboxylate anion include a maleate anion, a phthalate anion, an N-phenyliminodiacetic acid anion, and an oxalate anion. These can be preferably used.
 アンモニウムカチオンは、下記式(Y1-1)~(Y1-6)のいずれかで表されることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
The ammonium cation is preferably represented by any of the following formulas (Y1-1) to (Y1-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 上記式において、R101は、n価の有機基を表し、
 R102~R111は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または、炭化水素基を表し、
 R150およびR151は、それぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、
 R104とR105、R104とR150、R107とR108、および、R109とR110は、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよく、
 Ar101およびAr102は、それぞれ独立に、アリール基を表し、
 nは、1以上の整数を表し、
 mは、0~5の整数を表す。
In the above formula, R 101 represents an n-valent organic group,
R 102 to R 111 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group,
R 150 and R 151 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group,
R 104 and R 105 , R 104 and R 150 , R 107 and R 108 , and R 109 and R 110 may be bonded to each other to form a ring,
Ar 101 and Ar 102 each independently represent an aryl group,
n represents an integer of 1 or more,
m represents an integer of 0 to 5.
<<<式(1)で表される化合物>>>
 本発明において、酸性化合物は、下記式(1)で表される化合物であることも好ましい。この化合物は、室温では酸性であるが、加熱により、カルボキシル基が脱炭酸または、脱水環化して失われることで、それまで中和され不活性化していたアミン部位が活性となることにより、塩基性となる。以下、式(1)について説明する。
<<< Compound represented by Formula (1) >>>
In the present invention, the acidic compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1). This compound is acidic at room temperature, but by heating, the carboxyl group is lost by decarboxylation or dehydration cyclization, and the amine site that has been neutralized and inactivated becomes active. It becomes sex. Hereinafter, Formula (1) is demonstrated.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 式(1)において、Aはp価の有機基を表し、Rは1価の有機基を表し、Lは(m+1)価の有機基を表し、mは1以上の整数を表し、pは1以上の整数を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
In Formula (1), A 1 represents a p-valent organic group, R 1 represents a monovalent organic group, L 1 represents an (m + 1) -valent organic group, m represents an integer of 1 or more, p represents an integer of 1 or more.
 本発明において、式(1)で表される化合物は、下記式(1a)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 式(1a)中、Aはp価の有機基を表し、Lは(m+1)価の連結基を表し、Lは(n+1)価の連結基を表し、mは1以上の整数を表し、nは1以上の整数を表し、pは1以上の整数を表す。
 式(1a)のA、L、L、m、nおよびpは、式(1)で説明した範囲と同義である。
In the present invention, the compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
In formula (1a), A 1 represents a p-valent organic group, L 1 represents an (m + 1) -valent linking group, L 2 represents an (n + 1) -valent linking group, and m represents an integer of 1 or more. N represents an integer of 1 or more, and p represents an integer of 1 or more.
A 1 , L 1 , L 2 , m, n, and p in the formula (1a) have the same meaning as the range described in the formula (1).
 以下に、本発明における熱塩基発生剤の具体例を記載するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。これらは、それぞれ単独でまたは2種以上を混合して用いることができる。以下の式中におけるMeは、メチル基を表す。 Specific examples of the thermal base generator in the present invention are described below, but the present invention is not limited to these. These can be used alone or in admixture of two or more. Me in the following formulas represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
 本発明で用いる熱塩基発生剤としては、特願2015-034388号明細書の段落番号0015~0055に記載のものも好ましく用いられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As the thermal base generator used in the present invention, those described in Paragraph Nos. 0015 to 0055 of Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-034388 are also preferably used, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 熱塩基発生剤を用いる場合、感光性樹脂組成物における熱塩基発生剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下がさらに好ましい。
 熱塩基発生剤は、1種または2種以上を用いることができる。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When a thermal base generator is used, the content of the thermal base generator in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and further preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and further preferably 20% by mass or less.
1 type (s) or 2 or more types can be used for a thermal base generator. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount is the said range.
<<光酸発生剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、光酸発生剤を含有していてもよい。光酸発生剤を含有することにより、露光部に酸が発生し、露光部のアルカリ水溶液に対する溶解性が増大するため、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物として用いることができる。
<< Photoacid generator >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a photoacid generator. By containing the photoacid generator, an acid is generated in the exposed area, and the solubility of the exposed area in the alkaline aqueous solution is increased. Therefore, it can be used as a positive photosensitive resin composition.
 光酸発生剤としては、キノンジアジド化合物、スルホニウム塩、ホスホニウム塩、ジアゾニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩などが挙げられる。中でも優れた溶解抑止効果を発現し、高感度かつ膜減りの少ないポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を得られるという点から、キノンジアジド化合物が好ましく用いられる。また、光酸発生剤を2種以上含有してもよい。これにより、露光部と未露光部の溶解速度の比をより大きくすることができ、高感度なポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を得ることができる。 Examples of photoacid generators include quinonediazide compounds, sulfonium salts, phosphonium salts, diazonium salts, and iodonium salts. Among these, a quinonediazide compound is preferably used from the viewpoint that a positive photosensitive resin composition exhibiting an excellent dissolution inhibiting effect and having high sensitivity and little film loss can be obtained. Moreover, you may contain 2 or more types of photo-acid generators. Thereby, the ratio of the dissolution rate of an exposed part and an unexposed part can be enlarged more, and a highly sensitive positive type photosensitive resin composition can be obtained.
 キノンジアジド化合物としては、ポリヒドロキシ化合物にキノンジアジドのスルホン酸がエステル結合したもの、ポリアミノ化合物にキノンジアジドのスルホン酸がスルホンアミド結合したもの、ポリヒドロキシポリアミノ化合物にキノンジアジドのスルホン酸がエステル結合および/またはスルホンアミド結合したものなどが挙げられる。このようなキノンジアジド化合物を用いることで、一般的な紫外線である水銀灯のi線(波長365nm)、h線(波長405nm)、g線(波長436nm)に感光するポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を得ることができる。また、これらポリヒドロキシ化合物、ポリアミノ化合物、ポリヒドロキシポリアミノ化合物の全ての官能基がキノンジアジドで置換されていなくても良いが、1分子あたり2個以上の官能基がキノンジアジドで置換されていることが好ましい。
 一例としては、下記化合物が例示される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
  上記化合物において、Q全体の1~10%が水素原子であってもよく、4~6%が水素原子であってもよい。
As quinonediazide compounds, quinonediazide sulfonic acid is ester-bonded to a polyhydroxy compound, quinonediazide sulfonic acid is sulfonamide-bonded to a polyamino compound, and quinonediazide sulfonic acid is ester-bonded and / or sulfonamide to a polyhydroxypolyamino compound. Examples include those that are combined. By using such a quinonediazide compound, a positive photosensitive resin composition sensitive to i-line (wavelength 365 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm), and g-line (wavelength 436 nm) of a mercury lamp which is a general ultraviolet ray is obtained. be able to. In addition, all the functional groups of these polyhydroxy compounds, polyamino compounds, and polyhydroxypolyamino compounds may not be substituted with quinonediazide, but it is preferable that two or more functional groups per molecule are substituted with quinonediazide. .
As an example, the following compounds are exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
In the above compound, 1 to 10% of the whole Q may be a hydrogen atom, and 4 to 6% may be a hydrogen atom.
 ポリヒドロキシ化合物としては、Bis-Z、BisP-EZ、TekP-4HBPA、TrisP-HAP、TrisP-PA、TrisP-SA、TrisOCR-PA、BisOCHP-Z、BisP-MZ、BisP-PZ、BisP-IPZ、BisOCP-IPZ、BisP-CP、BisRS-2P、BisRS-3P、BisP-OCHP、メチレントリス-FR-CR、BisRS-26X、DML-MBPC、DML-MBOC、DML-OCHP、DML-PCHP、DML-PC、DML-PTBP、DML-34X、DML-EP、DML-POP、ジメチロール-BisOC-P、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-MTrisPC、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-BP、TML-HQ、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPA、TMOM-BP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP(以上、商品名、本州化学工業製)、BIR-OC、BIP-PC、BIR-PC、BIR-PTBP、BIR-PCHP、BIP-BIOC-F、4PC、BIR-BIPC-F、TEP-BIP-A、46DMOC、46DMOEP、TM-BIP-A(以上、旭有機材工業製)、2,6-ジメトキシメチル-4-t-ブチルフェノール、2,6-ジメトキシメチル-p-クレゾール、2,6-ジアセトキシメチル-p-クレゾール、ナフトール、テトラヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、没食子酸メチルエステル、ビスフェノールA、ビスフェノールE、メチレンビスフェノール、BisP-AP(以上、商品名、本州化学工業製)、ノボラック樹脂などが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 Polyhydroxy compounds include Bis-Z, BisP-EZ, TekP-4HBPA, TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PA, TrisP-SA, TrisOCR-PA, BisOCHP-Z, BisP-MZ, BisP-PZ, BisP-IPZ, BisOCP-IPZ, BisP-CP, BisRS-2P, BisRS-3P, BisP-OCHP, Methylenetris-FR-CR, BisRS-26X, DML-MBPC, DML-MBOC, DML-OCHP, DML-PCHP, DML-PC , DML-PTBP, DML-34X, DML-EP, DML-POP, dimethylol-BisOC-P, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-MTrisPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-BP, TM -HQ, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPA, TMOM-BP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP (trade name, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry), BIR-OC, BIP-PC, BIR-PC, BIR- PTBP, BIR-PCHP, BIP-BIOC-F, 4PC, BIR-BIPC-F, TEP-BIP-A, 46DMOC, 46DMOEP, TM-BIP-A (above, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Industries), 2,6-dimethoxy Methyl-4-t-butylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-p-cresol, 2,6-diacetoxymethyl-p-cresol, naphthol, tetrahydroxybenzophenone, gallic acid methyl ester, bisphenol A, bisphenol E, methylene bisphenol , BisP-AP (above, trade name, Honshu Chemical Ltd.), but such a novolak resin include, but are not limited to.
 ポリアミノ化合物としては、1,4-フェニレンジアミン、1,3-フェニレンジアミン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィドなどが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 Examples of polyamino compounds include 1,4-phenylenediamine, 1,3-phenylenediamine, 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylsulfone, and 4,4′-diamino. Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, diphenyl sulfide.
 また、ポリヒドロキシポリアミノ化合物としては、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、3,3’-ジヒドロキシベンジジンなどが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 In addition, examples of the polyhydroxypolyamino compound include 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 3,3′-dihydroxybenzidine, and the like, but are not limited thereto.
 キノンジアジド化合物としては、5-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニル基を有する化合物、4-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニル基を有する化合物のいずれも好ましく用いられる。同一分子中にこれらの基を両方有する化合物を用いてもよいし、異なる基を用いた化合物を併用してもよい。 As the quinonediazide compound, both a compound having a 5-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl group and a compound having a 4-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl group are preferably used. A compound having both of these groups in the same molecule may be used, or a compound using different groups may be used in combination.
 キノンジアジド化合物を製造する方法としては、例えば5-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニルクロライドとフェノール化合物とをトリエチルアミン存在下で反応させる方法が挙げられる。フェノール化合物の合成方法は、酸性触媒下で、α-(ヒドロキシフェニル)スチレン誘導体を多価フェノール化合物と反応させる方法などが挙げられる。 Examples of the method for producing a quinonediazide compound include a method in which 5-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl chloride and a phenol compound are reacted in the presence of triethylamine. Examples of the method for synthesizing a phenol compound include a method in which an α- (hydroxyphenyl) styrene derivative is reacted with a polyhydric phenol compound under an acidic catalyst.
 光酸発生剤の含有量は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料100質量部に対して、好ましくは3~40質量部である。光酸発生剤の含有量をこの範囲とすることにより、より高感度化を図ることができる。さらに増感剤などを必要に応じて含有してもよい。
 光酸発生剤は、1種のみ用いても、2種以上用いてもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the photoacid generator is preferably 3 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material. By setting the content of the photoacid generator within this range, higher sensitivity can be achieved. Furthermore, you may contain a sensitizer etc. as needed.
Only one type of photoacid generator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
<<熱酸発生剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、熱酸発生剤を含んでいてもよい。熱酸発生剤は、加熱により酸を発生し、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の環化を促進し硬化膜の機械特性をより向上させる他、ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基またはアシルオキシメチル基を有する化合物、エポキシ化合物、オキセタン化合物およびベンゾオキサジン化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物の架橋反応を促進させる効果がある。
<< thermal acid generator >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal acid generator. The thermal acid generator generates an acid by heating, promotes cyclization of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material and further improves the mechanical properties of the cured film, and has a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, or an acyloxymethyl group. There is an effect of accelerating the crosslinking reaction of at least one compound selected from a compound, an epoxy compound, an oxetane compound and a benzoxazine compound.
 熱酸発生剤の熱分解開始温度は、50℃~270℃が好ましく、250℃以下がより好ましい。また、感光性樹脂組成物を基板に塗布した後の乾燥(プリベーク:約70~140℃)時には酸を発生せず、その後の露光、現像でパターニングした後の最終加熱(キュア:約100~400℃)時に酸を発生するものを選択すると、現像時の感度低下を抑制できるため好ましい。 The thermal decomposition starting temperature of the thermal acid generator is preferably 50 ° C. to 270 ° C., more preferably 250 ° C. or less. In addition, no acid is generated during drying (pre-baking: about 70 to 140 ° C.) after the photosensitive resin composition is applied to the substrate, and final heating (curing: about 100 to 400 after patterning by subsequent exposure and development). It is preferable to select one that generates an acid at the time of (° C.) because it can suppress a decrease in sensitivity during development.
 熱酸発生剤から発生する酸は強酸が好ましく、例えば、p-トルエンスルホン酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸などのアリールスルホン酸、メタンスルホン酸、エタンスルホン酸、ブタンスルホン酸などのアルキルスルホン酸、およびトリフルオロメタンスルホン酸などのハロアルキルスルホン酸などが好ましい。このような熱酸発生剤の例としては、特開2013-072935号公報の段落番号0055に記載のものが挙げられる。 The acid generated from the thermal acid generator is preferably a strong acid. For example, arylsulfonic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid, alkylsulfonic acids such as methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid and butanesulfonic acid, and trifluoromethane Haloalkyl sulfonic acids such as sulfonic acid are preferred. Examples of such a thermal acid generator include those described in paragraph No. 0055 of JP2013-072935A.
 中でも、硬化膜中の残留が少なく、硬化膜物性を低下させないという観点から、炭素数1~4のアルキルスルホン酸または炭素数1~4のハロアルキルスルホン酸を発生するものがより好ましい。
 熱酸発生剤としては、メタンスルホン酸(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ジメチルスルホニウム、メタンスルホン酸(4-((メトキシカルボニル)オキシ)フェニル)ジメチルスルホニウム、メタンスルホン酸ベンジル(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチルスルホニウム、メタンスルホン酸ベンジル(4-((メトキシカルボニル)オキシ)フェニル)メチルスルホニウム、メタンスルホン酸(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチル((2-メチルフェニル)メチル)スルホニウム、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ジメチルスルホニウム、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸(4-((メトキシカルボニル)オキシ)フェニル)ジメチルスルホニウム、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸ベンジル(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチルスルホニウム、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸ベンジル(4-((メトキシカルボニル)オキシ)フェニル)メチルスルホニウム、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチル((2-メチルフェニル)メチル)スルホニウム、3-(5-(((プロピルスルホニル)オキシ)イミノ)チオフェン-2(5H)-イリデン)-2-(o-トリル)プロパンニトリル、2,2-ビス(3-(メタンスルホニルアミノ)-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパンが好ましい。
Among these, those that generate alkyl sulfonic acid having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or haloalkyl sulfonic acid having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are more preferable from the viewpoint that there is little residue in the cured film and physical properties of the cured film are not deteriorated.
As the thermal acid generator, methanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl) dimethylsulfonium, methanesulfonic acid (4-((methoxycarbonyl) oxy) phenyl) dimethylsulfonium, benzyl methanesulfonic acid benzyl (4-hydroxyphenyl) methylsulfonium, Benzyl (4-((methoxycarbonyl) oxy) phenyl) methylsulfonium methanesulfonate, (4-hydroxyphenyl) methyl ((2-methylphenyl) methyl) sulfonium methanesulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl) Dimethylsulfonium, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-((methoxycarbonyl) oxy) phenyl) dimethylsulfonium, benzyl trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl) methyl Sulfonium, benzyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (4-((methoxycarbonyl) oxy) phenyl) methylsulfonium, (4-hydroxyphenyl) methyl ((2-methylphenyl) methyl) sulfonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 3- (5- ( ((Propylsulfonyl) oxy) imino) thiophene-2 (5H) -ylidene) -2- (o-tolyl) propanenitrile, 2,2-bis (3- (methanesulfonylamino) -4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoro Propane is preferred.
 また、特開2013-167742号公報の段落番号0059に記載の化合物も熱酸発生剤として好ましい。 Further, the compound described in paragraph No. 0059 of JP2013-167742A is also preferable as the thermal acid generator.
 熱酸発生剤を用いる場合、熱酸発生剤の含有量は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料100質量部に対して0.01質量部以上が好ましく、0.1質量部以上がより好ましい。0.01質量部以上含有することで、架橋反応および複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の環化が促進されるため、硬化膜の機械特性および耐薬品性をより向上させることができる。また、硬化膜の電気絶縁性の観点から、20質量部以下が好ましく、15質量部以下がより好ましく、10質量部以下がさらに好ましい。
 熱酸発生剤は、1種のみ用いても、2種以上用いてもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When using a thermal acid generator, 0.01 mass part or more is preferable with respect to 100 mass parts of heterocyclic containing polymer precursor materials, and 0.1 mass part or more is more preferable. By containing 0.01 part by mass or more, the crosslinking reaction and the cyclization of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material are promoted, so that the mechanical properties and chemical resistance of the cured film can be further improved. Moreover, from a viewpoint of the electrical insulation of a cured film, 20 mass parts or less are preferable, 15 mass parts or less are more preferable, and 10 mass parts or less are more preferable.
One type of thermal acid generator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
<<熱重合開始剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、熱重合開始剤(好ましくは熱ラジカル重合開始剤)を含んでいてもよい。熱ラジカル重合開始剤としては、公知の熱ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることができる。
 熱ラジカル重合開始剤は、熱のエネルギーによってラジカルを発生し、重合性化合物の重合反応を開始または促進させる化合物である。熱ラジカル重合開始剤を添加することによって、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の環化反応を進行させる際に、重合性化合物の重合反応を進行させることができる。また、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料がエチレン性不飽和結合を含む場合は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の環化と共に、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の重合反応を進行させることもできるので、より高耐熱化が達成できることとなる。
 熱ラジカル重合開始剤としては、芳香族ケトン類、オニウム塩化合物、過酸化物、チオ化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、ケトオキシムエステル化合物、ボレート化合物、アジニウム化合物、メタロセン化合物、活性エステル化合物、炭素ハロゲン結合を有する化合物、アゾ系化合物等が挙げられる。中でも、過酸化物またはアゾ系化合物がより好ましく、過酸化物が特に好ましい。
 本発明で用いる熱ラジカル重合開始剤は、10時間半減期温度が90~130℃であることが好ましく、100~120℃であることがより好ましい。
 具体的には、特開2008-63554号公報の段落番号0074~0118に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。
 市販品では、パーブチルZおよびパークミルD(日油(株)製)を好適に用いることができる。
<< Thermal polymerization initiator >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal polymerization initiator (preferably a thermal radical polymerization initiator). As the thermal radical polymerization initiator, a known thermal radical polymerization initiator can be used.
The thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates radicals by heat energy and initiates or accelerates the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound. By adding the thermal radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound can be advanced when the cyclization reaction of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material is advanced. In addition, when the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material contains an ethylenically unsaturated bond, the polymerization reaction of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material can proceed together with the cyclization of the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material. Higher heat resistance can be achieved.
Thermal radical polymerization initiators include aromatic ketones, onium salt compounds, peroxides, thio compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, ketoxime ester compounds, borate compounds, azinium compounds, metallocene compounds, active ester compounds, carbon halogens. Examples thereof include a compound having a bond and an azo compound. Among these, a peroxide or an azo compound is more preferable, and a peroxide is particularly preferable.
The thermal radical polymerization initiator used in the present invention preferably has a 10-hour half-life temperature of 90 to 130 ° C, more preferably 100 to 120 ° C.
Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-63554.
In a commercial item, perbutyl Z and park mill D (made by NOF Corporation) can be used conveniently.
 感光性樹脂組成物が熱ラジカル重合開始剤を含有する場合、熱ラジカル重合開始剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~50質量%が好ましく、0.1~30質量%がより好ましく、0.1~20質量%が特に好ましい。また、重合性化合物100質量部に対し、熱ラジカル重合開始剤を0.1~50質量部含むことが好ましく、0.5~30質量部含むことがより好ましい。この態様によれば、より耐熱性に優れた硬化膜を形成しやすい。
 熱ラジカル重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。熱ラジカル重合開始剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When the photosensitive resin composition contains a thermal radical polymerization initiator, the content of the thermal radical polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition, Is more preferably from 30 to 30% by weight, particularly preferably from 0.1 to 20% by weight. Further, the thermal radical polymerization initiator is preferably contained in an amount of 0.1 to 50 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable compound. According to this aspect, it is easy to form a cured film having more excellent heat resistance.
Only one type of thermal radical polymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more thermal radical polymerization initiators, the total is preferably in the above range.
<<腐食防止剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物には、腐食防止剤を添加することが好ましい。腐食防止剤は、金属配線からのイオンの流出を防ぐ目的で添加し、化合物としては、例えば、特開2013-15701号公報の段落番号0094に記載の防錆剤、特開2009-283711号公報の段落番号0073~0076に記載の化合物、特開2011-59656号公報の段落番号0052に記載の化合物、特開2012-194520号公報の段落番号0114、0116および0118に記載の化合物などを使用することができる。中でも、トリアゾール環を有する化合物またはテトラゾール環を有する化合物を好ましく使用することができ、1,2,4-トリアゾール、1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、5-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール、1H-テトラゾール、5-メチル-1H-テトラゾールがより好ましく、1H-テトラゾールがもっとも好ましい。
 腐食防止剤を用いる場合、腐食防止剤の含有量は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料100質量部に対して好ましくは0.1~10質量部の範囲であり、より好ましくは0.2~5質量部の範囲である。
 腐食防止剤は、1種のみ用いても、2種以上用いてもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<< Corrosion inhibitor >>
It is preferable to add a corrosion inhibitor to the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. The corrosion inhibitor is added for the purpose of preventing the outflow of ions from the metal wiring. Examples of the compound include a rust inhibitor described in paragraph No. 0094 of JP2013-15701A, and JP2009-283711A. The compounds described in Paragraph Nos. 0073 to 0076, the compound described in Paragraph No. 0052 of JP 2011-59656 A, the compounds described in Paragraph Nos. 0114, 0116, and 0118 of JP 2012-194520 A are used. be able to. Among them, a compound having a triazole ring or a compound having a tetrazole ring can be preferably used. 1,2,4-triazole, 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole, 1H-tetrazole 5-methyl-1H-tetrazole is more preferred, and 1H-tetrazole is most preferred.
When a corrosion inhibitor is used, the content of the corrosion inhibitor is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material. It is the range of mass parts.
The corrosion inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
<<金属接着性改良剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、電極や配線などに用いられる金属材料との接着性を向上させるための金属接着性改良剤を含んでいることが好ましい。金属接着性改良剤の例としては、特開2014-186186号公報の段落番号0046~0049や、特開2013-072935号公報の段落番号0032~0043に記載のスルフィド系化合物が挙げられる。金属接着性改良剤としては、また、下記化合物も例示される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
  金属接着性改良剤を用いる場合、金属接着性改良剤の含有量は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料100質量部に対して好ましくは0.1~30質量部の範囲であり、より好ましくは0.5~15質量部の範囲である。0.1質量部以上とすることで熱硬化後の膜と金属との接着性が良好となり、30質量部以下とすることで硬化後の膜の耐熱性、機械特性が良好となる。
 金属接着性改良剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
<< Metal adhesion improver >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver for improving the adhesion with a metal material used for electrodes and wirings. Examples of the metal adhesion improver include sulfide compounds described in paragraph numbers 0046 to 0049 of JP-A-2014-186186 and paragraph numbers 0032 to 0043 of JP-A-2013-072935. Examples of the metal adhesion improver also include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
When a metal adhesion improver is used, the content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material. The range is from 5 to 15 parts by mass. By setting it as 0.1 mass part or more, the adhesiveness of the film | membrane and metal after thermosetting becomes favorable, and the heat resistance of the film | membrane after hardening and mechanical characteristics become favorable by setting it as 30 mass parts or less.
Only one type of metal adhesion improver may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that the sum total is the said range.
<<シランカップリング剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、基板との接着性を向上させられる点で、シランカップリング剤を含んでいることが好ましい。シランカップリング剤の例としては、特開2014-191002号公報の段落番号0062~0073に記載の化合物、国際公開WO2011/080992A1号公報の段落番号0063~0071に記載の化合物、特開2014-191252号公報の段落番号0060~0061に記載の化合物、特開2014-41264号公報の段落番号0045~0052に記載の化合物、国際公開WO2014/097594号公報の段落番号0055に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、特開2011-128358号公報の段落番号0050~0058に記載されているように、異なる2種以上のシランカップリング剤を用いることも好ましい。
 シランカップリング剤を用いる場合、シランカップリング剤の含有量は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料100質量部に対して好ましくは0.1~20質量部の範囲であり、より好ましくは1~10質量部の範囲である。0.1質量部以上であると、基板とのより充分な密着性を付与することができ、20質量部以下であると室温保存時において粘度上昇等の問題をより抑制できる。
 シランカップリング剤は、1種のみ用いても、2種以上用いてもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<< Silane coupling agent >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a silane coupling agent from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the substrate. Examples of the silane coupling agent include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0062 to 0073 of JP2014-191002, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0063 to 0071 of international publication WO2011 / 080992A1, and JP2014-191252. And compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0061 of JP, No. 2014-41264, compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0045 to 0052 of JP-A-2014-41264, and compounds described in paragraph No. 0055 of International Publication No. WO2014 / 097594. It is also preferable to use two or more different silane coupling agents as described in paragraph numbers 0050 to 0058 of JP2011-128358A.
When a silane coupling agent is used, the content of the silane coupling agent is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts per 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material. It is the range of mass parts. When it is 0.1 part by mass or more, sufficient adhesion to the substrate can be imparted, and when it is 20 parts by mass or less, problems such as an increase in viscosity during storage at room temperature can be further suppressed.
Only one type of silane coupling agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
<<溶解促進剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、アルカリ現像液を用いたポジ型である場合、感度向上の観点で、溶解促進剤(溶解性を促進する化合物)を添加することが好ましい。溶解促進剤としては、低分子フェノール類(例えば、Bis-Z、TekP-4HBPA、TrisP-HAP、TrisP-PA、BisRS-2P、BisRS-3P(以上、商品名、本州化学工業製)、BIR-PC、BIR-PTBP、BIR-BIPC-F(以上、商品名、旭有機材工業製)、特開2013-152381号公報の段落番号0056~0062に記載のフェノール類)やアリールスルホンアミド誘導体(例えば、特開2011-164454号公報の段落番号0058に記載の化合物)を挙げることができる。
 溶解促進剤を用いる場合、溶解促進剤の含有量は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.1~20質量部の範囲であり、より好ましくは1~10質量部の範囲である。
 溶解促進剤は、1種のみ用いても、2種以上用いてもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<< Solution Accelerator >>
When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is a positive type using an alkaline developer, it is preferable to add a dissolution accelerator (a compound that promotes solubility) from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity. Examples of the solubility promoter include low molecular weight phenols (for example, Bis-Z, TekP-4HBPA, TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PA, BisRS-2P, BisRS-3P (trade name, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry), BIR- PC, BIR-PTBP, BIR-BIPC-F (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), phenols described in paragraph numbers 0056 to 0062 of JP2013-152381A) and arylsulfonamide derivatives (for example, And compounds described in paragraph No. 0058 of JP2011-164454A).
When a dissolution accelerator is used, the content of the dissolution accelerator is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material. Part range.
Only one type of dissolution promoter may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
<<溶解阻害剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、アルカリ現像液を用いたポジ型である場合、アルカリ現像液への溶解性を調整するために、溶解阻害剤(溶解性を阻害する化合物)を含有させることができる。このような化合物として、オニウム塩、ジアリール化合物およびテトラアルキルアンモニウム塩が好ましい。
 オニウム塩としては、ジアリールヨードニウム塩等のヨードニウム塩、トリアリールスルホニウム塩等のスルホニウム塩、ホスホニウム塩、アリールジアゾニウム塩等のジアゾニウム塩等が挙げられる。
 ジアリール化合物としては、ジアリール尿素、ジアリールスルホン、ジアリールケトン、ジアリールエーテル、ジアリールプロパン、ジアリールヘキサフルオロプロパン等の二つのアリール基が結合基を介して結合したものが挙げられ、上記アリール基としては、フェニル基が好ましい。
 テトラアルキルアンモニウム塩としては、上記アルキル基がメチル基、エチル基等のテトラアルキルアンモニウムハライドが挙げられる。
<< Dissolution inhibitor >>
When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is a positive type using an alkaline developer, it contains a dissolution inhibitor (a compound that inhibits solubility) in order to adjust the solubility in the alkaline developer. Can do. As such compounds, onium salts, diaryl compounds and tetraalkylammonium salts are preferred.
Examples of the onium salt include iodonium salts such as diaryliodonium salts, sulfonium salts such as triarylsulfonium salts, diazonium salts such as phosphonium salts, aryldiazonium salts, and the like.
Examples of the diaryl compound include those in which two aryl groups such as diaryl urea, diaryl sulfone, diaryl ketone, diaryl ether, diaryl propane, and diaryl hexafluoropropane are bonded via a linking group. Groups are preferred.
Examples of the tetraalkylammonium salt include tetraalkylammonium halides in which the alkyl group is a methyl group or an ethyl group.
 これらの中で良好な溶解阻害効果を示すものとしては、ジアリールヨードニウム塩、ジアリール尿素、ジアリールスルホン、テトラメチルアンモニウムハライド等が挙げられ、ジアリール尿素としては、ジフェニル尿素、ジメチルジフェニル尿素等が挙げられ、テトラメチルアンモニウムハライドとしては、テトラメチルアンモニウムクロライド、テトラメチルアンモニウムブロマイド、テトラメチルアンモニウムヨーダイド等が挙げられる。 Among them, those showing a good dissolution inhibiting effect include diaryl iodonium salts, diaryl ureas, diaryl sulfones, tetramethyl ammonium halides, etc., and diaryl ureas include diphenyl urea, dimethyl diphenyl urea, etc. Examples of the tetramethylammonium halide include tetramethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium bromide, and tetramethylammonium iodide.
 中でも、式(Inh)で表されるジアリールヨードニウム塩が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
(式中、Xは対陰イオンを示し、RおよびRは、各々独立に、1価の有機基を示し、aおよびbは、各々独立に、0~5の整数である)
Among these, a diaryl iodonium salt represented by the formula (Inh) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
(Wherein, X - represents a counteranion, R 7 and R 8 each independently represents a monovalent organic group, a and b are each independently an integer of 0 to 5)
 対陰イオンXとしては、硝酸イオン、四フッ化ホウ素イオン、過塩素酸イオン、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸イオン、p-トルエンスルホン酸イオン、チオシアン酸イオン、塩素イオン、臭素イオン、ヨウ素イオン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the counter anion X include nitrate ion, boron tetrafluoride ion, perchlorate ion, trifluoromethanesulfonate ion, p-toluenesulfonate ion, thiocyanate ion, chlorine ion, bromine ion, iodine ion and the like. It is done.
 ジアリールヨードニウム塩としては、例えば、ジフェニルヨードニウムニトラート、ビス(p-tert-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウムニトラート、ジフェニルヨードニウムトリフルオロメタンスルホナート、ビス(p-tert-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウムトリフルオロメタンスルホナート、ジフェニルヨードニウムブロマイド、ジフェニルヨードニウムクロライド、ジフェニルヨードニウムヨーダイト、ジフェニルヨードニウム-8-アニリノナフタレン-1-スルホナート等が使用できる。
 これらの中で、ジフェニルヨードニウムニトラート、ジフェニルヨードニウムトリフルオロメタンスルホナートおよびジフェニルヨードニウム-8-アニリノナフタレン-1-スルホナートが、効果が高く好ましいものとして挙げられる。
Examples of the diaryliodonium salt include diphenyliodonium nitrate, bis (p-tert-butylphenyl) iodonium nitrate, diphenyliodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, bis (p-tert-butylphenyl) iodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, and diphenyliodonium. Bromide, diphenyliodonium chloride, diphenyliodonium iodide, diphenyliodonium-8-anilinonanaphthalene-1-sulfonate and the like can be used.
Among these, diphenyliodonium nitrate, diphenyliodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, and diphenyliodonium-8-anilinonanaphthalene-1-sulfonate are preferable because of their high effects.
 溶解阻害剤を含有する場合、溶解阻害剤の含有量は、感度と、現像時間の許容幅の点から、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料100質量部に対して0.1~20質量部が好ましく、0.1~15質量部がより好ましく、0.5~10質量部がさらに好ましい。
 溶解阻害剤は、1種のみ用いても、2種以上用いてもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
In the case of containing a dissolution inhibitor, the content of the dissolution inhibitor is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material from the viewpoints of sensitivity and allowable width of development time. 0.1 to 15 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.5 to 10 parts by mass is further preferable.
Only one type of dissolution inhibitor may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
<<増感色素>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、増感色素を含んでも良い。増感色素は、特定の活性放射線を吸収して電子励起状態となる。電子励起状態となった増感色素は、アミン発生剤、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光重合開始剤などと接触して、電子移動、エネルギー移動、発熱などの作用を引き起こす。これにより、アミン発生剤、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光重合開始剤は化学変化を起こして分解し、ラジカル、酸または塩基を生成する。
<< Sensitizing dye >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizing dye. A sensitizing dye absorbs specific actinic radiation and enters an electronically excited state. The sensitizing dye in an electronically excited state comes into contact with an amine generator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator, and the like, and causes actions such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation. As a result, the amine generator, the thermal radical polymerization initiator, and the photopolymerization initiator are decomposed by causing a chemical change to generate radicals, acids, or bases.
 好ましい増感色素の例としては、以下の化合物類に属しており、かつ300nmから450nm域に極大吸収波長を有するものを挙げることができる。例えば、多核芳香族類(例えば、フェナントレン、アントラセン、ピレン、ペリレン、トリフェニレン、9,10-ジアルコキシアントラセン)、キサンテン類(例えば、フルオレセイン、エオシン、エリスロシン、ローダミンB、ローズベンガル)、チオキサントン類(例えば、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン)、シアニン類(例えば、チアカルボシアニン、オキサカルボシアニン)、メロシアニン類(例えば、メロシアニン、カルボメロシアニン)、チアジン類(例えば、チオニン、メチレンブルー、トルイジンブルー)、アクリジン類(例えば、アクリジンオレンジ、クロロフラビン、アクリフラビン)、アントラキノン類(例えば、アントラキノン)、スクアリリウム類(例えば、スクアリリウム)、クマリン類(例えば、7-ジエチルアミノ-4-メチルクマリン)、スチリルベンゼン類、ジスチリルベンゼン類、カルバゾール類等が挙げられる。 Examples of preferable sensitizing dyes include those belonging to the following compounds and having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 300 nm to 450 nm. For example, polynuclear aromatics (eg, phenanthrene, anthracene, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene, 9,10-dialkoxyanthracene), xanthenes (eg, fluorescein, eosin, erythrosine, rhodamine B, rose bengal), thioxanthones (eg, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone), cyanines (eg, thiacarbocyanine, oxacarbocyanine), merocyanines (eg, merocyanine, carbomerocyanine), thiazines (eg, thionine, methylene blue, toluidine blue), acridines ( For example, acridine orange, chloroflavin, acriflavine), anthraquinones (eg anthraquinone), squaryliums (eg squarylium), coumarins (eg 7-di Chiruamino 4-methylcoumarin), styryl benzenes, distyryl benzenes, carbazoles, and the like.
 中でも本発明においては、多核芳香族類(例えば、フェナントレン、アントラセン、ピレン、ペリレン、トリフェニレン)、チオキサントン類、ジスチリルベンゼン類、スチリルベンゼン類を使用することが開始効率の観点で好ましく、アントラセン骨格を有する化合物を使用することがより好ましい。特に好ましい具体的な化合物としては、9,10-ジエトキシアントラセン、9,10-ジブトキシアントラセンなどが挙げられる。 Among them, in the present invention, polynuclear aromatics (for example, phenanthrene, anthracene, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene), thioxanthones, distyrylbenzenes, and styrylbenzenes are preferably used from the viewpoint of starting efficiency, and the anthracene skeleton is used. It is more preferable to use the compound which has. Particularly preferred specific compounds include 9,10-diethoxyanthracene and 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene.
 感光性樹脂組成物が増感色素を含む場合、増感色素の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01~20質量%が好ましく、0.1~15質量%がより好ましく、0.5~10質量%がさらに好ましい。増感色素は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 When the photosensitive resin composition contains a sensitizing dye, the content of the sensitizing dye is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, and preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. Is more preferable, and 0.5 to 10% by mass is even more preferable. A sensitizing dye may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
<<連鎖移動剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、連鎖移動剤を含有してもよい。連鎖移動剤は、例えば高分子辞典第三版(高分子学会編、2005年)683~684頁に定義されている。連鎖移動剤としては、例えば、分子内にSH、PH、SiH、GeHを有する化合物群が用いられる。これらは、低活性のラジカル種に水素供与して、ラジカルを生成するか、もしくは、酸化された後、脱プロトンすることによりラジカルを生成し得る。特に、チオール化合物(例えば、2-メルカプトベンズイミダゾール類、2-メルカプトベンズチアゾール類、2-メルカプトベンズオキサゾール類、3-メルカプトトリアゾール類、5-メルカプトテトラゾール類等)を好ましく用いることができる。
<< Chain transfer agent >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in Polymer Dictionary 3rd Edition (edited by the Society of Polymer Science, 2005) pages 683-684. As the chain transfer agent, for example, a compound group having SH, PH, SiH, GeH in the molecule is used. These can donate hydrogen to low-activity radical species to generate radicals, or can be oxidized and then deprotonated to generate radicals. In particular, thiol compounds (for example, 2-mercaptobenzimidazoles, 2-mercaptobenzthiazoles, 2-mercaptobenzoxazoles, 3-mercaptotriazoles, 5-mercaptotetrazoles, etc.) can be preferably used.
 感光性樹脂組成物が連鎖移動剤を含有する場合、連鎖移動剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分100質量部に対し、好ましくは0.01~20質量部、より好ましくは1~10質量部、さらに好ましくは1~5質量部である。
 連鎖移動剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。連鎖移動剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When the photosensitive resin composition contains a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. 1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass.
Only one type of chain transfer agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more chain transfer agents, the total is preferably in the above range.
<<重合禁止剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物には、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料に取り込まれた重合禁止剤の他に、さらに、重合禁止剤を配合してもよい。
 さらなる重合禁止剤としては、例えば、ヒドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、p-tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4′-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2′-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシアミンアルミニウム塩、フェノチアジン、N-ニトロソジフェニルアミン、N-フェニルナフチルアミン、エチレンジアミン四酢酸、1,2-シクロヘキサンジアミン四酢酸、グリコールエーテルジアミン四酢酸、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-メチルフェノール、5-ニトロソ-8-ヒドロキシキノリン、1-ニトロソ-2-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-1-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-5-(N-エチル-N-スルフォプロピルアミノ)フェノール、N-ニトロソ-N-(1-ナフチル)ヒドロキシアミンアンモニウム塩、ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-tert-ブチル)フェニルメタンが好適に挙げられる。
 感光性樹脂組成物がさらなる重合禁止剤を含有する場合、その重合禁止剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~5質量%が好ましい。
 さらなる重合禁止剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。さらなる重合禁止剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
 また、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料に取り込まれた重合禁止剤以外の、さらなる重合禁止剤を実質的に配合しない構成とすることもできる。実質的に配合しないとは、さらなる重合禁止剤の含有量が、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物に含まれる固形分の0.01質量%未満、さらには、0.001質量%未満、特には、0.0001質量%未満であることをいう。
<< Polymerization inhibitor >>
In addition to the polymerization inhibitor incorporated in the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may further contain a polymerization inhibitor.
Further polymerization inhibitors include, for example, hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, p-tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis (3-methyl-6- tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, phenothiazine, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol etherdiaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2- Nitro -1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5- (N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino) phenol, N-nitroso-N- (1-naphthyl) hydroxyamine ammonium salt, bis (4-hydroxy-3,5 A preferred example is (tert-butyl) phenylmethane.
When the photosensitive resin composition contains a further polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition.
The further polymerization inhibitor may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more further polymerization inhibitors are used, the total is preferably within the above range.
Moreover, the photosensitive resin composition of this invention can also be set as the structure which does not mix | blend further polymerization inhibitors other than the polymerization inhibitor taken in into the heterocyclic containing polymer precursor material. When substantially not blended, the content of the further polymerization inhibitor is less than 0.01% by mass of the solid content contained in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, more preferably less than 0.001% by mass, in particular , Less than 0.0001% by mass.
<<界面活性剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物には、塗布性をより向上させる観点から、各種の界面活性剤を添加してもよい。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用できる。
 特に、フッ素系界面活性剤を含むことで、塗布液として調製したときの液特性(特に、流動性)がより向上することから、塗布厚の均一性や省液性をより改善することができる。
 フッ素系界面活性剤を含む塗布液を用いて膜形成する場合においては、被塗布面と塗布液との界面張力を低下させることにより、被塗布面への濡れ性が改善され、被塗布面への塗布性が向上する。このため、少量の液量で数μm程度の薄膜を形成した場合であっても、厚みムラの小さい均一厚の膜形成をより好適に行える点で有効である。
<< Surfactant >>
Various surfactants may be added to the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving coatability. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
In particular, by including a fluorosurfactant, liquid properties (particularly fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid are further improved, so that the uniformity of coating thickness and liquid-saving properties can be further improved. .
In the case of forming a film using a coating liquid containing a fluorosurfactant, the wettability to the coated surface is improved by reducing the interfacial tension between the coated surface and the coating liquid, and the coated surface The coating property of is improved. For this reason, even when a thin film of about several μm is formed with a small amount of liquid, it is effective in that it is possible to more suitably form a film having a uniform thickness with small thickness unevenness.
 フッ素系界面活性剤のフッ素含有率は、3~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、溶解性も良好である。
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、例えば、メガファックF171、同F172、同F173、同F176、同F177、同F141、同F142、同F143、同F144、同R30、同F437、同F475、同F479、同F482、同F554、同F780、同F781(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、同FC431、同FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、同SC-101、同SC-103、同SC-104、同SC-105、同SC1068、同SC-381、同SC-383、同S393、同KH-40(以上、旭硝子(株)製)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(OMNOVA社製)等が挙げられる。
 フッ素系界面活性剤として、ブロックポリマーを用いることもでき、具体例としては、例えば、特開2011-89090号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。
 また、下記化合物も本発明で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
  上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、例えば、14,000である。
The fluorine content of the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass. A fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid-saving properties, and has good solubility.
Examples of the fluorosurfactant include Megafac F171, F172, F173, F176, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, F780, F781 (above DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, SC-101, Same SC-103, Same SC-104, Same SC-105, Same SC1068, Same SC-381, Same SC-383, Same S393, Same KH-40 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF636, PF656, PF6320 PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA), and the like.
As the fluorosurfactant, a block polymer can also be used. Specific examples thereof include compounds described in JP-A-2011-89090.
The following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorosurfactant used in the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is, for example, 14,000.
 ノニオン系界面活性剤として、具体的には、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン、ならびにそれらのエトキシレートおよびプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル(BASF社製のプルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1)、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株))等が挙げられる。また、竹本油脂(株)製のパイオニンD-6112-W、和光純薬工業社製の、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002を使用することもできる。 Specific examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, poly Oxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10, L31, L61 from BASF, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 15 R1), Solsperse 20000 (Lubrizol Japan Co., Ltd.), and the like. Alternatively, Pionein D-6112-W manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd., NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. may be used.
 カチオン系界面活性剤として、具体的には、フタロシアニン誘導体(商品名:EFKA-745、森下産業(株)製)、オルガノシロキサンポリマーKP341(信越化学工業(株)製)、(メタ)アクリル酸系(共)重合体ポリフローNo.75、No.90、No.95(共栄社化学(株)製)、W001(裕商(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of cationic surfactants include phthalocyanine derivatives (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.), organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth) acrylic acid-based surfactants. (Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 アニオン系界面活性剤として、具体的には、W004、W005、W017(裕商(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of anionic surfactants include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、東レ・ダウコーニング(株)製「トーレシリコーンDC3PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH7PA」、「トーレシリコーンDC11PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH21PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH28PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH29PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH30PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH8400」、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製「TSF-4440」、「TSF-4300」、「TSF-4445」、「TSF-4460」、「TSF-4452」、信越シリコーン株式会社製「KP341」、「KF6001」、「KF6002」、ビックケミー社製「BYK307」、「BYK323」、「BYK330」等が挙げられる。 Examples of the silicone surfactant include “Toray Silicone DC3PA”, “Toray Silicone SH7PA”, “Tore Silicone DC11PA”, “Tore Silicone SH21PA”, “Tore Silicone SH28PA”, “Toray Silicone” manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd. Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400, Momentive Performance Materials TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF -4552 "," KP341 "," KF6001 "," KF6002 "manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.," BYK307 "," BYK323 "," BYK330 "manufactured by BYK Chemie.
 感光性樹脂組成物が界面活性剤を含有する場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.001~2.0質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.005~1.0質量%である。
 界面活性剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。界面活性剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When the photosensitive resin composition contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass, more preferably based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. 0.005 to 1.0% by mass.
Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more surfactants, the total is preferably in the above range.
<<高級脂肪酸誘導体等>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物には、酸素による重合阻害を防止するために、ベヘン酸やベヘン酸アミドのような高級脂肪酸誘導体等を添加して、塗布後の乾燥の過程で感光性樹脂組成物の表面に偏在させてもよい。
 感光性樹脂組成物が高級脂肪酸誘導体等を含有する場合、高級脂肪酸誘導体等の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~10質量%が好ましい。
 高級脂肪酸誘導体等は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。高級脂肪酸誘導体等が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
<< Higher fatty acid derivatives, etc. >>
In order to prevent polymerization inhibition due to oxygen, a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide or the like is added to the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and the photosensitive resin composition is dried during the coating process. It may be unevenly distributed on the surface of the object.
When the photosensitive resin composition contains a higher fatty acid derivative or the like, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative or the like is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition.
Only one type of higher fatty acid derivative or the like may be used. When there are two or more higher fatty acid derivatives, the total is preferably in the above range.
<<溶媒>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を塗布によって層状にする場合、溶媒を配合することが好ましい。溶媒は、感光性樹脂組成物を層状に形成できれば、公知のものを制限なく使用できる。
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物に用いられる溶媒としては、エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、ε-カプロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトン、アルキルオキシ酢酸アルキル(例えば、アルキルオキシ酢酸メチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸エチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチルおよび2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、および2-オキソブタン酸エチル等、ならびに、エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、およびプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート等、ならびに、ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン、およびN-メチル-2-ピロリドン等、ならびに、芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、アニソール、およびリモネン等、ならびに、スルホキシド類として、例えば、ジメチルスルホキシドが好適に挙げられる。
<< solvent >>
When making the photosensitive resin composition of this invention into a layer form by application | coating, it is preferable to mix | blend a solvent. Any known solvent can be used without limitation as long as the photosensitive resin composition can be formed into a layer.
Examples of the solvent used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention include esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyric acid. Butyl, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl oxyacetate alkyl (eg alkyl oxyacetate, alkyl oxyacetate ethyl, alkyl oxyacetate butyl (eg methyl methoxyacetate, methoxy Ethyl acetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), 3-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc.) -Methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), 2-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (for example, methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, Ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, propyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, 2-ethoxy Ethyl propionate)), methyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate (eg, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropyl) Ethyl pionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate and the like, and ethers such as diethylene glycol dimethyl ether , Tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl Ether acetate, and As propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate and the like, and ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like, and aromatic hydrocarbons Suitable examples of the sulfoxides include toluene, xylene, anisole and limonene, and sulfoxides.
 溶媒は、塗布面状の改良などの観点から、2種以上を混合する形態も好ましい。なかでも、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、ジメチルスルホキシド、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、およびプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテートから選択される2種以上で構成される混合溶液が好ましい。特に、ジメチルスルホキシドとγ-ブチロラクトンとの併用が好ましい。 The solvent is preferably in the form of a mixture of two or more from the viewpoint of improving the coated surface. Among them, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone A mixed solution composed of two or more selected from dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate is preferable. In particular, the combined use of dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone is preferable.
 感光性樹脂組成物が溶媒を含有する場合、溶媒の含有量は、塗布性の観点から、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分濃度が5~80質量%になる量とすることが好ましく、5~70質量%がより好ましく、10~60質量%がさらに好ましい。
 溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。溶媒が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
 また、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミドおよびN,N-ジメチルホルムアミドの含有量は、膜強度の観点から、感光性樹脂組成物の全質量に対して5質量%未満が好ましく、1質量%未満がより好ましく、0.5質量%未満がさらに好ましく、0.1質量%未満が一層好ましい。
When the photosensitive resin composition contains a solvent, the content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid concentration of the photosensitive resin composition is 5 to 80% by mass from the viewpoint of applicability. More preferred is ˜70% by mass, and further more preferred is 10˜60% by mass.
One type of solvent may be sufficient and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it. When there are two or more solvents, the total is preferably in the above range.
The contents of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide and N, N-dimethylformamide are determined based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin composition from the viewpoint of film strength. Is less than 5% by weight, more preferably less than 1% by weight, even more preferably less than 0.5% by weight, and still more preferably less than 0.1% by weight.
<<その他の添加剤>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、必要に応じて、各種添加物、例えば、無機粒子、硬化剤、硬化触媒、充填剤、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、凝集防止剤等を配合することができる。これらの添加剤を配合する場合、その合計配合量は感光性樹脂組成物の固形分の3質量%以下とすることが好ましい。
<< Other additives >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has various additives, for example, inorganic particles, curing agents, curing catalysts, fillers, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, as necessary, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Further, an aggregation inhibitor and the like can be blended. When mix | blending these additives, it is preferable that the total compounding quantity shall be 3 mass% or less of solid content of the photosensitive resin composition.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物の水分含有量は、塗布面状の観点から、5質量%未満が好ましく、1質量%未満がより好ましく、0.6質量%未満がさらに好ましい。 The water content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5% by weight, more preferably less than 1% by weight, and even more preferably less than 0.6% by weight from the viewpoint of the coated surface.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物の金属含有量は、絶縁性の観点から、5質量ppm未満が好ましく、1質量ppm未満がより好ましく、0.5質量ppm未満がさらに好ましい。金属としては、ナトリウム、カリウム、マグネシウム、カルシウム、鉄、クロム、ニッケルなどが挙げられる。金属を複数含む場合は、これらの金属の合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
 また、感光性樹脂組成物に意図せずに含まれる金属不純物を低減する方法としては、感光性樹脂組成物を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する、感光性樹脂組成物を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う、装置内をポリテトラフルオロエチレン等でライニングしてコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う等の方法を挙げることができる。
From the viewpoint of insulation, the metal content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 ppm by mass, more preferably less than 1 ppm by mass, and even more preferably less than 0.5 ppm by mass. Examples of the metal include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel and the like. When a plurality of metals are included, the total of these metals is preferably in the above range.
In addition, as a method for reducing metal impurities that are unintentionally contained in the photosensitive resin composition, a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the photosensitive resin composition. For example, the raw material to be filtered may be filtered, or the inside of the apparatus may be lined with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like, and distillation may be performed under a condition in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible.
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、ハロゲン原子の含有量が、配線腐食性の観点から、500質量ppm未満が好ましく、300質量ppm未満がより好ましく、200質量ppm未満がさらに好ましい。中でも、ハロゲンイオンの状態で存在するものは、5質量ppm未満が好ましく、1質量ppm未満がより好ましく、0.5質量ppm未満がさらに好ましい。ハロゲン原子としては、塩素原子および臭素原子が挙げられる。塩素原子および臭素原子、または、塩化物イオンおよび臭化物イオンの合計がそれぞれ上記範囲であることが好ましい。 In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, the content of halogen atoms is preferably less than 500 ppm by mass, more preferably less than 300 ppm by mass, and even more preferably less than 200 ppm by mass from the viewpoint of wiring corrosiveness. Especially, what exists in the state of a halogen ion is less than 5 mass ppm, More preferably, it is less than 1 mass ppm, More preferably, it is less than 0.5 mass ppm. Examples of the halogen atom include a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. The total of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms, or chloride ions and bromide ions is preferably in the above range.
<<感光性樹脂組成物の調製>>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、上記各成分を混合して調製することができる。混合方法は特に限定はなく、従来公知の方法で行うことができる。
 また、組成物中のゴミや微粒子等の異物を除去する目的で、フィルターを用いたろ過を行うことが好ましい。フィルターの孔径としては、1μm以下が好ましく、0.5μm以下がより好ましく、0.1μm以下がさらに好ましい。フィルターの材質としては、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、ナイロン製のフィルターが好ましい。フィルターは、有機溶媒であらかじめ洗浄したものを用いてもよい。フィルター濾過工程では、複数種のフィルターを直列または並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径および/または材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用しても良い。また、各種材料を複数回濾過してもよく、複数回濾過する工程が循環濾過工程であっても良い。また、加圧してろ過を行ってもよく、加圧する圧力は0.05MPa以上0.3MPa以下が好ましい。
 フィルターを用いたろ過の他、吸着材を用いて不純物の除去を行っても良い。また、フィルターを用いたろ過と、吸着材を用いた不純物の除去とを組み合わせて行っても良い。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を用いることができ、例えば、シリカゲル、ゼオライトなどの無機系吸着材、活性炭などの有機系吸着材を使用することができる。
<< Preparation of photosensitive resin composition >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above components. The mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be performed by a conventionally known method.
Moreover, it is preferable to perform filtration using a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances such as dust and fine particles in the composition. The pore size of the filter is preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.1 μm or less. The filter material is preferably a polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon filter. A filter that has been previously washed with an organic solvent may be used. In the filter filtration step, a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When a plurality of types of filters are used, filters having different pore diameters and / or materials may be used in combination. Moreover, various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulating filtration step. Moreover, you may pressurize and filter and the pressure to pressurize is 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less.
In addition to filtration using a filter, impurities may be removed using an adsorbent. Further, filtration using a filter and removal of impurities using an adsorbent may be combined. As the adsorbent, known adsorbents can be used. For example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be used.
<用途>
 本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、硬化させて、硬化膜として用いることができる。本発明の硬化膜の製造方法は、半導体デバイスの絶縁膜、再配線層用層間絶縁膜などの分野に好ましく用いることができる。すなわち、本発明は、本発明の硬化膜の製造方法を含む、半導体デバイスの製造方法をも開示する。特に、解像性が良好であるため、3次元実装デバイスにおける再配線層用層間絶縁膜などの製造に好ましく用いることができる。すなわち、本発明は、本発明の硬化膜の製造方法を含む、再配線層用層間絶縁膜の製造方法をも開示する。さらに、本発明の硬化膜の製造方法で得られた硬化膜、ならびに、本発明の硬化膜の製造方法で得られた半導体デバイスを開示する。
 また、本発明によって製造される硬化膜は、エレクトロニクス用のフォトレジスト(ガルバニック(電解)レジスト(galvanic resist)、エッチングレジスト、ソルダートップレジスト(solder top resist))などに用いることもできる。
 また、本発明によって製造される硬化膜は、オフセット版面またはスクリーン版面などの版面の製造、成形部品のエッチングへの使用、エレクトロニクス、特にマイクロエレクトロニクスにおける保護ラッカーおよび誘電層の製造などに用いることもできる。
<Application>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be cured and used as a cured film. The method for producing a cured film of the present invention can be preferably used in the fields of insulating films for semiconductor devices, interlayer insulating films for rewiring layers, and the like. That is, this invention also discloses the manufacturing method of a semiconductor device containing the manufacturing method of the cured film of this invention. In particular, since the resolution is good, it can be preferably used for manufacturing an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer in a three-dimensional mounting device. That is, this invention also discloses the manufacturing method of the interlayer insulation film for rewiring layers including the manufacturing method of the cured film of this invention. Furthermore, the cured film obtained by the manufacturing method of the cured film of this invention and the semiconductor device obtained by the manufacturing method of the cured film of this invention are disclosed.
Further, the cured film produced according to the present invention can also be used for a photoresist for electronics (galvanic resist, galvanic resist, etching resist, solder top resist).
The cured film produced according to the present invention can also be used for the production of printing plates such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates, the use for etching molded parts, the production of protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, in particular microelectronics, etc. .
 次に、上記組成物を再配線層用層間絶縁膜に用いた半導体デバイスの一実施形態について説明する。
 図1に示す半導体デバイス100は、いわゆる3次元実装デバイスであり、複数の半導体素子(半導体チップ)101a~101dが積層した積層体101が、配線基板120に配置されている。
 なお、この実施形態では、半導体素子(半導体チップ)の積層数が4層である場合を中心に説明するが、半導体素子(半導体チップ)の積層数は特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、2層、8層、16層、32層等であってもよい。また、1層であってもよい。
Next, an embodiment of a semiconductor device using the composition as an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer will be described.
A semiconductor device 100 shown in FIG. 1 is a so-called three-dimensional mounting device, and a stacked body 101 in which a plurality of semiconductor elements (semiconductor chips) 101 a to 101 d are stacked is arranged on a wiring board 120.
In this embodiment, the case where the number of stacked semiconductor elements (semiconductor chips) is four will be mainly described. However, the number of stacked semiconductor elements (semiconductor chips) is not particularly limited. It may be a layer, 8 layers, 16 layers, 32 layers, or the like. Moreover, one layer may be sufficient.
 複数の半導体素子101a~101dは、いずれもシリコン基板等の半導体ウエハからなる。
 最上段の半導体素子101aは、貫通電極を有さず、その一方の面に電極パッド(図示せず)が形成されている。
 半導体素子101b~101dは、貫通電極102b~102dを有し、各半導体素子の両面には、貫通電極に一体に設けられた接続パッド(図示せず)が設けられている。
Each of the plurality of semiconductor elements 101a to 101d is made of a semiconductor wafer such as a silicon substrate.
The uppermost semiconductor element 101a does not have a through electrode, and an electrode pad (not shown) is formed on one surface thereof.
The semiconductor elements 101b to 101d have through electrodes 102b to 102d, and connection pads (not shown) provided integrally with the through electrodes are provided on both surfaces of each semiconductor element.
 積層体101は、貫通電極を有さない半導体素子101aと、貫通電極102b~102dを有する半導体素子101b~101dとをフリップチップ接続した構造を有している。
 すなわち、貫通電極を有さない半導体素子101aの電極パッドと、これに隣接する貫通電極102bを有する半導体素子101bの半導体素子101a側の接続パッドが、半田バンプ等の金属バンプ103aで接続され、貫通電極102bを有する半導体素子101bの他側の接続パッドが、それに隣接する貫通電極102cを有する半導体素子101cの半導体素子101b側の接続パッドと、半田バンプ等の金属バンプ103bで接続されている。同様に、貫通電極102cを有する半導体素子101cの他側の接続パッドが、それに隣接する貫通電極102dを有する半導体素子101dの半導体素子101c側の接続パッドと、半田バンプ等の金属バンプ103cで接続されている。
The stacked body 101 has a structure in which a semiconductor element 101a having no through electrode and semiconductor elements 101b to 101d having through electrodes 102b to 102d are flip-chip connected.
That is, the electrode pad of the semiconductor element 101a having no through electrode and the connection pad on the semiconductor element 101a side of the semiconductor element 101b having the adjacent through electrode 102b are connected by the metal bump 103a such as a solder bump, The connection pad on the other side of the semiconductor element 101b having the electrode 102b is connected to the connection pad on the semiconductor element 101b side of the semiconductor element 101c having the penetrating electrode 102c adjacent thereto by a metal bump 103b such as a solder bump. Similarly, the connection pad on the other side of the semiconductor element 101c having the through electrode 102c is connected to the connection pad on the semiconductor element 101c side of the semiconductor element 101d having the adjacent through electrode 102d by the metal bump 103c such as a solder bump. ing.
 各半導体素子101a~101dの間隙には、アンダーフィル層110が形成されており、各半導体素子101a~101dは、アンダーフィル層110を介して積層している。 An underfill layer 110 is formed in the gaps between the semiconductor elements 101a to 101d, and the semiconductor elements 101a to 101d are stacked via the underfill layer 110.
 積層体101は、配線基板120に積層されている。
 配線基板120としては、例えば樹脂基板、セラミックス基板、ガラス基板等の絶縁基板を基材として用いた多層配線基板が使用される。樹脂基板を適用した配線基板120としては、多層銅張積層板(多層プリント配線板)等が挙げられる。
The stacked body 101 is stacked on the wiring board 120.
As the wiring substrate 120, for example, a multilayer wiring substrate using an insulating substrate such as a resin substrate, a ceramic substrate, or a glass substrate as a base material is used. Examples of the wiring board 120 to which the resin board is applied include a multilayer copper-clad laminate (multilayer printed wiring board).
 配線基板120の一方の面には、表面電極120aが設けられている。
 配線基板120と積層体101との間には、再配線層105が形成された絶縁層115が配置されており、配線基板120と積層体101とは、再配線層105を介して電気的に接続されている。絶縁層115は、本発明における感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成してなるものである。
 すなわち、再配線層105の一端は、半田バンプ等の金属バンプ103dを介して、半導体素子101dの再配線層105側の面に形成された電極パッドに接続されている。また、再配線層105の他端は、配線基板の表面電極120aと、半田バンプ等の金属バンプ103eを介して接続している。
 そして、絶縁層115と積層体101との間には、アンダーフィル層110aが形成されている。また、絶縁層115と配線基板120との間には、アンダーフィル層110bが形成されている。
A surface electrode 120 a is provided on one surface of the wiring board 120.
An insulating layer 115 in which a rewiring layer 105 is formed is disposed between the wiring substrate 120 and the stacked body 101, and the wiring substrate 120 and the stacked body 101 are electrically connected via the rewiring layer 105. It is connected. The insulating layer 115 is formed using the photosensitive resin composition in the present invention.
That is, one end of the rewiring layer 105 is connected to an electrode pad formed on the surface of the semiconductor element 101d on the rewiring layer 105 side through a metal bump 103d such as a solder bump. The other end of the rewiring layer 105 is connected to the surface electrode 120a of the wiring board via a metal bump 103e such as a solder bump.
An underfill layer 110 a is formed between the insulating layer 115 and the stacked body 101. In addition, an underfill layer 110 b is formed between the insulating layer 115 and the wiring substrate 120.
 上記の他、本発明によって製造される硬化膜は、ポリイミドやポリベンゾオキサゾールを用いる各種用途に広く採用できる。
 また、ポリイミドやポリベンゾオキサゾールは熱に強いため、本発明によって製造される硬化膜等は、液晶ディスプレイ、電子ペーパーなどの表示装置用の透明プラスチック基板、自動車部品、耐熱塗料、コーティング剤、フィルム用途としても好適に利用できる。
In addition to the above, the cured film produced according to the present invention can be widely used in various applications using polyimide or polybenzoxazole.
In addition, since polyimide and polybenzoxazole are resistant to heat, cured films and the like produced by the present invention are used for transparent plastic substrates for liquid crystal displays, display devices such as electronic paper, automotive parts, heat resistant paints, coating agents, and films. Can also be suitably used.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。「部」、「%」は特に述べない限り、質量基準である。 The present invention will be described more specifically with reference to the following examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing details, processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. “Parts” and “%” are based on mass unless otherwise specified.
(実施例1)
[4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートおよび4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルからのポリイミド前駆体A-1の合成]
 21.2gの4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物と、18.0gの2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、23.9gのピリジンと、250mLのジグリム(ダイグライム、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル)とを混合し、60℃の温度で4時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとのジエステルを製造した。次いで、反応混合物を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±5℃に保ちながら、17.0gのSOClを60分かけて加えた。50mLのN-メチルピロリドンで希釈した後、100mLのN-メチルピロリドンに12.6gの4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを溶解させた溶液を、-10±5℃で60分かけて反応混合物に滴下して、混合物を2時間攪拌した。
 次いで、6リットルの水を加えてポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物(水-ポリイミド前駆体混合物)を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物(ポリイミド前駆体の固体)をろ取し、テトラヒドロフラン(良溶媒、和光純薬工業(株)製、重合禁止剤G-1として、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール(BHT)を0.03質量%含有)500gに溶解させた。得られた溶液に6Lの水(貧溶媒)を加えてポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物(水-ポリイミド前駆体混合物)を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物(ポリイミド前駆体の固体)を再びろ過して減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。
 このポリイミド前駆体は、重量平均分子量24,800、数平均分子量7,900であった。
Example 1
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-1 from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether]
21.2 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine, and 250 mL of diglyme (Diglyme, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether) were mixed. Stirring at temperature for 4 hours produced a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −10 ° C. and 17.0 g of SOCl 2 was added over 60 minutes while maintaining the temperature at −10 ± 5 ° C. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, a solution of 12.6 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone is added dropwise to the reaction mixture at −10 ± 5 ° C. over 60 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours.
Subsequently, 6 liters of water was added to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate (water-polyimide precursor mixture) was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The precipitate (polyimide precursor solid) after stirring was collected by filtration and 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p was used as a polymerization inhibitor G-1 in tetrahydrofuran (good solvent, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.). -Cresol (BHT) was dissolved in 500 g). 6 L of water (poor solvent) was added to the resulting solution to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate (water-polyimide precursor mixture) was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate (polyimide precursor solid) was filtered again and dried under reduced pressure at 45 ° C. for 3 days.
This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 24,800 and a number average molecular weight of 7,900.
 得られたポリイミド前駆体(複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料)について、以下の評価を行った。
<重合禁止剤含有量の均一性>
 得られた複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料50gから任意に1gずつ4回採取して、それぞれを20mLの遮光ガラス容器に移した。それぞれの遮光ガラス容器にN-メチルピロリドン5gを加えて、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料を溶解させて試料溶液とした。得られた試料溶液をガスクロマトグラフィー測定(装置:Agilent7890A、カラム:HP-55、カラム温度:300℃)を行い、それぞれの複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料に含まれる重合禁止剤の含有量(単位:質量ppm)を測定して測定したそれぞれの値と、4つの平均値の差を絶対値とし、それぞれ平均値で割った。得られた値のうち、最も大きな値を変化率(単位:%)として示した。変化率が小さい程、重合禁止剤が均一に存在することを意味する。結果を表5に示した。
The following evaluation was performed about the obtained polyimide precursor (heterocycle containing polymer precursor material).
<Uniformity of polymerization inhibitor content>
1 g was arbitrarily sampled 4 times from 50 g of the obtained heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material, and each was transferred to a 20 mL light-shielding glass container. To each light-shielding glass container, 5 g of N-methylpyrrolidone was added to dissolve the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material to prepare a sample solution. The obtained sample solution was subjected to gas chromatography measurement (apparatus: Agilent 7890A, column: HP-55, column temperature: 300 ° C.), and the content of the polymerization inhibitor contained in each heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material (unit: : Mass ppm), and the difference between each of the measured values and the four average values was taken as an absolute value and divided by the average value. Among the obtained values, the largest value was shown as the rate of change (unit:%). The smaller the change rate, the more uniformly the polymerization inhibitor is present. The results are shown in Table 5.
<保存安定性>
 得られた複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料10gをN-メチルピロリドン200mLに溶解させ、ウベローデ管(C=約0.005mm/s径)を用いて25℃における溶液の粘度を測定した。次に、同じ複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料10gを200mLの遮光ガラス容器に密閉し、25℃、湿度65%の環境下に1週間静置した。1週間後の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の粘度を前述のように再度測定し、粘度の増減量を、(静置後粘度/初期粘度)×100(単位:%)で算出した。結果を表5に示した。
A:粘度の増減量が90%以上、110%未満である。
B:粘度の増減量が110%以上、130%未満である。
C:粘度の増減量が130%以上、150%未満である。
D:粘度の増減量が130%以上である。
<Storage stability>
10 g of the obtained heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material was dissolved in 200 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, and the viscosity of the solution at 25 ° C. was measured using an Ubbelohde tube (C = about 0.005 mm 2 / s 2 diameter). Next, 10 g of the same heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material was sealed in a 200 mL light-shielding glass container and allowed to stand in an environment of 25 ° C. and humidity 65% for 1 week. The viscosity of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material after one week was measured again as described above, and the amount of increase or decrease in viscosity was calculated by (viscosity after standing / initial viscosity) × 100 (unit:%). The results are shown in Table 5.
A: The amount of increase / decrease in viscosity is 90% or more and less than 110%.
B: The increase / decrease amount of the viscosity is 110% or more and less than 130%.
C: The increase / decrease amount of the viscosity is 130% or more and less than 150%.
D: The amount of increase / decrease in viscosity is 130% or more.
(実施例2)
[4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートおよび4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルからのポリイミド前駆体A-2の合成]
 21.2gの4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物と、18.0gの2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、23.9gのピリジンと、250mLのジグリムとを混合し、60℃の温度で4時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとのジエステルを製造した。次いで、反応混合物を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±5℃に保ちながら、17.0gのSOClを60分かけて加えた。50mLのN-メチルピロリドンで希釈した後、100mLのN-メチルピロリドンに12.6gの4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを溶解させた溶液を、-10±5℃で60分かけて反応混合物に滴下して、混合物を2時間攪拌した。
 次いで、得られた反応混合物にテトラヒドロフラン(和光純薬工業(株)製、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールを0.03質量%含有)250gを加え、さらに、6Lの水を加えてポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物を再びろ過して減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。
 このポリイミド前駆体は、重量平均分子量25,200、数平均分子量8,000であった。
 実施例1と同様にして、重合禁止剤含有量の均一性および保存安定性を評価した。結果を表5に示した。
(Example 2)
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-2 from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether]
21.2 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine and 250 mL of diglyme are mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 4 hours. Thus, a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was produced. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −10 ° C. and 17.0 g of SOCl 2 was added over 60 minutes while maintaining the temperature at −10 ± 5 ° C. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, a solution of 12.6 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone is added dropwise to the reaction mixture at −10 ± 5 ° C. over 60 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours.
Next, 250 g of tetrahydrofuran (containing 0.03% by mass of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 250 g was added to the obtained reaction mixture, and 6 L of water was further added. In addition, the polyimide precursor was precipitated and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate was filtered again and dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure.
This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 25,200 and a number average molecular weight of 8,000.
In the same manner as in Example 1, the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
(実施例3)
[4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートおよび4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルからのポリイミド前駆体A-3の合成]
 21.2gの4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物と、18.0gの2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、23.9gのピリジンと、250mLのジグリムとを混合し、60℃の温度で4時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとのジエステルを製造した。次いで、反応混合物を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±5℃に保ちながら、17.0gのSOClを60分かけて加えた。50mLのN-メチルピロリドンで希釈した後、100mLのN-メチルピロリドンに12.6gの4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを溶解させた溶液を-10±5℃で60分かけて反応混合物に滴下して、混合物を2時間攪拌した。次いで得られた溶液に6Lの水を加えて、ポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物をろ取し、これに、減圧下、テトラヒドロフランに、和光純薬工業(株)製、重合禁止剤G-1として、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールを0.03質量%含有となるように溶解したもの500g、および、重合禁止剤G-2として、0.15gのp-メトキシフェノールを加えた。得られた溶液に6Lの水を加え、ポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物を再びろ過して減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。
 このポリイミド前駆体は、重量平均分子量22,500、数平均分子量7,400であった。
 実施例1と同様にして、重合禁止剤含有量の均一性および保存安定性を評価した。結果を表5に示した。
(Example 3)
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-3 from 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether]
21.2 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine and 250 mL of diglyme are mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 4 hours. Thus, a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was produced. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −10 ° C. and 17.0 g of SOCl 2 was added over 60 minutes while maintaining the temperature at −10 ± 5 ° C. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, a solution of 12.6 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone was added dropwise to the reaction mixture at −10 ± 5 ° C. over 60 minutes. And the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Next, 6 L of water was added to the resulting solution to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The precipitate after stirring was collected by filtration, and 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol as a polymerization inhibitor G-1 manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. was added to tetrahydrofuran under reduced pressure. 500 g dissolved so as to contain 0.03% by mass, and 0.15 g of p-methoxyphenol was added as a polymerization inhibitor G-2. 6 L of water was added to the resulting solution to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate was filtered again and dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure.
This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 22,500 and a number average molecular weight of 7,400.
In the same manner as in Example 1, the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
(実施例4)
[4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートおよび4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルからのポリイミド前駆体A-4の合成]
 21.2gの4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物と、18.0gの2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、23.9gのピリジンと、250mLのジグリムとを混合し、60℃の温度で4時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとのジエステルを製造した。次いで、反応混合物を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±5℃に保ちながら、17.0gのSOClを60分かけて加えた。50mLのN-メチルピロリドンで希釈した後、100mLのN-メチルピロリドンに12.6gの4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを溶解させた溶液を-10±5℃で60分かけて反応混合物に滴下して、混合物を2時間攪拌した。
 次いで、6Lの水を加えて、ポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物をろ取してテトラヒドロフラン(和光純薬工業(株)製、安定剤不含)500gに溶解させ、0.15gの2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールを加えた。得られた溶液に6Lの水を加え、ポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物を再びろ過して減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。
 このポリイミド前駆体は、重量平均分子量23,800、数平均分子量7,700であった。
 実施例1と同様にして、重合禁止剤含有量の均一性および保存安定性を評価した。結果を表5に示した。
Example 4
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-4 from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether]
21.2 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine and 250 mL of diglyme are mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 4 hours. Thus, a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was produced. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −10 ° C. and 17.0 g of SOCl 2 was added over 60 minutes while maintaining the temperature at −10 ± 5 ° C. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, a solution of 12.6 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone was added dropwise to the reaction mixture at −10 ± 5 ° C. over 60 minutes. And the mixture was stirred for 2 hours.
Then 6 L of water was added to precipitate the polyimide precursor and the precipitate was stirred for 15 minutes at a speed of 200 rpm. The stirred precipitate is filtered and dissolved in 500 g of tetrahydrofuran (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., without stabilizer), and 0.15 g of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol is added. It was. 6 L of water was added to the resulting solution to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate was filtered again and dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure.
This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 23,800 and a number average molecular weight of 7,700.
In the same manner as in Example 1, the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
(実施例5)
[4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートおよび4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルからのポリイミド前駆体A-5の合成]
 21.2gの4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物と、18.0gの2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、23.9gのピリジンと、34mgのヒドロキノンと、250mLのジグリムとを混合し、60℃の温度で4時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとのジエステルを製造した。次いで、反応混合物を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±5℃に保ちながら、17.0gのSOClを60分かけて加えた。50mLのN-メチルピロリドンで希釈した後、100mLのN-メチルピロリドンに12.6gの4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを溶解させた溶液を、-10±5℃で60分かけて反応混合物に滴下して、混合物を2時間攪拌した。
 次いで、6Lの水を加えて、ポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物をろ過して300gのN-メチルピロリドンに溶解させ、重合禁止剤G-3として、1.2gのヒドロキノンを加えた。得られた溶液に6Lの水を加え、ポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物を再びろ過して減圧下、45℃で3日間乾燥した。
 このポリイミド前駆体は、重量平均分子量26,800、数平均分子量8,800であった。
 実施例1と同様にして、重合禁止剤含有量の均一性および保存安定性を評価した。結果を表5に示した。
(Example 5)
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-5 from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether]
21.2 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine, 34 mg of hydroquinone and 250 mL of diglyme were mixed at a temperature of 60 ° C. For 4 hours to produce a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −10 ° C. and 17.0 g of SOCl 2 was added over 60 minutes while maintaining the temperature at −10 ± 5 ° C. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, a solution of 12.6 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone is added dropwise to the reaction mixture at −10 ± 5 ° C. over 60 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours.
Then 6 L of water was added to precipitate the polyimide precursor and the precipitate was stirred for 15 minutes at a speed of 200 rpm. The precipitate after stirring was filtered and dissolved in 300 g of N-methylpyrrolidone, and 1.2 g of hydroquinone was added as a polymerization inhibitor G-3. 6 L of water was added to the resulting solution to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate was filtered again and dried under reduced pressure at 45 ° C. for 3 days.
This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 26,800 and a number average molecular weight of 8,800.
In the same manner as in Example 1, the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
(実施例6)
[ピロメリット酸二無水物、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートおよび4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルからのポリイミド前駆体A-6の合成]
 15.5gのピロメリット酸二無水物と、18.0gの2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、23.9gのピリジンと、250mLのN-メチルピロリドンとを混合し、60℃の温度で4時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとのジエステルを製造した。次いで、反応混合物を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±5℃に保ちながら、17.0gのSOClを60分かけて加えた。50mLのN-メチルピロリドンで希釈した後、100mLのN-メチルピロリドンに12.6gの4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを溶解させた溶液を、-10±5℃で60分かけて反応混合物に滴下して、混合物を2時間攪拌した。次いで、得られた反応混合物に、重合禁止剤G-4として、3.2gのベンゾキノンを加え、さらに、6Lの水を加えて、ポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物を再びろ過して減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。このポリイミド前駆体は、重量平均分子量24,500、数平均分子量8,200であった。
 実施例1と同様にして、重合禁止剤含有量の均一性および保存安定性を評価した。結果を表5に示した。
(Example 6)
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-6 from pyromellitic dianhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether]
15.5 g of pyromellitic dianhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine and 250 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone are mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 4 hours. Thus, a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was produced. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −10 ° C. and 17.0 g of SOCl 2 was added over 60 minutes while maintaining the temperature at −10 ± 5 ° C. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, a solution of 12.6 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone is added dropwise to the reaction mixture at −10 ± 5 ° C. over 60 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Next, 3.2 g of benzoquinone as a polymerization inhibitor G-4 was added to the resulting reaction mixture, and 6 L of water was further added to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was allowed to flow at a rate of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. Stir. The stirred precipitate was filtered again and dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure. This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 24,500 and a number average molecular weight of 8,200.
In the same manner as in Example 1, the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
(実施例7)
[4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートおよび4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルからのポリイミド前駆体A-7の合成]
 21.2gの4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物と、18.0gの2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、23.9gのピリジンと、250mLのジグリムとを混合し、60℃の温度で4時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとのジエステルを製造した。次いで、反応混合物を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±5℃に保ちながら、17.0gのSOClを60分かけて加えた。50mLのN-メチルピロリドンで希釈した後、100mLのN-メチルピロリドンに12.6gの4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを溶解させた溶液を、-10±5℃で60分かけて反応混合物に滴下して、混合物を2時間攪拌した。
 次いで、6Lのメタノールを加えてポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物をろ取してテトラヒドロフラン(和光純薬工業(株)製、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールを0.03質量%含有)500gに溶解させ、1.0gの2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールを加えた。得られた溶液に6Lのメタノールを加え、ポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。沈殿物を再びろ過して減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。
 このポリイミド前駆体は、重量平均分子量24,800、数平均分子量7,900であった。
 実施例1と同様にして、重合禁止剤含有量の均一性および保存安定性を評価した。結果を表5に示した。
(Example 7)
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-7 from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether]
21.2 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine and 250 mL of diglyme are mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 4 hours. Thus, a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was produced. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −10 ° C. and 17.0 g of SOCl 2 was added over 60 minutes while maintaining the temperature at −10 ± 5 ° C. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, a solution of 12.6 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone is added dropwise to the reaction mixture at −10 ± 5 ° C. over 60 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours.
Subsequently, 6 L of methanol was added to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The precipitate after stirring is collected by filtration and dissolved in 500 g of tetrahydrofuran (containing 0.03 mass% of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and 1.0 g Of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol was added. 6 L of methanol was added to the resulting solution to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The precipitate was filtered again and dried at 45 ° C. under reduced pressure for 3 days.
This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 24,800 and a number average molecular weight of 7,900.
In the same manner as in Example 1, the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
(実施例8)
[4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートおよび4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルからのポリイミド前駆体A-8の合成]
 21.2gの4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物と、18.0gの2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、23.9gのピリジンと、250mLのジグリムとを混合し、60℃の温度で4時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとのジエステルを製造した。次いで、反応混合物を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±5℃に保ちながら、17.0gのSOClを60分かけて加えた。50mLのN-メチルピロリドンで希釈した後、100mLのN-メチルピロリドンに12.6gの4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを溶解させた溶液を、-10±5℃で60分かけて反応混合物に滴下して、混合物を2時間攪拌した。
 次いで、6Lの水を加えてポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物をろ過してテトラヒドロフラン(和光純薬工業(株)製、安定剤不含)500gに溶解させ、4.0gの2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールを加えた。得られた溶液に6Lの水を加え、ポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物を再びろ過して減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。
 このポリイミド前駆体は、重量平均分子量22,000、数平均分子量7,200であった。
 実施例1と同様にして、重合禁止剤含有量の均一性および保存安定性を評価した。結果を表5に示した。
(Example 8)
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-8 from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether]
21.2 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine and 250 mL of diglyme are mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 4 hours. Thus, a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was produced. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −10 ° C. and 17.0 g of SOCl 2 was added over 60 minutes while maintaining the temperature at −10 ± 5 ° C. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, a solution of 12.6 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone is added dropwise to the reaction mixture at −10 ± 5 ° C. over 60 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours.
Then, 6 L of water was added to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The precipitate after stirring was filtered and dissolved in 500 g of tetrahydrofuran (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., without stabilizer), and 4.0 g of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol was added. . 6 L of water was added to the resulting solution to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate was filtered again and dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure.
This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 22,000 and a number average molecular weight of 7,200.
In the same manner as in Example 1, the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
(実施例9)
[4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートおよび4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルからのポリイミド前駆体A-9の合成]
 21.2gの4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物と、18.0gの2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、23.9gのピリジンと、250mLのジグリムとを混合し、60℃の温度で4時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとのジエステルを製造した。次いで、反応混合物を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±5℃に保ちながら、17.0gのSOClを60分かけて加えた。50mLのN-メチルピロリドンで希釈した後、100mLのN-メチルピロリドンに12.6gの4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを溶解させた溶液を、-10±5℃で60分かけて反応混合物に滴下して、混合物を2時間攪拌した。
 次いで、6Lの水を加えてポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物をろ取してテトラヒドロフラン(和光純薬工業(株)製、安定剤不含)500gに溶解させ、25mgの2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールを加えた。得られた溶液に6Lの水を加え、ポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物を再びろ過して減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。
 このポリイミド前駆体は、重量平均分子量22,000、数平均分子量7,100であった。
 実施例1と同様にして、重合禁止剤含有量の均一性および保存安定性を評価した。結果を表5に示した。
Example 9
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-9 from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether]
21.2 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine and 250 mL of diglyme are mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 4 hours. Thus, a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was produced. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −10 ° C. and 17.0 g of SOCl 2 was added over 60 minutes while maintaining the temperature at −10 ± 5 ° C. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, a solution of 12.6 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone is added dropwise to the reaction mixture at −10 ± 5 ° C. over 60 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours.
Then, 6 L of water was added to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate was collected by filtration and dissolved in 500 g of tetrahydrofuran (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., without stabilizer), and 25 mg of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol was added. 6 L of water was added to the resulting solution to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate was filtered again and dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure.
This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 22,000 and a number average molecular weight of 7,100.
In the same manner as in Example 1, the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
(実施例10)
[4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートおよび4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルからのポリイミド前駆体A-10の合成]
 21.2gの4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物と、9.0gの2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、23.9gのピリジンと、250mLのジグリムとを混合し、60℃の温度で4時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとのモノエステルを製造した。次いで、反応混合物を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±5℃に保ちながら、17.0gのSOClを60分かけて加えた。50mLのN-メチルピロリドンで希釈した後、100mLのN-メチルピロリドンに12.6gの4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを溶解させた溶液を、-10±5℃で60分かけて反応混合物に滴下して、混合物を2時間攪拌した。
 次いで、6Lの水を加えてポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物をろ過してテトラヒドロフラン(和光純薬工業(株)製、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールを0.03質量%含有)500gに溶解させた。得られた溶液に6Lの水を加え、ポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物を再びろ過して減圧下、45℃で3日間乾燥した。
 このポリイミド前駆体は、重量平均分子量26,200、数平均分子量8,800であった。
 実施例1と同様にして、重合禁止剤含有量の均一性および保存安定性を評価した。結果を表5に示した。
(Example 10)
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-10 from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether]
21.2 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 9.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine and 250 mL of diglyme are mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 4 hours. Thus, a monoester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was produced. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −10 ° C. and 17.0 g of SOCl 2 was added over 60 minutes while maintaining the temperature at −10 ± 5 ° C. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, a solution of 12.6 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone is added dropwise to the reaction mixture at −10 ± 5 ° C. over 60 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours.
Then, 6 L of water was added to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The precipitate after stirring was filtered and dissolved in 500 g of tetrahydrofuran (containing 0.03% by mass of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.). 6 L of water was added to the resulting solution to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate was filtered again and dried under reduced pressure at 45 ° C. for 3 days.
This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 26,200 and a number average molecular weight of 8,800.
In the same manner as in Example 1, the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
(実施例11)
[4,4’-オキシジベンゾイルクロリド、2,2'-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパンおよびメタクリル酸クロリドからのポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体A-11の合成]
 28.0gの2,2'-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパンを200mLのN-メチルピロリドンに攪拌溶解した。続いて、温度を0~5℃に保ちながら、25.0gの4,4’-オキシジベンゾイルクロリド8.00gを10分間で滴下した後、60分間攪拌を続けた。続いて、25.0gのピリジンを加えて、温度を0~5℃に保ちながら5.8gのメタクリル酸クロリドを10分間で滴下した後、60分間攪拌を続けた。
 次いで、得られた反応混合物に0.15gの2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールを加えた。6Lの水を加えて、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物(水-ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体混合物)を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物をろ過して減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。
 このポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体は、重量平均分子量32,500、数平均分子量9,800であった。
 実施例1と同様にして、重合禁止剤含有量の均一性および保存安定性を評価した。結果を表5に示した。
(Example 11)
[Synthesis of Polybenzoxazole Precursor A-11 from 4,4'-Oxydibenzoyl Chloride, 2,2'-Bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane and Methacrylic Acid Chloride]
28.0 g of 2,2′-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane was dissolved in 200 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone with stirring. Subsequently, while maintaining the temperature at 0 to 5 ° C., 25.0 g of 4,4′-oxydibenzoyl chloride 8.00 g was added dropwise over 10 minutes, and stirring was continued for 60 minutes. Subsequently, 25.0 g of pyridine was added, 5.8 g of methacrylic acid chloride was added dropwise over 10 minutes while maintaining the temperature at 0 to 5 ° C., and stirring was continued for 60 minutes.
Then, 0.15 g of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol was added to the resulting reaction mixture. 6 L of water was added to precipitate the polybenzoxazole precursor, and the precipitate (water-polybenzoxazole precursor mixture) was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate was filtered and dried at 45 ° C. under reduced pressure for 3 days.
This polybenzoxazole precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 32,500 and a number average molecular weight of 9,800.
In the same manner as in Example 1, the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
(実施例12)
[4,4’-オキシジベンゾイルクロリド、下記に示すヒドロキシ基含有ジアミン(a)およびメタクリル酸クロリドからのポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体A-12の合成]
 21.5gの下記に示すヒドロキシ基含有ジアミン(a)を200mLのN-メチルピロリドンに攪拌溶解した。続いて、温度を0~5℃に保ちながら、25.0gの4,4’-オキシジベンゾイルクロリド8.00gを10分間で滴下した後、60分間攪拌を続けた。続いて、25.0gのピリジンを加えて、温度を0~5℃に保ちながら5.8gのメタクリル酸クロリドを10分間で滴下した後、60分間攪拌を続けた。
 次いで、得られた反応混合物に0.15gの2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールを加えた。6Lの水を配合して、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物をろ過して減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。
 このポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体は、重量平均分子量34,500、数平均分子量10,200であった。
 実施例1と同様にして、重合禁止剤含有量の均一性および保存安定性を評価した。結果を表5に示した。
Example 12
[Synthesis of polybenzoxazole precursor A-12 from 4,4′-oxydibenzoyl chloride, hydroxy group-containing diamine (a) shown below and methacrylic acid chloride]
21.5 g of the hydroxy group-containing diamine (a) shown below was stirred and dissolved in 200 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone. Subsequently, while maintaining the temperature at 0 to 5 ° C., 25.0 g of 4,4′-oxydibenzoyl chloride 8.00 g was added dropwise over 10 minutes, and stirring was continued for 60 minutes. Subsequently, 25.0 g of pyridine was added, 5.8 g of methacrylic acid chloride was added dropwise over 10 minutes while maintaining the temperature at 0 to 5 ° C., and stirring was continued for 60 minutes.
Then, 0.15 g of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol was added to the resulting reaction mixture. 6 L of water was blended to precipitate the polybenzoxazole precursor and the precipitate was stirred for 15 minutes at a speed of 200 rpm. The stirred precipitate was filtered and dried at 45 ° C. under reduced pressure for 3 days.
This polybenzoxazole precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 34,500 and a number average molecular weight of 10,200.
In the same manner as in Example 1, the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
ヒドロキシ基含有ジアミン(a)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Hydroxyl group-containing diamine (a)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
(比較例1)
[4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートおよび4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルからのポリイミド前駆体A-13の合成]
 21.2gの4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物と、18.0gの2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、23.9gのピリジンと、250mLのジグリムとを混合し、60℃の温度で4時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとのジエステルを製造した。次いで、反応混合物を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±5℃に保ちながら、17.0gのSOClを60分かけて加えた。50mLのN-メチルピロリドンで希釈した後、100mLのN-メチルピロリドンに12.6gの4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを溶解させた溶液を、-10±5℃で60分かけて反応混合物に滴下して、混合物を2時間攪拌した。
 次いで、6Lの水を加えてポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物をろ過して減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。
 このポリイミド前駆体は、重量平均分子量22,800、数平均分子量7,400であった。
 実施例1と同様にして、重合禁止剤含有量の均一性および保存安定性を評価した。結果を表5に示した。
(Comparative Example 1)
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-13 from 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether]
21.2 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine and 250 mL of diglyme are mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 4 hours. Thus, a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was produced. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −10 ° C. and 17.0 g of SOCl 2 was added over 60 minutes while maintaining the temperature at −10 ± 5 ° C. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, a solution of 12.6 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone is added dropwise to the reaction mixture at −10 ± 5 ° C. over 60 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours.
Then, 6 L of water was added to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate was filtered and dried at 45 ° C. under reduced pressure for 3 days.
This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 22,800 and a number average molecular weight of 7,400.
In the same manner as in Example 1, the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
(比較例2)
[4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートおよび4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルからのポリイミド前駆体A-14の合成]
 21.2gの4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物と、18.0gの2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、23.9gのピリジンと、重合禁止剤として、0.15gの2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールと、250mLのジグリムとを混合し、60℃の温度で4時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとのジエステルを製造した。次いで、反応混合物を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±5℃に保ちながら、17.0gのSOClを60分かけて加えた。50mLのN-メチルピロリドンで希釈した後、100mLのN-メチルピロリドンに12.6gの4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを溶解させた溶液を、-10±5℃で60分かけて反応混合物に滴下して、混合物を2時間攪拌した。
 次いで、6Lの水を配合してポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物をろ過して減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。
 このポリイミド前駆体は、重量平均分子量25,300、数平均分子量8,000であった。
 実施例1と同様にして、重合禁止剤含有量の均一性および保存安定性を評価した。結果を表5に示した。
(Comparative Example 2)
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-14 from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether]
21.2 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine and 0.15 g of 2,6-di-tert- Butyl-p-cresol and 250 mL of diglyme were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 4 hours to produce a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −10 ° C. and 17.0 g of SOCl 2 was added over 60 minutes while maintaining the temperature at −10 ± 5 ° C. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, a solution of 12.6 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone is added dropwise to the reaction mixture at −10 ± 5 ° C. over 60 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours.
Next, 6 L of water was blended to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate was filtered and dried at 45 ° C. under reduced pressure for 3 days.
This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 25,300 and a number average molecular weight of 8,000.
In the same manner as in Example 1, the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
(比較例3)
[4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートおよび4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルからのポリイミド前駆体A-15の合成]
 21.2gの4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物と、18.0gの2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、23.9gのピリジンと、250mLのジグリムとを混合し、60℃の温度で4時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとのジエステルを製造した。次いで、反応混合物を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±5℃に保ちながら、17.0gのSOClを60分かけて加えた。50mLのN-メチルピロリドンで希釈した後、100mLのN-メチルピロリドンに12.6gの4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを溶解させた溶液を、-10±5℃で60分かけて反応混合物に滴下して、混合物を2時間攪拌した。
 次いで、6Lの水を加えてポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物を200rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物をろ過して減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。乾燥後の沈殿物に重合禁止剤として、0.15gの2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールを加えて、12時間撹拌した。
 このポリイミド前駆体は、重量平均分子量24,900、数平均分子量7,700であった。
 実施例1と同様にして、重合禁止剤含有量の均一性および保存安定性を評価した。結果を表5に示した。
(Comparative Example 3)
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-15 from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether]
21.2 g of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine and 250 mL of diglyme are mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 4 hours. Thus, a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was produced. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −10 ° C. and 17.0 g of SOCl 2 was added over 60 minutes while maintaining the temperature at −10 ± 5 ° C. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, a solution of 12.6 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone is added dropwise to the reaction mixture at −10 ± 5 ° C. over 60 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours.
Then, 6 L of water was added to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate was filtered and dried at 45 ° C. under reduced pressure for 3 days. To the precipitate after drying, 0.15 g of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol was added as a polymerization inhibitor and stirred for 12 hours.
This polyimide precursor had a weight average molecular weight of 24,900 and a number average molecular weight of 7,700.
In the same manner as in Example 1, the uniformity of the polymerization inhibitor content and the storage stability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000070
 上記結果より、実施例1~12の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料は、重合禁止剤を均一に含んでおり、保存安定性が良好であった。
 重合禁止剤を配合していない比較例1の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料は、保存安定性が劣っていた。
 また、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の合成過程で重合禁止剤を配合した比較例2の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料は、重合禁止剤が均一に含まれておらず、保存安定性が不十分であった。
 さらに、乾燥した固体の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体に、重合禁止剤を配合した比較例3の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料も、重合禁止剤が均一に含まれておらず、保存安定性が不十分であった。
From the above results, the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor materials of Examples 1 to 12 contained a polymerization inhibitor uniformly and had good storage stability.
The heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material of Comparative Example 1 in which no polymerization inhibitor was blended was inferior in storage stability.
In addition, the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material of Comparative Example 2 in which a polymerization inhibitor is blended in the process of synthesizing the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor does not contain the polymerization inhibitor uniformly and has insufficient storage stability. there were.
Furthermore, the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material of Comparative Example 3 in which a polymerization inhibitor is blended with a dried solid heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor also does not contain a polymerization inhibitor uniformly, resulting in poor storage stability. It was enough.
 尚、テトラヒドロフランおよびN-メチルピロリドン(第1の溶媒)に対し、いずれの複素環含有ポリマー前駆体も、25℃で5質量%以上溶解した。また、水およびメタノール(第2の溶媒)に対し、いずれの複素環含有ポリマー前駆体も、25℃で5質量%以下溶解するか、または、全く溶解しなかった。
 また、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾールおよびp-メトキシフェノール(重合禁止剤)は、テトラヒドロフラン(第1の溶媒)に対し、25℃で5質量%以上溶解した。さらに、ヒドロキノンおよびベンゾキノン(重合禁止剤)も、テトラヒドロフラン(第1の溶媒)に対し、25℃で5質量%以上溶解した。
All the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursors were dissolved in tetrahydrofuran and N-methylpyrrolidone (first solvent) at 25 ° C. in an amount of 5% by mass or more. In addition, any of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursors dissolved in water and methanol (second solvent) at 5 ° C. or less at 25 ° C. or not at all.
In addition, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol and p-methoxyphenol (polymerization inhibitor) were dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (first solvent) at 5% by mass or more at 25 ° C. Furthermore, hydroquinone and benzoquinone (polymerization inhibitor) were also dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (first solvent) at 25 ° C. by 5% by mass or more.
(実施例13)
<感光性樹脂組成物の調整>
 表6に記載の成分を混合し、均一な溶液として、感光性樹脂組成物の塗布液を調製した。
(Example 13)
<Adjustment of photosensitive resin composition>
The components described in Table 6 were mixed to prepare a coating solution for the photosensitive resin composition as a uniform solution.
<露光エネルギーの測定>
 上記で得られた感光性樹脂組成物を、細孔の幅が0.8μmのフィルターを通して加圧ろ過した後、シリコンウエハ上にスピニング(1,200rpm、30秒)して塗布した。感光性樹脂組成物を塗布したシリコンウエハをホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、シリコンウエハ上に厚さ10μmの均一な膜を形成した。シリコンウエハ上の感光性樹脂組成物層を、アライナー(Karl-Suss MA150)を用いて露光した。露光は高圧水銀ランプで行い、波長365nmでの上記10μmの均一な膜を形成するのに必要な露光エネルギーを測定した。露光エネルギーは低ければ低いほど高感度なことを表し、好ましい結果となる。尚、波長を365nmとしたのは、良好なパターンを作るために適切な波長の1つと考えられているためである。
<Measurement of exposure energy>
The photosensitive resin composition obtained above was pressure filtered through a filter having a pore width of 0.8 μm, and then applied to a silicon wafer by spinning (1,200 rpm, 30 seconds). The silicon wafer coated with the photosensitive resin composition was dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes to form a uniform film having a thickness of 10 μm on the silicon wafer. The photosensitive resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed using an aligner (Karl-Suss MA150). The exposure was performed with a high-pressure mercury lamp, and the exposure energy required to form the above 10 μm uniform film at a wavelength of 365 nm was measured. The lower the exposure energy, the higher the sensitivity and the better result. The reason why the wavelength is set to 365 nm is that it is considered as one of suitable wavelengths for producing a good pattern.
(実施例14~34、比較例4~6)
 実施例13において、表2に示す通り、各成分の種類や配合量を変更し、他は同様に行った。
(Examples 14 to 34, Comparative Examples 4 to 6)
In Example 13, as shown in Table 2, the type and blending amount of each component were changed, and the others were performed in the same manner.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000071
(A)複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料
 A-1~A-15:実施例1~12および比較例1~3で製造した複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料
(A) Heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material A-1 to A-15: Heterocycle-containing polymer precursor materials produced in Examples 1 to 12 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3
(B)重合性化合物
B-1:NKエステル M-40G (新中村化学工業(株)製 単官能メタクリレート 下記構造)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
 B-2:NKエステル 4G (新中村化学工業(株)製 2官能メタクリレート 下記構造)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
B-3:NKエステル A-9300 (新中村化学工業(株)製 3官能アクリレート 下記構造)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
(B) Polymerizable compound B-1: NK ester M-40G (monofunctional methacrylate, following structure, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
B-2: NK Ester 4G (Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., bifunctional methacrylate, following structure)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
B-3: NK ester A-9300 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., trifunctional acrylate, following structure)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
(C)光重合開始剤
 C-1:IRGACURE OXE-01(BASF製)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
 
C-2:特表2014-500852号公報の段落番号0345に記載されている化合物24
C-3:特表2014-500852号公報の段落番号0345に記載されている化合物36
C-4:特表2014-500852号公報の段落番号0345に記載されている化合物37
C-5:特表2014-500852号公報の段落番号0345に記載されている化合物40
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
(C) Photopolymerization initiator C-1: IRGACURE OXE-01 (manufactured by BASF)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075

C-2: Compound 24 described in paragraph No. 0345 of JP-T-2014-500852
C-3: Compound 36 described in paragraph No. 0345 of JP-T-2014-500852
C-4: Compound 37 described in paragraph No. 0345 of JP-T-2014-500852
C-5: Compound 40 described in paragraph No. 0345 of JP-T-2014-500852
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
(D)熱重合開始剤
D-1:パーブチルZ(日油(株)製、tert-ブチルパーオキシベンゾエート、分解温度(10時間半減期温度=104℃))
D-2:パークミルD(日油(株)製、ジクミルパーオキシド、分解温度(10時間半減期温度=116.4℃))
(D) Thermal polymerization initiator D-1: Perbutyl Z (manufactured by NOF Corporation, tert-butyl peroxybenzoate, decomposition temperature (10-hour half-life temperature = 104 ° C.))
D-2: Park mill D (manufactured by NOF Corporation, dicumyl peroxide, decomposition temperature (10-hour half-life temperature = 116.4 ° C))
(E)添加剤
E-1:1H-テトラゾール
E-2:1,2,4-トリアゾール
E-3:下記化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
E-4: 1,4-ベンゾキノン
(E) Additive E-1: 1H-tetrazole E-2: 1,2,4-triazole E-3: the following compound
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
E-4: 1,4-benzoquinone
(F)溶媒
F-1:γ-ブチロラクトン
F-2:ジメチルスルホキシド
(F) Solvent F-1: γ-butyrolactone F-2: Dimethyl sulfoxide
 上記結果より、実施例13~34の感光性樹脂組成物は、良好なパターンを作るために必要な露光エネルギーが低く、高感度であった。
 比較例4の感光性樹脂組成物は、パターンが形成できなかった。また、比較例5および6の感光性樹脂組成物は、良好なパターンを作るために必要な露光エネルギーが高く、低感度であった。
From the above results, the photosensitive resin compositions of Examples 13 to 34 had high exposure sensitivity and low exposure energy necessary for producing a good pattern.
The photosensitive resin composition of Comparative Example 4 could not form a pattern. Further, the photosensitive resin compositions of Comparative Examples 5 and 6 had high exposure energy necessary for producing a good pattern and low sensitivity.
<実施例100>
 実施例15の感光性樹脂組成物を、銅薄層が形成された樹脂基板にスピニング(3500rpm、30秒)した。樹脂基板に塗布した感光性樹脂組成物を、100℃で5分間乾燥した後、アライナー(Karl-Suss MA150)を用いて露光した。露光は高圧水銀ランプで行い、波長365nmでの露光エネルギーを測定した。露光の後、シクロペンタノンで75秒間画像を現像した。
 次いで、180℃で20分加熱した。このようにして、再配線層用層間絶縁膜を形成した。
 この再配線層用層間絶縁膜は、絶縁性に優れていた。
 また、この再配線層用層間絶縁膜を使用して半導体デバイスを製造したところ、問題なく動作することを確認した。
<Example 100>
The photosensitive resin composition of Example 15 was spun onto a resin substrate on which a copper thin layer was formed (3500 rpm, 30 seconds). The photosensitive resin composition applied to the resin substrate was dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes, and then exposed using an aligner (Karl-Suss MA150). Exposure was performed with a high-pressure mercury lamp, and exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm was measured. After exposure, the image was developed with cyclopentanone for 75 seconds.
Subsequently, it heated at 180 degreeC for 20 minutes. In this way, an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer was formed.
This interlayer insulation film for rewiring layers was excellent in insulation.
Moreover, when a semiconductor device was manufactured using this interlayer insulating film for rewiring layer, it was confirmed that it operated without any problem.
100:半導体デバイス
101a~101d:半導体素子
101:積層体
102b~102d:貫通電極
103a~103e:金属バンプ
105:再配線層
110、110a、110b:アンダーフィル層
115:絶縁層
120:配線基板
120a:表面電極
100: Semiconductor devices 101a to 101d: Semiconductor elements 101: Stacked bodies 102b to 102d: Through electrodes 103a to 103e: Metal bumps 105: Rewiring layers 110, 110a, 110b: Underfill layers 115: Insulating layers 120: Wiring substrates 120a: Surface electrode

Claims (19)

  1. 複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と第1の溶媒を含む組成物に、重合禁止剤を配合すること、または、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体を含む組成物に、第1の溶媒と重合禁止剤を配合すること、および、
    前記重合禁止剤を配合した組成物に、第2の溶媒を配合して、前記第2の溶媒中に、前記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と前記重合禁止剤を析出させることを含み、
    前記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体は、重合性基を有するポリイミド前駆体および重合性基を有するポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択される、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。
    A polymerization inhibitor is added to the composition containing the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and the first solvent, or a first solvent and a polymerization inhibitor are added to the composition containing the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor. And
    Including blending a second solvent with the composition blended with the polymerization inhibitor and precipitating the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor and the polymerization inhibitor in the second solvent;
    The method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material, wherein the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor is selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group.
  2. 前記配合する重合禁止剤の量は、前記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の0.001~10質量%である、請求項1に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。 The method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to claim 1, wherein the amount of the polymerization inhibitor to be blended is 0.001 to 10% by mass of the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor.
  3. 前記第1の溶媒に対し、前記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体が25℃で5質量%以上溶解する、請求項1または2に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。 The manufacturing method of the heterocyclic containing polymer precursor material of Claim 1 or 2 with which the said heterocyclic containing polymer precursor melt | dissolves 5 mass% or more at 25 degreeC with respect to a said 1st solvent.
  4. 前記第1の溶媒に対し、前記重合禁止剤が25℃で5質量%以上溶解する、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。 The method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the polymerization inhibitor is dissolved in the first solvent at 5% by mass or more at 25 ° C.
  5. 前記第1の溶媒が、テトラヒドロフランである、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。 The method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first solvent is tetrahydrofuran.
  6. 前記製造方法は、前記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体を含む組成物に、第1の溶媒と重合禁止剤を配合することを含む、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。 The heterocycle-containing polymer according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the production method comprises blending a first solvent and a polymerization inhibitor into a composition containing the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor. A method for producing a precursor material.
  7. 前記製造方法は、前記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と第1の溶媒を含む組成物に、重合禁止剤を配合することを含み、かつ、
    前記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体と第1の溶媒を含む組成物が、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体の合成反応液である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。
    The production method includes blending a polymerization inhibitor into the composition containing the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor and the first solvent, and
    The heterocycle-containing polymer precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the composition containing the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor and the first solvent is a synthesis reaction solution of the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor. Material manufacturing method.
  8. 前記第2の溶媒が、水またはアルコールである、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。 The method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the second solvent is water or alcohol.
  9. 前記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体が、下記式(2)で表される繰り返し単位または下記式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を含む、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法;
     式(2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     式(3)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    式(2)中、AおよびAは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子またはNHを表し、
    111は、2価の有機基を表し、R115は、4価の有機基を表し、R113およびR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、R113およびR114の少なくとも一方は重合性基であり、
    式(3)中、R121は、2価の有機基を表し、R122は、4価の有機基を表し、R123およびR124は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、R123およびR124の少なくとも一方は重合性基である。
    The heterocyclic ring according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor includes a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2) or a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3). A process for producing the containing polymer precursor material;
    Formula (2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    Formula (3)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    In formula (2), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH,
    R 111 represents a divalent organic group, R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group, R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 113 and R At least one of 114 is a polymerizable group;
    In Formula (3), R 121 represents a divalent organic group, R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 123 and R 124 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. And at least one of R 123 and R 124 is a polymerizable group.
  10. 前記式(2)におけるR113およびR114の両方、ならびに、前記式(3)におけるR123およびR124の両方が、重合性基である、請求項9に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。 The heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to claim 9, wherein both R 113 and R 114 in the formula (2) and both R 123 and R 124 in the formula (3) are polymerizable groups. Manufacturing method.
  11. 前記重合禁止剤が、フェノール性水酸基を有する、請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料の製造方法。 The method for producing a heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the polymerization inhibitor has a phenolic hydroxyl group.
  12. 重合性基を有するポリイミド前駆体および重合性基を有するポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択される、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料であって、
    前記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料を4分割した複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料における重合禁止剤の質量と、前記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料全体における重合禁止剤の質量との変化率が、それぞれ、±10%以下である、複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料。
    A heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material selected from a polyimide precursor having a polymerizable group and a polybenzoxazole precursor having a polymerizable group,
    The rate of change between the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material obtained by dividing the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material into four parts and the mass of the polymerization inhibitor in the entire heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material, respectively, Heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material that is ± 10% or less.
  13. 前記複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料が、0.001~10質量%の割合で重合禁止剤を含む、請求項12に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料。 The heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material according to claim 12, wherein the heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material contains a polymerization inhibitor in a proportion of 0.001 to 10% by mass.
  14. 請求項12または13に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料を含む、組成物。 A composition comprising the heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor material according to claim 12 or 13.
  15. 請求項12または13に記載の複素環含有ポリマー前駆体材料と、光重合開始剤とを含む、感光性樹脂組成物。 A photosensitive resin composition comprising the heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor material according to claim 12 and a photopolymerization initiator.
  16. 請求項15に記載の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる、硬化膜。 A cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition according to claim 15.
  17. 再配線層用層間絶縁膜である、請求項16に記載の硬化膜。 The cured film of Claim 16 which is an interlayer insulation film for rewiring layers.
  18. 請求項15に記載の感光性樹脂組成物を基板に適用する工程と、基板に適用された感光性樹脂組成物を硬化する工程とを含む、硬化膜の製造方法。 The manufacturing method of a cured film including the process of applying the photosensitive resin composition of Claim 15 to a board | substrate, and the process of hardening the photosensitive resin composition applied to the board | substrate.
  19. 請求項16または17に記載の硬化膜を有する、半導体デバイス。 A semiconductor device comprising the cured film according to claim 16.
PCT/JP2016/076131 2015-09-11 2016-09-06 Method for producing heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material, and application thereof WO2017043474A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017539166A JP6531178B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2016-09-06 Method for producing heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material and application thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015179701 2015-09-11
JP2015-179701 2015-09-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017043474A1 true WO2017043474A1 (en) 2017-03-16

Family

ID=58239744

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/076131 WO2017043474A1 (en) 2015-09-11 2016-09-06 Method for producing heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material, and application thereof

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6531178B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2017043474A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018225676A1 (en) * 2017-06-06 2018-12-13 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device and compound
JPWO2019013240A1 (en) * 2017-07-14 2020-04-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, cured film thereof, laminate, semiconductor device, and methods for producing the same
WO2020189481A1 (en) * 2019-03-19 2020-09-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable resin composition, cured film, multilayer body, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2021029019A1 (en) * 2019-08-13 2021-02-18 Hdマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing pattern-cured film, cured film, interlayer insulation film, cover coat layer, surface protection film, and electronic component
WO2021157571A1 (en) * 2020-02-03 2021-08-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable resin composition, resin film, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2021246478A1 (en) * 2020-06-05 2021-12-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, production method therefor, and method for producing composition for pattern formation
WO2023224746A1 (en) * 2022-05-18 2023-11-23 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Photocurable composition

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS62184056A (en) * 1986-02-10 1987-08-12 Asahi Chem Ind Co Ltd Photosensitive composition
JPH1138619A (en) * 1997-07-22 1999-02-12 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive polyimide precursor composition and pattern forming method by using the same
JP2004325616A (en) * 2003-04-23 2004-11-18 Kanegafuchi Chem Ind Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive dry film resist developable with aqueous alkali solution and their use
JP2008096503A (en) * 2006-10-06 2008-04-24 Toshiba Corp Method for manufacturing powdery photosensitive composition, photosensitive composition and optical recording medium formed from this photosensitive composition
JP2015224261A (en) * 2014-05-26 2015-12-14 日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Resin composition comprising polyimide precursor, cured film, and production method thereof

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS62184056A (en) * 1986-02-10 1987-08-12 Asahi Chem Ind Co Ltd Photosensitive composition
JPH1138619A (en) * 1997-07-22 1999-02-12 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive polyimide precursor composition and pattern forming method by using the same
JP2004325616A (en) * 2003-04-23 2004-11-18 Kanegafuchi Chem Ind Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive dry film resist developable with aqueous alkali solution and their use
JP2008096503A (en) * 2006-10-06 2008-04-24 Toshiba Corp Method for manufacturing powdery photosensitive composition, photosensitive composition and optical recording medium formed from this photosensitive composition
JP2015224261A (en) * 2014-05-26 2015-12-14 日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Resin composition comprising polyimide precursor, cured film, and production method thereof

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20190137942A (en) * 2017-06-06 2019-12-11 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminated body, manufacturing method of cured film, and semiconductor device
KR102279447B1 (en) * 2017-06-06 2021-07-20 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 A photosensitive resin composition, a cured film, a laminated body, the manufacturing method of a cured film, and a semiconductor device
WO2018225676A1 (en) * 2017-06-06 2018-12-13 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device and compound
JPWO2019013240A1 (en) * 2017-07-14 2020-04-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, cured film thereof, laminate, semiconductor device, and methods for producing the same
JPWO2020189481A1 (en) * 2019-03-19 2021-12-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2020189481A1 (en) * 2019-03-19 2020-09-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable resin composition, cured film, multilayer body, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7281533B2 (en) 2019-03-19 2023-05-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2021029019A1 (en) * 2019-08-13 2021-02-18 Hdマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing pattern-cured film, cured film, interlayer insulation film, cover coat layer, surface protection film, and electronic component
WO2021029419A1 (en) * 2019-08-13 2021-02-18 Hdマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing pattern-cured film, cured film, interlayer insulation film, cover coat layer, surface protection film, and electronic component
JPWO2021157571A1 (en) * 2020-02-03 2021-08-12
CN115038755A (en) * 2020-02-03 2022-09-09 富士胶片株式会社 Curable resin composition, resin film, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2021157571A1 (en) * 2020-02-03 2021-08-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable resin composition, resin film, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7453260B2 (en) 2020-02-03 2024-03-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable resin composition, resin film, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2021246478A1 (en) * 2020-06-05 2021-12-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, production method therefor, and method for producing composition for pattern formation
CN115768832A (en) * 2020-06-05 2023-03-07 富士胶片株式会社 Resin composition, method for producing same, and method for producing composition for pattern formation
WO2023224746A1 (en) * 2022-05-18 2023-11-23 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Photocurable composition
US11981759B2 (en) 2022-05-18 2024-05-14 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Photocurable composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6531178B2 (en) 2019-06-12
JPWO2017043474A1 (en) 2018-07-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6606186B2 (en) Composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
JP6257870B2 (en) Resin, composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP6612343B2 (en) Precursor composition, photosensitive resin composition, method for producing precursor composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP6681888B2 (en) Polyimide precursor composition, photosensitive resin composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device and method for producing polyimide precursor composition
JP6616844B2 (en) Method for producing heterocycle-containing polymer precursor, heterocycle-containing polymer precursor, and application thereof
JP6511146B2 (en) Method of manufacturing cured film, method of manufacturing interlayer insulating film for rewiring layer, and method of manufacturing semiconductor device
JP6531178B2 (en) Method for producing heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material and application thereof
JP6481032B2 (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP2020091490A (en) Method for manufacturing laminate and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JPWO2017002860A1 (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16844335

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017539166

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16844335

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1